UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT No. 1
TO
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                 51-0414140
 (State or Other Jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
         Incorporation)

1131 N. DuPont Highway, Dover, DE                       19901
 (Address of Principal Executive                     (Zip Code)
            Offices)

                              (302) 674-4600
                      (Registrant's telephone number,
                           including area code)

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                  Name of Each Exchange on Which
  Title of Each Class to be so Registered         Each Class is to be Registered
  ---------------------------------------         ------------------------------
Common Stock, $.10 Par Value Per Share and            New York Stock Exchange
   Related Common Stock Purchase Rights

Securities to be registered pursuant to 12(g) of the Act: None.




CROSS REFERENCE SHEET FOR INFORMATION INCLUDED
IN INFORMATION STATEMENT ATTACHED TO THIS FORM 10
AS ANNEX A AND INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO
THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM 10

Item 1. Business

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Summary," "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" sections of the Information Statement dated , 2002 and attached to this Form 10 as Annex A (the "Information Statement").

Item 2. Financial Information

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Summary," "Capitalization," "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections of the Information Statement.

Item 3. Properties

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Business" section of the Information Statement.

Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Management" and "Principal Stockholders" sections of the Information Statement.

Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Management" section of the Information Statement.

Item 6. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Management" section of the Information Statement.

Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Summary," "The Spin-off," "Management" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" sections of the Information Statement.

Item 8. Legal Proceedings

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Business" section of the Information Statement.

Item 9. Market Price and Dividends on the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Summary," "The Spin-off," "Capitalization," "Dividend Policy," "Management" and "Description of Capital Stock" sections of the Information Statement.

1

Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On November 19, 2001, in connection with its incorporation, the Registrant issued 1,000 shares of its common stock to Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. in return for payment of $100. The exemption from registration was pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.

Item 11. Description of Registrant's Securities To Be Registered

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Description of Capital Stock" section of the Information Statement.

Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Management" section of the Information Statement.

Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the "Summary Combined Financial Data," "Selected Financial Data," "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data," "Combined Financial Statements" and the "Unaudited Interim Combined Financial Statements" sections of the Information Statement.

Item 14. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a) Financial Statements.

The following Combined Financial Statements of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to the Information Statement.

(1) Independent Auditors Report on Combined Financial Statements

(2) Combined Statement of Earnings

(3) Combined Balance Sheet

(4) Combined Statement of Cash Flows

(5) Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(b) Exhibits

2

Exhibit
Number                                Description
-------                               -----------
  2.1   Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization, dated as
        of January 15, 2002, by and between Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.
        and Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
 *3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment,
        Inc.
 *3.2   By-laws of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
 *4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
  4.2   Rights Agreement dated as of January 2, 2002 between Dover Downs
        Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services, as Rights
        Agent.
 10.1   Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Option
        Plan
 10.2   Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002, by and
        between Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
 10.3   Transition Support Services Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002,
        by and between Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming
        & Entertainment, Inc.
 10.4   Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002, by and between
        Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
 10.5   Real Property Agreement dated as of January 15, 2002, by and between
        Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
*10.6   Project Consulting and Management Agreement between Dover Downs, Inc.
        and Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation dated May 10, 1995 as
        filed with the Registration Statement of Dover Downs Entertainment,
        Inc., Number 333-8147 on From S-1 dated July 15, 1996, which was
        declared effective on October 3, 1996, is incorporated herein by
        reference.
*10.7   First Amendment to Project Consulting and Management Agreement between
        Dover Downs, Inc. and Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation
        dated October 25, 1996 as filed with the Form 10-K of Dover Downs
        Entertainment, Inc. (Commission file number 1-11929) dated February
        27, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference.
*10.8   Second Amendment to Project Consulting and Management Agreement
        between Dover Downs, Inc. and Caesars World Gaming Development
        Corporation dated December 2, 2000 as filed with the Form 10-K of
        Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. (Commission file number 1-11929) dated
        February 27, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference.
*10.9   Agreement between Dover Downs, Inc. and Delaware Standardbred Owners
        Association, Inc. dated August 24, 2000.
 10.10  Credit Agreement among Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. and
        Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of January 15, 2002.
*21     List of Subsidiaries of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
 99.1   Information Statement dated as of       , 2002 (attached to this
        Registration Statement as Annex A).
*99.2   Audit Committee Charter of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.


* previously filed

3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.

                                                     /s/ Denis McGlynn
                                          By___________________________________
                                                       Denis McGlynn
                                                  Chief Executive Officer

Dated: January 16, 2002

4

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number                                Description
-------                               -----------
  2.1   Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization, dated as
        of January 15, 2002, by and between Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.
        and Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
 *3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment,
        Inc.
 *3.2   By-laws of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
 *4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
  4.2   Rights Agreement dated as of January 2, 2002 between Dover Downs
        Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services, as Rights
        Agent.
 10.1   Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Option
        Plan
 10.2   Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002, by and
        between Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
 10.3   Transition Support Services Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002,
        by and between Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming
        & Entertainment, Inc.
 10.4   Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2002, by and between
        Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
 10.5   Real Property Agreement dated as of January 15, 2002, by and between
        Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. and Dover Downs Gaming &
        Entertainment, Inc.
*10.6   Project Consulting and Management Agreement between Dover Downs, Inc.
        and Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation dated May 10, 1995 as
        filed with the Registration Statement of Dover Downs Entertainment,
        Inc., Number 333-8147 on From S-1 dated July 15, 1996, which was
        declared effective on October 3, 1996, is incorporated herein by
        reference.
*10.7   First Amendment to Project Consulting and Management Agreement between
        Dover Downs, Inc. and Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation
        dated October 25, 1996 as filed with the Form 10-K of Dover Downs
        Entertainment, Inc. (Commission file number 1-11929) dated February
        27, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference.
*10.8   Second Amendment to Project Consulting and Management Agreement
        between Dover Downs, Inc. and Caesars World Gaming Development
        Corporation dated December 2, 2000 as filed with the Form 10-K of
        Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. (Commission file number 1-11929) dated
        February 27, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference.
*10.9   Agreement between Dover Downs, Inc. and Delaware Standardbred Owners
        Association, Inc. dated August 24, 2000.
 10.10  Credit Agreement among Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. and
        Wilmington Trust Company, dated as of January 15, 2002.
*21     List of Subsidiaries of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
 99.1   Information Statement dated as of         , 2002 (attached to this
        Registration Statement as Annex A).
*99.2   Audit Committee Charter of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.


* previously filed

ANNEX A

PRELIMINARY COPY AND SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

INFORMATION STATEMENT

DOVER DOWNS ENTERTAINMENT, INC
DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
1131 N. DuPont Highway
Dover, DE 19903

Dear Fellow Stockholders:

On , 2002, the board of directors of Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. ("DVD") approved plans to spin-off Dover Downs, Inc., the gaming business of DVD, to DVD stockholders. DVD will accomplish the spin-off by contributing 100 percent of the issued and outstanding common stock of Dover Downs, Inc. to Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. ("Gaming & Entertainment"), a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of DVD, and then distributing all of the capital stock of Gaming & Entertainment to DVD stockholders. As a holder of DVD common stock or Class A common stock, you will receive 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock for each share of DVD common stock or Class A common stock that you own at the close of business on , 2002, the record date for the spin-off. Each share of common stock or Class A common stock distributed will be accompanied by one stock purchase right.

We are sending you this information statement to describe the spin-off of Gaming & Entertainment from DVD. The spin-off is intended to be tax-free to DVD stockholders, except for cash received for any fractional shares. We expect the spin-off to occur on or about , 2002. Immediately after the spin-off is completed, DVD will not own any shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock, and Gaming & Entertainment will be an independent public company.

We believe that the division of DVD's businesses into a gaming company and a motorsports company is in the best interests of DVD and its current stockholders. The spin-off is intended to facilitate capital raising and acquisitions by the gaming and motorsports businesses as separate public entities, facilitate management focus, and set the stage for future growth.

A Stockholder Vote Is Not Required For The Spin-Off To Occur. We Are Not Asking You For A Proxy And You Are Requested Not To Send Us A Proxy. In addition, to receive the shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock to which you are entitled, you do not need to pay any cash or other consideration to DVD or to Gaming & Entertainment. You do not need to surrender any shares of DVD's common stock or Class A common stock that you own, and the number of shares of DVD common stock or Class A common stock that you currently own will not change as a result of the spin-off.

Gaming & Entertainment, as a holding company, will initially exist primarily to hold all of the outstanding stock of Dover Downs, Inc. Dover Downs, Inc. will continue to operate, up until the spin-off, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of DVD and will be reported as DVD's gaming business segment until the spin-off is effective. Subsequent to the spin-off, DVD will continue to own and operate its motorsports businesses. DVD will be renamed Dover Motorsports, Inc. and we expect that it will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange, under its present ticker symbol "DVD."

1

We have been authorized to list Gaming & Entertainment common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, and we expect that our common stock will trade on the New York Stock Exchange, under the ticker symbol "DDE."

Sincerely,

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.

          /s/ Henry B. Tippie
By: _________________________________
           Henry B. Tippie,
  Chairman of the Board of Directors

As You Review This Information Statement, You Should Carefully Consider The Matters Described In "Risk Factors" Beginning On Page 12.

Neither The Securities And Exchange Commission Nor Any State Securities Commission Has Approved Or Disapproved Of These Securities, Or Determined If This Information Statement Is Truthful Or Complete. Any Representation To The Contrary Is A Criminal Offense.

   The date of this information statement is          , 2002, and it is being
mailed to stockholders on or about          , 2002. We encourage you to read
this document carefully.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY...................................................................    5
  Questions and Answers About the Spin-off and Gaming & Entertainment.....    5
SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA...........................................   11
RISK FACTORS..............................................................   12
  Risks Related to the Spin-Off...........................................   12
  Risks Relating to the Business of Gaming & Entertainment After the Spin-
   Off....................................................................   14
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS................................................   17
THE SPIN-OFF..............................................................   18
  Background And Reasons For The Spin-off.................................   18
  Mechanics Of The Spin-off...............................................   18
  Relationship Between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment After The Spin-off..   20
  Effect Of the Spin-off On Outstanding DVD Stock Options.................   23
  U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Of The Spin-off....................   24
  Listing and Trading of Gaming & Entertainment And DVD Common Stock......   27
  Federal Securities Law Consequences.....................................   28
CAPITALIZATION............................................................   29
DIVIDEND POLICY...........................................................   29
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA...................................................   30
PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA.........................................   31
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
 OPERATIONS...............................................................   34
  Results of Operations...................................................   34
  Liquidity and Capital Resources.........................................   36
  Seasonality.............................................................   37
  Inflation...............................................................   37
  Recent Accounting Pronouncements........................................   37
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk..............   39
BUSINESS..................................................................   40
  General.................................................................   40
  Growth Strategies.......................................................   40
  Dover Downs Slots.......................................................   42
  Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center.................................   42
  Dover Downs Raceway.....................................................   43
  Licensing and Regulation by Gaming and Other Authorities................   44
  Location of Complex.....................................................   44
  Competition.............................................................   44
  Properties..............................................................   45
  Employees...............................................................   46
  Insurance...............................................................   46
  Proprietary Matters.....................................................   46
  Legal Proceedings.......................................................   46
MANAGEMENT................................................................   47
  Directors and Executive Officers........................................   47
  Board of Directors......................................................   48
  Board Committees........................................................   48
  Director Compensation...................................................   49
  Limited Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.........   49
  Executive Compensation..................................................   51
  Employee Benefit Plans..................................................   53
  Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.............   55

3

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.....................................................  56
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.............................  58
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK...............................................  59
  Common Stock and Class A Common Stock....................................  59
  Preferred Stock..........................................................  59
  Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and Other
   Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation..........................  59
  Stockholder Rights Plan (Poison Pill)....................................  61
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION........................................  63
INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................... F-1

4

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information from this document but does not contain all details concerning the spin-off or our company, including information that may be important to you. To better understand the spin-off and Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. you should carefully read this entire document. References in this document to "we," "our," "us," or "Gaming & Entertainment," mean Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. and its sole subsidiary, Dover Downs, Inc., after the spin-off, and DVD's gaming business segment prior to the spin-off.

Questions and Answers About the Spin-Off and Gaming & Entertainment

Q: Why Is DVD Separating Its Businesses?

A: DVD's board of directors has determined that the separation of its gaming business from its motorsports businesses is in the best interests of DVD and its stockholders. DVD's board of directors believes that the motorsports and gaming businesses have distinct financial and operating characteristics and that separating the businesses will:

. enable each company to make better use of its own publicly traded securities for capital raising and acquisitions;

. enable each company's management team to focus exclusively on improving each company's operations, strategic direction and core business, thereby maximizing stockholder value over the long- term for both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment;

. provide each company's management with direct stock-based incentives and accountability to their respective public investors; and

. enable investors and analysts to better measure the performance of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment against other comparable companies in similar businesses.

See "The Spin-off--Background And Reasons For The Spin-off."

Q: Why Is The Separation Of The Two Companies Structured As A Spin-off?

A: DVD's board of directors believes that a tax-free distribution of shares of the gaming business offers DVD and its stockholders the greatest long-term value and is the most tax efficient way to separate the companies.

Q: What Will The Spin-off Accomplish?

A: The spin-off will separate DVD's gaming business from its motorsports businesses, resulting in two independent public companies, each focused on its core business:

. Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.--Gaming & Entertainment, through our wholly-owned subsidiary Dover Downs, Inc., owns Dover Downs Slots--an 80,000 square foot video lottery (slot) casino, and the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, expected to open in the first quarter of 2002, and operates the Dover Downs Raceway harness racing track. All three facilities are located at our multi-purpose gaming and entertainment complex in Dover, Delaware. See "Business."

. Dover Motorsports, Inc.--DVD is a leading promoter of motorsports events in the United States. DVD's motorsports subsidiaries operate six motorsports tracks (four permanent facilities and two temporary circuits) in five states and promoted 16 major events during calendar year 2001 under the

5

auspices of four of the premier sanctioning bodies in motorsports--the National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing (NASCAR), Championship Auto Racing Teams (CART), Indy Racing League (IRL) and the National Hot Rod Association (NHRA).

Q: Why Is DVD Canceling The Intercompany Payable Owed To It By Gaming & Entertainment?

A: As of December 31, 2001, Dover Downs, Inc. had an approximately $ million intercompany payable owed to DVD. In connection with the spin-off, DVD, as the 100% owner of Gaming & Entertainment, prior to the spin-off, will cancel this payable. The amount of the payable may fluctuate prior to the spin-off because DVD is the borrower under the credit facility which it maintains for the benefit of all of its subsidiaries, including Dover Downs, Inc., and centralized cash management and allocation of general and administrative expenses will continue until the spin-off. The payable is being cancelled in connection with the spin-off because it will not be repaid. DVD has always recorded cash transfers to and from Dover Downs, Inc. and its other subsidiaries as intercompany balances rather than recording them as dividends or cash contributions. Once Gaming & Entertainment is separated from DVD, DVD will no longer provide a treasury function to Gaming & Entertainment and there will be no further need for the intercompany account to monitor cash transfers. As described below, a separate line of credit has been established by Gaming & Entertainment. For a Gaming & Entertainment pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2001, see "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data." See also other sections of this document where the cancellation of the receivable is discussed, including "Capitalization" and "The Spin-off--Mechanics Of The Spin-off."

Q: Why Will Gaming & Entertainment Begin Its Operations With $39 Million Of Debt?

A: DVD's existing credit facility is guaranteed by Dover Downs, Inc. and all of its other subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2001, approximately $110.6 million was outstanding. At the time of the spin-off, DVD's existing credit facility will be replaced with a new facility established by DVD which will not include Dover Downs, Inc. $39 million of the amount outstanding under the existing DVD credit facility will be paid down through a new $55 million credit facility which has been established by Gaming & Entertainment. This amount was arrived at by DVD's board of directors after carefully analyzing the historical and projected cash flows, working capital and capital expenditure needs of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment.

Q: Who Will Receive Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock And Class A Common Stock?

A: Holders of DVD common stock as of the close of business on , 2002 will receive Gaming & Entertainment common stock. Holders of DVD Class A common stock as of such date will receive Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock.

Q: How Many Shares Of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock Or Class A Common Stock Will I Receive?

A: You will receive 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock for each share of DVD common stock you hold as of the close of business on the record date. If you own shares of Class A common stock of DVD, you will receive 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock for each such share you hold as of the close of business on the record date. Each share of common stock or Class A common stock distributed will be accompanied by one stock purchase right. We estimate that DVD will distribute approximately 9,998,976 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and 16,638,359 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock, based on 14,284,252 DVD common shares and 23,769,085 DVD Class A common shares outstanding on December 31, 2001. The shares to be distributed will constitute all of the outstanding shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock immediately after the spin-off.

6

Q: When Will I Receive Shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock Or Class A Common Stock?

A: As soon as practicable on or about the spin-off date, DVD will deliver certificates representing the shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock to the distribution agent for distribution. The distribution agent will make the appropriate book-entry or mail certificates representing the shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock to holders of DVD common stock and shares of Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock to holders of DVD Class A common stock as soon as practicable thereafter. See "The Spin-off--Mechanics Of The Spin-off."

Q: Who Is Acting As The Distribution Agent?

A: Mellon Investor Services of Ridgefield Park, New Jersey.

Q: Should I Send In My DVD Stock Certificates For Exchange?

A: No. Holders of DVD common stock and Class A common stock should not send stock certificates to DVD, Gaming & Entertainment or the distribution agent. See "The Spin-off--Mechanics Of The Spin-off."

Q: What Do Stockholders Need To Do To Participate In The Spin-off?

A: Nothing. To effect the spin-off, DVD will distribute to each of its stockholders 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock, as appropriate, for each share of DVD common stock or Class A common stock held as of the close of business on , 2002.

Q: Will The Spin-off Change The Number Of Shares I Own In DVD?

A: No. The spin-off will not change the number of DVD common shares or Class A common shares which DVD stockholders own. Immediately after the spin-off, DVD's stockholders will continue to own their respective proportionate interest in DVD's motorsports and gaming businesses. However, stockholders will now own their interest in these businesses through their ownership of stock in each of two independent public companies, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment.

Q: Are There Risks To Owning Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock?

A: Yes. Gaming & Entertainment's business is subject to both general and specific business risks relating to its operations. In addition, Gaming & Entertainment's separation from DVD presents risks relating to it being an independent public company for the first time as well as risks relating to the nature of the spin-off transaction itself. These risks are described in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 12. We encourage you to read that section carefully.

Q: Will DVD Retain Any Ownership Interest In Gaming & Entertainment After The Spin-off?

A: No. DVD will not own any shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock after the spin-off and Gaming & Entertainment will not own any shares of DVD common stock or Class A common stock after the spin- off.

Q: Will My Dividends Change?

A: Yes. DVD has paid cash dividends on its common stock since its initial public offering in 1996. While both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment expect to pay cash dividends to their stockholders, the final determination will be made separately by each company's board of directors. See "Dividend Policy."

7

Q: Will Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock Be Publicly Traded?

A: We have been authorized to list the common stock of Gaming & Entertainment on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"). We expect that Gaming & Entertainment common stock will trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "DDE" and that regular trading will begin on or about . In addition, we expect that DVD's common stock will continue to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol "DVD." Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock will not be publicly traded but will be freely convertible into Gaming & Entertainment common stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof. DVD Class A common stock has never been publicly traded and is similarly convertible into DVD common stock. See "The Spin-off--Listing And Trading Of Gaming & Entertainment And DVD Common Stock."

Q: Will The Spin-off Affect The Trading Price Of My DVD Common Stock?

A: Probably. After the spin-off, the trading price of DVD common stock will likely be lower than the trading price immediately prior to the spin-off. Moreover, until the market has evaluated the operations of DVD without Gaming & Entertainment's operations, the trading price of DVD common stock may fluctuate significantly. The combined trading prices of DVD common stock and Gaming & Entertainment common stock (adjusted for the distribution ratio) after the spin-off may be more or less than the trading price of DVD common stock prior to the spin-off. See "The Spin-off--Listing And Trading Of Gaming & Entertainment And DVD Common Stock."

Q: What Will Happen To My Outstanding Options?

A: If, immediately following the spin-off, a DVD option holder is:

. a DVD employee--his or her outstanding options will be adjusted to account for the spin-off, based on the trading price of DVD's common stock relative to that of the combined trading prices of one share of DVD and 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment, in each case based on the opening trading prices on the first trading day after the effective date of the spin-off.

. a Gaming & Entertainment or Dover Downs, Inc. employee--his or her outstanding options will automatically terminate and such employee will be granted replacement options under the Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Plan"), equivalent in value to the DVD options that terminated as a result of the spin-off, based on the trading price of 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock relative to that of the combined trading prices of one share of DVD and 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment, in each case based on the opening trading prices on the first trading day after the effective date of the spin-off.

. an employee of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment--a percentage of his or her outstanding options will remain as DVD options and will be adjusted to account for the spin-off as discussed in the first bullet point above, and the remaining options will be surrendered for cancellation and such employee will be granted replacement options under the Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Plan, equivalent in value to the DVD options that are surrendered for cancellation, as discussed in the second bullet point above. The percentage of options that remain as DVD options will be determined based on the percentage that the trading price of DVD's common stock bears to the combined trading price of one share of DVD and 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment, as calculated in the first bullet point above.

8

See "The Spin-off--Effect Of The Spin-off On DVD Outstanding Options" and "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" below.

Q: Will DVD And Gaming & Entertainment Be Related In Any Way After The Spin- off?

A: Although DVD will no longer have any ownership interest in Gaming & Entertainment after the spin-off, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will initially have certain common board members, including a common chairman of the board of directors, and certain common executive officers. As of the record date, the executive officers and directors of DVD will have beneficial ownership of approximately 34.3 percent of the outstanding shares of DVD Class A common stock and 2.0 percent of the outstanding shares of DVD common stock and will own the same percentages of the outstanding common and Class A common shares of Gaming & Entertainment immediately following the spin-off. The ownership of these shares represents approximately 32.8 percent of the total voting power in both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment. In addition, Henry B. Tippie, as executor of the Estate of John W. Rollins, Sr. has beneficial ownership of an additional 43.4 percent of the outstanding shares of DVD Class A common stock which represents approximately 40.9 percent of the total voting power in both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment. DVD and Gaming & Entertainment have also entered into various agreements to define certain transition services and continuing business relationships after the spin-off. See "The Spin- off--Relationship Between DVD And Gaming & Entertainment After The Spin- off."

Q: When Will The Spin-off Become Effective?

A: Assuming the conditions mentioned below are met, the spin-off will be effective as of 5:00 p.m. E.S.T on , 2002.

Q: What Are The Conditions To The Spin-off Becoming Effective?

A: The completion of the spin-off depends upon meeting a number of conditions, including:

. There having been no change in circumstances that would negate the effectiveness of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") letter ruling as to the tax-free nature of the spin-off;

. the receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals; and

. compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and listing requirements of the NYSE.

. DVD shall have entered into an acceptable replacement credit facility which does not include Dover Downs, Inc.

See "The Spin-off--Relationship Between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment After the Spin-off--Agreement Regarding Distribution And Plan of Reorganization."

Q: Can DVD Decide Not To Go Through With The Spin-off?

A: Yes. DVD can cancel the spin-off for any reason at any time before it is completed.

Q: Will DVD Or I Be Taxed On The Spin-off?

A: DVD has received a letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that, based on the facts and representations made in connection with obtaining the letter ruling, the spin-off will qualify as tax-free to DVD and its stockholders for federal income tax purposes, except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares. The tax ruling does not address state, local or foreign tax consequences that may apply to DVD stockholders. You should consult your tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to you of the spin-off. You should also review the discussion of the risks relating to the tax-free qualification of the spin-off that begins on page 12 of this document and the discussion under "The Spin-off--U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-off" that begins on page 24 of this document.

9

Q: Where Can DVD Stockholders Get More Information?

A: You may direct questions to the distribution agent for the spin-off, Mellon Investor Services, 85 Challenger Road, Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660, telephone number: (800) 851-9677 or send an e-mail to Mellon Investor Services at shareholderrelations@chasemellon.com.

10

SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary combined financial data of Gaming & Entertainment highlights selected historical financial data and should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements and the Unaudited Interim Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this document. The historical financial information presents information for Gaming & Entertainment for the periods in which it operated as the gaming business of DVD. The historical financial information presented below is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial position that Gaming & Entertainment would have reported if it had operated as an independent company during the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of Gaming & Entertainment's future performance as an independent company.

For management's explanation of the following results of operations and financial condition, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this document.

                                            Six Months
                          Nine Months Ended Ended Dec.
                            September 30,      31,                Year Ended June 30,
                          ----------------- ---------- -------------------------------------------
                            2001     2000      2000      2000     1999     1998    1997     1996
                          -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
                             (unaudited)                                            (unaudited)
Statement of Earnings
 Data (in thousands):
Revenues................  $141,923 $131,683  $85,441   $168,561 $139,249 $115,071 $81,162  $31,980
Expenses:
 Operating..............   108,551  100,729   63,780    127,854  105,360   86,413  60,976   24,130
 Depreciation...........     1,548    1,457    1,037      1,798    1,269    1,237   1,103      517
 General and
  administrative........     3,461    2,232    1,991      3,375    2,694    2,974   2,192    1,519
                          -------- --------  -------   -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
 Total expenses.........   113,560  104,418   66,808    133,027  109,323   90,624  64,271   26,166
Operating earnings......    28,363   27,265   18,633     35,534   29,926   24,447  16,891    5,814
Interest expense........       652      290      --         216       85      --      700      256
                          -------- --------  -------   -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
Earnings before income
 taxes..................    27,711   26,975   18,633     35,318   29,841   24,447  16,191    5,558
Income taxes............    11,270   10,970    7,577     14,366   12,145   10,000   6,607    2,260
                          -------- --------  -------   -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
Net earnings............  $ 16,441 $ 16,005  $11,056   $ 20,952 $ 17,696 $ 14,447 $ 9,584  $ 3,298
                          ======== ========  =======   ======== ======== ======== =======  =======
Earnings per share (b):
 Basic..................  $   0.62      --   $  0.42   $   0.82      --       --      --       --
 Diluted................  $   0.62      --   $  0.42   $   0.82      --       --      --       --

                            September 30,    Dec. 31,                   June 30,
                          ----------------- ---------- -------------------------------------------
                            2001     2000      2000      2000     1999     1998    1997     1996
                          -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
                             (unaudited)                                   (unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data (in
 thousands):
Working capital
 (deficit)..............  $ 16,825 $ 35,552  $37,166   $ 31,486 $ 19,796 $ 14,932 $(5,417) $   (a)
Total assets............   114,120  101,918   93,857     85,137   59,887   39,962  32,979      (a)
Total stockholder's
 equity.................  $ 97,999 $ 75,996  $81,558   $ 70,502 $ 49,550 $ 31,854 $17,407  $   (a)


(a) Not readily available.
(b) Earnings per share information has been calculated using the pro forma average outstanding common shares and Class A common shares for Gaming & Entertainment. The pro forma average outstanding common shares and Class A common shares were derived from DVD's basic common shares and Class A common shares outstanding for the periods presented using a distribution ratio of 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock for each share of DVD common stock and Class A common stock, respectively. Outstanding stock options of Gaming & Entertainment have been calculated assuming the stock options related to each individual who will be a Gaming & Entertainment employee or both a DVD and a Gaming & Entertainment employee subsequent to the spin-off were outstanding Gaming & Entertainment options during each period presented.

11

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information included in this information statement, you should be aware of the following risk factors in connection with the spin- off and ownership of shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business could be significantly and negatively affected, and the value of our common stock and Class A common stock could decline.

Risks Relating to the Spin-Off

Gaming & Entertainment Has No Operating History As An Independent Public Company.

Although Gaming & Entertainment's business will consist of the business operations formerly constituting DVD's gaming business, Gaming & Entertainment does not have an operating history as an independent public company. The gaming business has historically relied on DVD for financial, administrative and managerial support. DVD and Gaming & Entertainment have agreed to provide certain administrative services to each other during a transition period following the effective time of the spin-off. Following the spin-off, however, Gaming & Entertainment must maintain, as needed, its own lines of credit and banking relationships and perform its own administrative and managerial functions. There can be no assurance that Gaming & Entertainment will be able to successfully develop the financial, administrative and managerial structure necessary to operate as an independent public company, or that the development of such structure will not require a significant amount of management's time and other resources or that the historical risks of Gaming & Entertainment's business will not have a heightened effect upon Gaming & Entertainment as a stand alone entity due to the support and combined operations of DVD not being available to Gaming & Entertainment after the spin-off.

If The Spin-off Is Taxable, You Could Be Required To Pay Tax On The Fair Market Value Of Your Gaming & Entertainment Shares Received In The Spin-off And DVD Could Incur A Corporate Tax Liability.

DVD has received a letter ruling from the IRS confirming that the spin-off will qualify as a tax-free distribution to DVD stockholders and to DVD. Whether a spin-off qualifies as tax-free depends in part upon the reasons for the spin- off and satisfaction of numerous other fact-based requirements. The IRS letter ruling is based upon various factual representations made by DVD. If any of those factual representations are incorrect or incomplete in any material respect, or if the facts upon which the letter ruling is based are materially different from the facts at the time of the spin-off, the spin-off could be taxable to DVD stockholders, to DVD, or both.

If the spin-off fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes, DVD stockholders who receive shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock in the spin-off would be treated as if they had received a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock received. The amount of the taxable distribution would be taxed as a dividend.

If the spin-off were to not qualify as a tax-free distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes to DVD stockholders, then, in general, a corporate income tax could also be payable by the combined tax group of which DVD is the common parent. Even if the spin-off qualifies as a tax-free distribution to DVD stockholders, a corporate income tax would also be payable if one or more persons acquires a 50 percent or greater interest in DVD or Gaming & Entertainment as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the spin-off. See "The Spin-off--Tax Sharing Agreement" and "--U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Of The Spin-off."

12

There Is No Trading History For Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock.

There is no trading market for Gaming & Entertainment common stock. However, a limited market, commonly known as a "when issued" trading market, for our common stock may develop on or shortly before the record date for the spin-off, and Gaming & Entertainment expects "regular way" trading will begin the first trading day after the spin-off. Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock will not be publicly traded but will be freely convertible into Gaming & Entertainment common stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof. DVD Class A common stock has never been publicly traded and is similarly convertible into DVD common stock.

The market price of Gaming & Entertainment common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

. the possibility that our business profile may not fit the investment objectives of DVD's stockholders, causing some of them to sell their shares after the spin-off;

. the potential absence of securities analysts covering Gaming & Entertainment stock and distributing research and investment recommendations about Gaming & Entertainment stock;

. changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or Gaming & Entertainment's ability to meet those estimates;

. the operating results and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

. overall stock market fluctuations; and

. economic conditions generally.

In particular, the occurrence of any of the risks described in these "Risk Factors" could have a significant and adverse impact on the value of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock. In addition, the stock market in general has experienced volatility that has often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the value of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock, regardless of Gaming & Entertainment's actual operating performance.

Trading In Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock Is Subject To Exchange Listing Approvals And DVD Common Stock Is Subject To NYSE Continued Listing Approval.

We have been authorized to list the common stock of Gaming & Entertainment on the NYSE. We expect that Gaming & Entertainment's common stock will trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "DDE" and that regular trading will begin on or about . DVD expects that its common stock will continue to be listed and traded under the symbol "DVD" following the spin-off. However, until the NYSE approves DVD for continued listing, there can be no assurance that DVD's common stock will be traded on the NYSE following the spin-off. See "The Spin-off--Listing and Trading of Gaming & Entertainment and DVD Common Stock."

Agreements Between DVD And Gaming & Entertainment Were Not Negotiated On An Arm's-Length Basis.

The terms of the agreements between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment relating to the spin-off were not negotiated on an arm's length basis and were determined by DVD as the sole stockholder of Gaming & Entertainment. Although DVD's management believes that the agreements are reasonable, the terms of these agreements may not reflect the terms that would have been obtained from an unrelated third party. DVD, as the sole stockholder of Gaming & Entertainment, has ratified the terms of these agreements, and Gaming & Entertainment has acknowledged that the agreements will constitute valid obligations.

13

Several persons associated with DVD will have a continuing relationship with Gaming & Entertainment. A majority of the current directors of DVD will be on the board of directors of Gaming & Entertainment. The chairman of the board of directors, the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and the chief legal officer of DVD will serve in similar capacities for Gaming & Entertainment. These persons, currently associated with DVD, were asked to serve as directors or officers of Gaming & Entertainment because of their knowledge and experience with the business of Gaming & Entertainment and its operations. Although each of them will have a fiduciary responsibility to both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, conflicts of interest may arise between these persons and Gaming & Entertainment or between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment. See "Management."

Risks Relating to the Business of Gaming & Entertainment After the Spin-Off

The Revocation, Suspension Or Modification Of Our Gaming Licenses Would Adversely Affect Our Gaming Business.

The Delaware State Lottery Office and the Delaware Harness Racing Commission regulate our gaming operations. Our license from the Delaware Harness Racing Commission must be renewed on an annual basis. To keep our license for video lottery (slot) machine gaming, we must remain licensed for harness horse racing by the Delaware Harness Racing Commission and conduct at least 80 live race days each racing season, subject to the availability of harness race horses. The Delaware Harness Racing Commission has broad discretion to reject any application for a license or suspend or revoke a license once it is issued. The Director of the Delaware State Lottery Office has broad discretion to revoke, suspend or modify the terms of a video lottery license. Any modification or termination of existing licensing regulations or any revocation, suspension or modification of our licenses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and overall profitability.

Our Gaming Activities Are Subject To Extensive Government Regulation And Any Additional Government Regulation Or Taxation Of Gaming Activities Could Substantially Reduce Our Revenue Or Profit.

Video lottery (slot) machine gaming, harness horse racing and pari-mutuel wagering are subject to extensive government regulation. Delaware law regulates the percentage of commission we are entitled to receive from our gaming revenues, which comprises a significant portion of our overall revenues. The State of Delaware granted us a license to conduct video lottery (slot) machine operations and a license to conduct harness horse races and pari-mutuel wagering. The laws under which these licenses are granted could be modified or repealed at any time and we could be required to terminate our gaming operations. If we are required to terminate our gaming operations or if the amount of the commission we receive from the State of Delaware for conducting our gaming operations is decreased, our business operations and overall profitability would be significantly impaired.

We believe that the prospect of significant additional tax revenue is one of the primary reasons why jurisdictions have legalized gaming. As a result, gaming operators are typically subject to significant taxes and fees in addition to normal federal and state corporate income taxes. These taxes and fees are subject to increase at any time. We pay substantial taxes and fees with respect to our operations and will likely incur similar burdens in any other jurisdiction in which we conduct gaming operations in the future. Any material increase, or the adoption of additional taxes or fees, may have a material adverse effect on our future financial results.

We Have No Experience Operating The Hotel And Conference Center Scheduled To Open In The First Quarter Of 2002.

The Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center adjacent to our casino is under construction and scheduled to open shortly. Although we have hired personnel experienced in the industry, as a company we have no prior experience in the hotel business and will be independently operating this facility without affiliating ourselves with any major hotel chain. Expenses associated with constructing and opening this facility,

14

including recruitment, advertising and other preopening costs, carrying costs once the facility opens, and our ability or inability to book sufficient hotel and conference business, could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition and overall profitability.

All Of Our Facilities Are In One Location.

Our facilities are located adjacent to one another at a single location in Dover, Delaware. Any prolonged disruption of operations at these facilities due to destruction of or material damage to the facilities or other reasons could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We maintain property and business interruption insurance to protect against such types of disruption, but there can be no assurance that the proceeds of such insurance would be adequate to repair or rebuild our facilities in such event or to compensate us for lost profit during the period of any such disruption.

We Do Not Own Or Lease Our Video Lottery (Slot) Machines And Related Technology.

We do not own or lease the video lottery (slot) machines or central computer systems used in connection with our video lottery gaming operations. The Director of the Delaware State Lottery Office enters into contracts directly with the providers of the video lottery (slot) machines and computer systems. The State of Delaware purchases or leases all equipment and the Director licenses all technology providers. Our operations could be disrupted if a licensed technology provider violates its agreement with the State or ceases to be licensed for any reason. Such an event would be outside of our control and could adversely affect our gaming revenues.

Our Gaming Activities Compete Directly With Other Gaming Facilities And Other Entertainment Businesses.

We compete in local and regional markets with horse tracks, off-track betting parlors, state run lotteries, casinos and other gaming facilities. Many of our competitors have resources that are greater than ours. We cannot be certain that we will maintain our market share or compete more effectively with our competitors. The legalization of additional casino or other gaming venues in states close to Delaware, particularly Maryland, Pennsylvania or New Jersey, could negatively impact our gaming business. From time to time, legislation is proposed for adoption in these states which, if enacted, would further expand state gambling and wagering opportunities, including video lottery (slot) machines at racetracks. Enactment of such legislation could increase our competition and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and overall profitability.

Gaming & Entertainment May Be Unable To Identify Or Complete Acquisitions.

Gaming & Entertainment intends to pursue acquisitions and form strategic alliances that will enable us to acquire complementary skills and capabilities, offer new products, expand our customer base and obtain other competitive advantages. There can be no assurance, however, that Gaming & Entertainment will be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates or strategic partners, obtain financing on satisfactory terms, complete acquisitions or strategic alliances, integrate acquired operations into our existing operations or expand into new markets. Once integrated, acquired operations may not achieve anticipated levels of revenue, profitability or otherwise perform as expected. Acquisitions also involve special risks, including risks associated with unanticipated problems, liabilities and contingencies, diversion of management resources and possible adverse effects on earnings and earnings per share, increased interest costs, the issuance of additional securities and difficulties related to the integration of the acquired business. The failure to integrate acquisitions successfully may divert management's attention from or damage our existing business.

Gaming & Entertainment Management Has A Substantial Ownership Interest; Public Stockholders May Have No Effective Voice In Gaming & Entertainment Management.

Upon completion of the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment's directors and executive officers will have beneficial ownership of approximately 2.0 percent of Gaming & Entertainment's outstanding common stock

15

and approximately 34.3 percent of its Class A common stock, representing approximately 32.8 percent of our total voting power. In addition, Henry B. Tippie, as executor of the Estate of John W. Rollins, Sr. has beneficial ownership of an additional 43.4 percent of the outstanding shares of DVD Class A common stock which represents approximately 40.9 percent of the total voting power in both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment. While we believe that such high percentages are beneficial in terms of aligning the interests of management with our stockholders, our directors and officers, if voting together, would be able to effectively control the operations of Gaming & Entertainment, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions such as acquisitions. This concentration of ownership could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over Gaming & Entertainment at a premium. In addition, the availability of Gaming & Entertainment common stock to the investing public is limited to those shares not held by the executive officers, directors and their affiliates, which could negatively impact our stock trading prices and affect the ability of minority stockholders to sell their shares. Future sales by these stockholders of all or a portion of their shares could also negatively affect the trading price of Gaming & Entertainment common stock. See "Principal Stockholders."

Delaware State Law Restricts The Transferability Of Our Shares Of Capital Stock.

Under Delaware law, a change of ownership of a licensed lottery agent automatically terminates the agent's license 90 days after the change of ownership occurs, unless the Director of the Delaware State Lottery Office issues a new license to the new owners. Change of ownership may occur if any new individual or entity acquires 10% or more of the licensed agent or if more than 20% of the legal or beneficial interest in the licensed agent is transferred. The Delaware State Lottery Commission may require extensive background investigations of any new owner acquiring a 10% or greater voting interest in a licensed agent, including criminal background checks.

Our by-laws require that (a) any holders of our stock found to be disqualified, unsuitable or not possessing the qualifications required by the appropriate gaming authority, must dispose of their stock and (b) holders of our capital stock intending to acquire 10% or more of our outstanding stock must first obtain prior written approval from the Delaware State Lottery Office. The provisions of Delaware law which are triggered by a change in ownership of our capital stock and the provisions contained in our by-laws could severely limit the transferability of our capital stock. Such limited transferability could diminish both supply and demand for our common stock and negatively impact, or depress, the price of our common stock.

Provisions In Gaming & Entertainment's Certificate Of Incorporation And By- laws May Inhibit A Takeover Of Gaming & Entertainment.

Gaming & Entertainment's certificate of incorporation, by-laws and other documents contain provisions that may make more difficult or expensive, or that may otherwise discourage, a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our board of directors.

These devices may deter hostile takeover attempts that might result in an acquisition of Gaming & Entertainment that could be financially beneficial to Gaming & Entertainment's stockholders. See "Description of Capital Stock."

16

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Please carefully consider and evaluate all of the information provided in this information statement, including the risk factors described in more detail under "Risk Factors" above. In addition to historical information, this information statement includes forward-looking statements relating to our financial condition, profitability, liquidity, resources, business outlook, proposed acquisitions, market forces, corporate strategies, consumer preferences, contractual commitments, legal matters, capital requirements and other matters. We note that a variety of factors could cause our actual results and experience to differ substantially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements. When words and expressions such as: "believes," "expects," "anticipates," "estimates," "plans," "intends," "objectives," "goals," "aims," "projects," "forecasts," "possible," "seeks," "may," "could," "should," "might," "likely," "enable," or similar words or expressions are used in this document, as well as statements containing phrases such as "in our view," "there can be no assurance," "although no assurance can be given," or "there is no way to anticipate with certainty," forward-looking statements are being made.

Various risks and uncertainties may affect the operation, performance, development and results of our business and could cause future outcomes to differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements, including the following factors:

. success of or changes in our growth strategies;

. our development and potential acquisition of new facilities;

. anticipated trends in the gaming industry;

. patron demographics;

. general market and economic conditions, including consumer and corporate spending sentiment;

. our ability to finance future business requirements;

. our ability to effectively compete in the marketplace;

. the availability of adequate levels of insurance;

. our ability to successfully integrate acquired companies and businesses;

. management retention and development;

. changes in Federal, state, and local laws and regulations, including environmental, gaming license and tax legislation; and

. the effect of weather conditions or travel on attendance at our facilities;

. military or other government actions; and

. national or local catastrophic events.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements as a result of future developments, events or conditions. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ significantly from those forecast in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, stockholders should not overly rely or attach undue weight to our forward-looking statements as an indication of our actual future results.

17

THE SPIN-OFF

Background and Reasons For the Spin-Off

The DVD board of directors has determined that the spin-off is in the best interests of DVD and its stockholders because following the spin-off the two independent companies will be better positioned to adopt strategies and pursue objectives appropriate to their respective needs. The gaming business and the motorsports business each have different operating objectives and growth opportunities. By separating the operations, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment can each focus its attention and financial resources on its own core business and on exploring and implementing the most appropriate business opportunities and strategies.

The expected benefits of the spin-off include:

. providing each company access to capital markets independently without the capital resource allocation issues present within the combined DVD;

. providing stock-based acquisition currency particular to each of the companies;

. providing each company's management the ability to focus their efforts and financial resources on their respective core business;

. providing each company the ability to develop employee compensation and benefit programs more appropriate to its individual operations, including stock-based and other incentive programs that reward employees of each company based on the success of the individual company's operations;

. enabling investors to make investment decisions based on the separate operations of the companies; and

. maximizing stockholder value over the long-term for both companies.

Mechanics of the Spin-Off

DVD will accomplish the spin-off by distributing 100 percent of the shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock to DVD's stockholders. On , 2002, the DVD board of directors formally approved the distribution. Each DVD stockholder as of the close of business on , 2002 which is the record date for the spin-off, will automatically participate in the spin-off. On the spin-off date, those DVD stockholders will each receive 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock for each share of DVD common stock held as of the record date and 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock for each share of DVD Class A common stock held as of the record date. Each share of common stock or Class A common stock distributed will be accompanied by one stock purchase right. DVD and Gaming & Entertainment expect that the spin-off will take place on or about , 2002, although completion of the spin-off is contingent upon the satisfaction of conditions described in the Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization. See "Agreement Regarding Distribution And Plan Of Reorganization" below.

As soon as practicable on or about the spin-off date, DVD will deliver to the distribution agent, Mellon Investor Services, as agent for the DVD stockholders, certificates representing shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock and related stock purchase rights for each. The distribution agent will then mail, on or about the spin-off date, certificates representing the shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock to stockholders of DVD as of the record date. Where appropriate, these transactions may take place as book-entry only, without the delivery of any certificates. The distribution agent will not distribute any fractional shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate all fractional shares, sell them on behalf of DVD stockholders who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fractional interest in Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock and distribute the cash proceeds to DVD stockholders, less a pro rata portion of the aggregate brokerage commission payable in connection with such sales. All

18

fractional shares of Class A common stock will first be converted to common stock prior to their sale by the distribution agent.

With respect to the sale of fractional shares:

. the distribution agent will make the sales in the open market;

. the agent will in its sole discretion determine when, how, through which dealer, and at what prices to make its sales; and

. the agent and the broker-dealer it uses are not affiliates of ours or of DVD.

No DVD stockholder will be required to pay cash or other consideration for any shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock received in the spin-off, or to surrender or exchange shares of DVD common stock or Class A common stock to receive Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock.

After the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment will be an independent public company. The number and identity of stockholders of Gaming & Entertainment immediately after the spin-off generally will be the same as the number and identity of stockholders of DVD immediately prior to the spin-off. As a result of the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment expects to have approximately 1,211 holders of record for common stock and 17 holders of record for Class A common stock and approximately 9,998,976 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and 16,638,359 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock outstanding, based on the number of record stockholders and issued and outstanding shares of DVD common stock and Class A common stock as of the close of business on December 31, 2001 and the distribution ratio. The actual number of shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock to be distributed will be determined as of the record date. The spin-off will not affect the number of outstanding shares of DVD common stock or Class A common stock or the rights of DVD stockholders.

As of December 31, 2001, Dover Downs, Inc. had an approximately $ million intercompany payable owed to DVD. In connection with the spin-off, DVD, as the 100% owner of Gaming & Entertainment, prior to the spin-off, will cancel this payable. The amount of the payable may fluctuate prior to the spin-off because DVD is the borrower under the credit facility which it maintains for the benefit of all of its subsidiaries, including Dover Downs, Inc., and centralized cash management and allocation of general and administrative expenses will continue until the spin-off. The payable is being cancelled in connection with the spin-off because it will not be repaid. DVD has always recorded cash transfers to and from each of its subsidiaries as intercompany balances rather than recording them as dividends or cash contributions. Once Gaming & Entertainment is separated from DVD, DVD will no longer provide a treasury function to Gaming & Entertainment and there will be no further need for the intercompany account to monitor cash transfers. As described below, a separate credit facility has been established by Gaming & Entertainment.

DVD's existing credit facility is guaranteed by Dover Downs, Inc. and all of its other subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2001, approximately $110.6 million was outstanding. At the time of the spin-off, DVD's existing credit facility will be replaced with a new facility established by DVD which will not include Dover Downs, Inc. $39 million of the amount outstanding under the existing DVD credit facility will be paid down through a new $55 million credit facility which has been established by Gaming & Entertainment. This amount was arrived at by DVD's board of directors after carefully analyzing the historical and projected cash flows, working capital and capital expenditure needs of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment. For a Gaming & Entertainment pro forma combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2001 see "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."

Our new credit facility is an unsecured $55 million facility and contains customary restrictions, covenants and events of default for an unsecured financing. We do not expect compliance with these restrictions and covenants to materially affect our operations. Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for a more detailed discussion of our unsecured credit facility and our liquidity needs following the spin-off.

19

Relationship Between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment After the Spin-Off

The relationship between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment after the spin-off will be governed by the Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization and other agreements which have been entered into in connection with the spin-off. A description of the material provisions of each of these agreements is presented below. You should also refer to the actual agreements, copies of which are included as exhibits to the Form 10 registration statement of which this document forms a part. These agreements are intended to facilitate the separation of DVD's gaming business from its motorsports business and the operation of DVD and Gaming & Entertainment as separate companies following the spin-off. See "Where You Can Find More Information" below.

Agreement Regarding Distribution And Plan Of Reorganization.

In connection with the spin-off, DVD has entered into an Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization with Gaming & Entertainment. This agreement sets forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the separation of the gaming business from the motorsports business, the continuation of the gaming business following such separation, including the allocation between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment of certain assets and liabilities, and the distribution of shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock. After the spin-off, all assets and liabilities relating to the gaming business shall be owned and assumed by Gaming & Entertainment or its subsidiaries, and all assets and liabilities relating to the motorsports business shall be owned and assumed by DVD or its subsidiaries.

DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will complete the spin-off after the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the spin-off, as determined by DVD's board of directors in its sole discretion. The conditions include:

. the continued effectiveness of the IRS letter ruling received by DVD to the effect that for federal income tax purposes the spin-off will be tax-free to DVD and its stockholders under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code such that the spin-off will not result in recognition of any income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes to DVD or its stockholders, except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares;

. the receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals;

. the effectiveness of the Form 10 registration statement of which this information statement is a part;

. the mailing of this information statement to all stockholders of DVD of record as of the record date;

. the election of the board of directors of Gaming & Entertainment, as named in the Form 10 registration statement and the adoption of Gaming & Entertainment's by-laws;

. the continued listing of DVD common stock on the NYSE or such other exchange or quotation system as the DVD board of directors deems appropriate;

. the approval for listing of Gaming & Entertainment common stock on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, or such other exchange or quotation system as the Gaming & Entertainment board of directors deems appropriate; and

. the absence of any order, injunction or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the completion of the distribution.

. DVD shall have entered into an acceptable replacement credit facility which does not include Dover Downs, Inc.

Although DVD may waive the conditions described above to the extent permitted by law, DVD's board of directors presently has no intention of proceeding with the spin-off unless each of these conditions is satisfied.

Releases and Indemnification. The distribution agreement provides for indemnification against and a full and complete release and discharge of all liabilities arising from or due to a failure by either DVD, Gaming &

20

Entertainment or any affiliated parties to pay, perform, or discharge any liabilities accepted by one party from the other party in connection with the separation, any untrue or misleading statement by a party in any Form 10 registration statement or information statement prepared in accordance with Regulation 14C, or any litigation arising from the parties' corporate affiliation prior to the separation and not as a result of or attributable to the indemnified party's fault or participation.

Expenses. Prior to the effective time of the spin-off, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by either party, or by all counsel, accountants, and financial and other advisors, in connection with the separation and distribution will be paid by DVD and all such costs incurred at or after the effective time shall be paid by the party incurring such costs. Also, DVD will pay all the fees, costs and expenses associated with obtaining the IRS letter ruling and the preparation, printing and filing of the Form 10 registration statement and this information statement.

Transition Support Services Agreement.

In connection with the spin-off, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment have entered into a Transition Support Services Agreement. Under this agreement, each of DVD and Gaming & Entertainment agree to provide the other with certain requested administrative and operational services. Each party will provide these services until terminated by the party receiving the service or by the party providing the service after the expiration of a one (1) year transition period. The party receiving the services will be required to pay for them within 30 business days after receipt of an invoice for such services at rates agreed upon by DVD and Gaming & Entertainment. Both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall indemnify each other for any liabilities to which they become subject as a result of furnishing or failing to furnish the services provided for in this agreement.

Employee Benefits Agreement.

In connection with the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment and DVD have entered into an Employee Benefits Agreement that provides for the transition from employee benefits under plans or programs sponsored by DVD for its employees to employee benefits under plans or programs sponsored by Gaming & Entertainment for those employees who will become employed by Gaming & Entertainment (or remain employed by Dover Downs, Inc.) following the completion of the spin-off. Under this agreement, each party is expected to establish and/or maintain separate welfare and retirement benefits, such as medical, life insurance and disability plans, a 401(k) plan, a defined benefit pension plan, and policies covering vacations, holidays and sick leave.

In connection with the spin-off and pursuant to the terms of the Employee Benefits Agreement, DVD will transfer to Gaming & Entertainment the assets and liabilities associated with DVD's defined benefit pension plan and the 401(k) plan currently sponsored by DVD with respect to employees who become employees of Gaming & Entertainment (or remain employed by Dover Downs, Inc.) after the spin-off.

Tax Sharing Agreement.

After the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment will no longer be included in DVD's consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Gaming & Entertainment has entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with DVD to reflect its separation from DVD with respect to tax matters. The primary purpose of such agreement is to reflect each party's rights and obligations relating to payments and refunds of taxes that are attributable to periods beginning before and including the date of the spin-off and any taxes resulting from transactions effected in connection with the spin-off. With respect to any period ending on or before the spin-off or any tax period in which the spin-off occurs, DVD will:

. continue to be the sole and exclusive agent for Gaming & Entertainment in all matters relating to the income, franchise, property, sales and use tax liabilities of Gaming & Entertainment;

. subject to Gaming & Entertainment's obligation to pay for items relating to its gaming business, bear any costs relating to tax audits, including tax assessments and any related interest and penalties and any legal, litigation, accounting or consulting expenses;

21

. continue to have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the preparation and filing of consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns; and

. subject to the right and authority of Gaming & Entertainment to direct DVD in the defense or prosecution of the portion of a tax contest directly and exclusively related to any Gaming & Entertainment tax adjustment, generally have the powers, in DVD's sole discretion, to contest or compromise any claim or refund on Gaming & Entertainment's behalf.

The agreement will provide for payments between the two companies to reflect tax liabilities that may arise before, after and because of the spin-off. It will also cover the handling of audits, settlements, elections, accounting methods and return filings in cases where both companies have an interest in the results of these activities.

For periods during which Gaming & Entertainment is included in DVD's consolidated federal income tax return or state combined or unitary tax returns which will include the tax periods ending on or before the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment will be required to pay an amount of income tax equal to the tax liability attributable to Gaming & Entertainment. Gaming & Entertainment will also be responsible for its own tax liabilities that are not determined on a combined basis with DVD.

Gaming & Entertainment will cease to be a member of DVD's federal consolidated group on the date of the spin-off. Each corporation that is a member of a consolidated group during any portion of the group's tax year is jointly and severally liable for the federal income tax liability of the group for that year. While the agreement allocates tax liabilities between Gaming & Entertainment and DVD during the periods ending on or before the spin-off in which Gaming & Entertainment is included in DVD's consolidated group, Gaming & Entertainment could be liable in the event federal tax liability allocated to DVD is incurred, but not paid, by DVD or any other member of DVD's consolidated group for DVD's tax years that include such periods. In such event, Gaming & Entertainment may be entitled to seek indemnification from DVD in accordance with the agreement.

Even if the spin-off qualifies as a tax-free distribution to DVD stockholders, a corporate tax could also be payable in accordance with Section 355(e) if one or more persons acquire 50 percent or more, by vote or value, of the capital stock of DVD or Gaming & Entertainment as part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the spin-off. There is a presumption that any stock acquisition or issuance that occurs within two years before or after the spin-off is part of a plan related to the spin-off. If this change-in- control occurs, and DVD or Gaming & Entertainment were unable to disprove or rebut the presumption, DVD would recognize a gain, if any, on the shares of Gaming & Entertainment's common stock that it distributes in the spin-off.

To minimize this and other risks, Gaming & Entertainment will agree with DVD to refrain from engaging in specified transactions unless:

. a ruling from the IRS is received to the effect that the proposed transaction will not result in the spin-off being taxable to DVD or its stockholders; or

. an opinion of counsel recognized as an expert in federal income tax matters and designated by DVD is received to the same effect and is satisfactory to DVD in its sole and absolute discretion.

Transactions that may be affected by these restrictions relating to an acquisition of a 50 percent or greater interest and other restrictions required to preserve the tax-free nature of the spin-off include:

. a liquidation;

. a merger or consolidation with, or acquisition by, another company;

. issuances and redemptions of shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock;

. the exercise of stock options;

. the sale, distribution or other disposition of assets in a manner that would adversely affect the tax consequences of the spin-off; and

. the discontinuation of material businesses.

22

Other transactions could also jeopardize the tax-free nature of the spin- off.

The agreement will allocate responsibility for the possible corporate-level income tax burden resulting from the spin-off, as well as other tax items. If the spin-off is taxable under Code Section 355(e) as a result of a 50 percent acquisition, then the resulting corporate-level income tax burden will be borne by that entity, either Gaming & Entertainment or DVD, with respect to which the 50 percent acquisition has occurred. Similarly, if the spin-off is taxable due to any other action taken by Gaming & Entertainment or DVD that is inconsistent with the factual representations on which the IRS letter ruling is based, the entity taking that action will be responsible for the resulting corporate-level income tax liability. Any corporate-level income tax liability that results from the spin-off, but which is not due to either a 50 percent acquisition or any action taken by either party that is inconsistent with the IRS letter ruling, will be shared equally by Gaming & Entertainment and DVD.

Real Property Agreement.

In connection with the spin-off, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment have entered into a Real Property Agreement which governs:

. certain real property transfers to ensure that the real property holdings of DVD and Gaming & Entertainment are more closely aligned with their historical uses and business needs;

. DVD's use of certain indoor grandstands, office space and parking space owned by Gaming & Entertainment;

. Gaming & Entertainment's use of certain harness track facilities; and

. certain cross easements relative to access and utilities at our Dover, Delaware facility.

See also, "Business--Properties."

Effect of the Spin-Off on DVD Outstanding Options

DVD Employees.

Each individual who continues as a DVD employee after the spin-off, is not employed by Gaming & Entertainment or Dover Downs, Inc., and who holds options to purchase DVD common stock will have the exercise price and the number of shares subject to the options granted under DVD's stock option plan prior to the effective time of the spin-off adjusted. The exercise price for all such outstanding options will be determined by multiplying the exercise price set forth in an employee's option grant agreement by the DVD Average Percentage (as defined below), and the number of shares subject to each such option will be determined by dividing the number of shares subject to the option by the DVD Average Percentage. "DVD Average Percentage" means the opening price on the NYSE of one share of DVD common stock, or if DVD's common stock is not traded on the NYSE, such other exchange or quotation system on which it is traded, on the first trading day after the effective date of the spin-off divided by the sum of:

. the price of one share of common stock of DVD; and

. 0.7 times the price on the NYSE of one share of common stock of Gaming & Entertainment, or if Gaming & Entertainment's common stock is not traded on the NYSE, such other exchange or quotation system on which it is traded, in each case based on the opening trading prices on the first trading day after the effective date of the spin-off.

All other provisions and terms of any stock option agreement previously entered into by DVD and its employees shall continue to apply with respect to any options previously granted under DVD's stock option plan, to the extent that, prior to the effective time, they have not been exercised or become void under the terms of such agreements.

23

Gaming & Entertainment And Dover Downs, Inc. Employees.

In connection with the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment has established the Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the "Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Plan"), which is substantially similar to DVD's stock option plan. Each employee of Gaming & Entertainment or Dover Downs, Inc. who will not remain an employee of DVD and who has outstanding DVD options that will terminate at the effective time of the spin-off will be granted Gaming & Entertainment replacement options. The exercise price will be determined by multiplying the Gaming & Entertainment Average Percentage (as defined below) by the original exercise price and dividing the result by 0.7, and the number of shares subject to such replacement grant will be determined by dividing the number of shares subject to options currently held by the Gaming & Entertainment Average Percentage and multiplying the result by 0.7. "Gaming & Entertainment Average Percentage" means 1 minus the DVD Average Percentage (as defined above).

Employees Of Both DVD And Gaming & Entertainment.

Certain individuals will continue as employees of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment immediately after the spin-off. A percentage of each such employee's DVD options, which shall be equal to the DVD Average Percentage, will remain subject to the DVD stock option plan and will be adjusted as discussed above under "DVD Employees," and the balance of such options will be surrendered for cancellation and replaced with options under the Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Plan as discussed above under "Gaming & Entertainment and Dover Downs, Inc. Employees."

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off

General.

The following is a summary description of the material federal income tax consequences of the spin-off. This summary is not intended as a complete description of all of the tax consequences of the spin-off and does not discuss tax consequences under the laws of state, local or foreign governments or any other jurisdiction. Moreover, the tax treatment of a stockholder may vary, depending upon the stockholder's particular situation. In this regard, special rules not discussed in this summary may apply to some of DVD's stockholders. In addition, this summary applies only to shares that are held as capital assets.

The following discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, existing, proposed and temporary treasury regulations promulgated under the Code and current administrative rulings and court decisions. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which may or may not be retroactive, and any of these changes could affect the validity of the following discussion.

EACH STOCKHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM, HER OR IT OF THE SPIN-OFF DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.

Consequences If The Spin-off Is Tax-Free.

DVD expects that the spin-off will qualify as a tax-free distribution under
Section 355 of the Code. Assuming that the spin-off so qualifies:

. except for cash received in lieu of fractional shares, the holders of DVD common stock and Class A common stock will not recognize gain or loss as a result of the receipt of shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock;

. each holder of DVD common stock or Class A common stock will allocate his, her or its aggregate tax basis in the DVD common stock or Class A common stock immediately before the spin-off

24

among that stockholder's DVD common stock or Class A common stock, after giving effect to the spin-off, and the Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock received in the spin-off in proportion to each of their fair market values on the spin-off date;

. the holding period for each holder of DVD common stock and Class A common stock for the Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock received in the spin-off will include the holding period for his, her or its DVD common stock or Class A common stock, provided that DVD common stock or Class A common stock is held as a capital asset at the time of the spin-off; and

. DVD will not recognize any gain or loss on its distribution of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock to DVD stockholders pursuant to the spin-off.

DVD has received a letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the spin- off will qualify as a tax-free distribution and will have the federal income tax consequences noted above. A letter ruling from the IRS, while generally binding on the IRS, may under certain circumstances be retroactively revoked or modified by the IRS. A letter ruling is based on the facts and representations presented in the request for that ruling. Generally, an IRS letter ruling will not be revoked or modified retroactively if there has been no misstatement or omission of material facts, the facts at the time of the transaction are not materially different from the facts upon which the IRS letter ruling was based, and there has been no change in the applicable law. Neither DVD nor Gaming & Entertainment is aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause the representations in the ruling request to be untrue or incomplete in any material respect.

Current Treasury Department regulations require each holder of DVD common stock or Class A common stock who receives a distribution of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock in the spin-off to attach to his, her or its federal income tax return for the year in which the distribution is received a statement setting forth information as may be appropriate in order to show the applicability of Section 355 of the Code to the spin-off. Such statement shall include a description of the stock surrendered and received, and the names and addresses of all the corporations involved in the transaction.

Consequences If The Spin-off Is Taxable.

If the spin-off fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code, then each stockholder of DVD receiving shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock in the spin-off generally would be treated as if such stockholder received a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock received, which would result in:

(a) a dividend to the extent paid out of DVD's current and accumulated earnings and profits at the end of the year in which the spin-off occurs; then

(b) a reduction in such stockholder's basis in DVD's common stock or Class A common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the stockholder's share amount referenced in clause (a) and does not exceed the stockholder's basis in the stock; and then

(c) gain from the sale or exchange of DVD common stock or Class A common stock to the extent the amount received exceeds the sum of the amounts referenced in clauses (a) and (b).

Each stockholder's basis in his, her or its Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock would be equal to the fair market value of such stock at the time of the spin-off.

If the spin-off fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code, then a corporate level federal income tax could be payable by the consolidated group of which DVD is the common parent. The tax would be based upon the gain, if any, computed as the difference between the fair market value of the

25

Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock and DVD's adjusted tax basis in such stock. Even if the spin-off otherwise qualifies as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Code, this corporate income tax would also be payable if either Gaming & Entertainment or DVD experiences a prohibited change-in-control as determined under Section 355(e) of the Code.

Section 355(e) of the Code generally provides that a company that distributes shares of a subsidiary in a spin-off that is otherwise tax-free will incur federal income tax liability if 50 percent or more, by vote or value, of the capital stock of either the company making the distribution or the spun-off subsidiary is acquired by one person or more than one person pursuant to a plan or series of related transactions that includes the spin- off. This provision can be triggered by certain reorganizations involving the acquisition of the assets or stock of the company making the distribution or of the spun-off subsidiary, or by issuances or redemptions of the stock of the distributing company or of the spun-off subsidiary. There is a presumption that any stock acquisition or issuance that occurs within two years before or after the spin-off is part of a plan relating to the spin-off and one or more of such stock acquisitions or issuances could produce a prohibited 50 percent acquisition. However, the presumption may be rebutted by establishing that the spin-off and the acquisitions are not part of a plan or series of related transactions.

In August 2001, the Treasury Department issued temporary regulations that would clarify when a spin-off is part of a plan, or series of related transactions, where one or more persons acquire stock of the distributing or spun-off subsidiary resulting in a 50 percent acquisition. The temporary regulations rely on a variety of factors to determine the existence of such a plan, or series of related transactions, including the following:

. the business purpose or purposes for the distribution;

. the intentions of the parties;

. the existence of agreements, understandings, arrangements or negotiations relating to acquisitions;

. the timing of transactions or acquisitions; and

. the causal connection or relationship between the spin-off and the acquisitions.

The preamble of the temporary regulations states that the Treasury Department and the IRS expect to issue additional guidance regarding the interpretation of the phrase "plan (or series of related transaction)" in the near future. Until then, taxpayers may rely on the temporary regulations in the course of engaging in transactions subject to Section 355(e).

If the spin-off is taxable solely under Section 355(e) of the Code, DVD will recognize gain, if any, equal to the difference between the fair market value of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock and DVD's adjusted tax basis in that stock. However, stockholders of DVD who receive Gaming & Entertainment common stock or Class A common stock would not recognize gain or loss as a result of the spin-off if it is taxable solely by reason of
Section 355(e) of the Code.

The tax sharing agreement entered into between Gaming & Entertainment and DVD allocates responsibility for the possible corporate tax burden resulting from the spin-off, as well as other tax items. For example, if the spin-off is taxable under Section 355(e) of the Code as a result of a 50 percent acquisition, then the resulting corporate tax burden will be borne by the entity, either DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, with respect to which the 50 percent acquisition has occurred. Similarly, if the spin-off is taxable due to any other action taken by DVD or Gaming & Entertainment that is inconsistent with the factual representations on which the IRS letter ruling is based, the entity taking that action, either DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, will be responsible for the resulting tax liability. Any income tax liability that results from the spin-off, but which is not due to either a 50 percent acquisition or any action taken by either company that is inconsistent with the IRS letter ruling, will be shared equally by DVD and Gaming & Entertainment.

26

Back-up Withholding Requirements.

United States information reporting requirements and backup withholding may apply with respect to dividends paid on, and proceeds from the taxable sale, exchange or other disposition of, Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock unless the stockholder:

. is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories, and, when required, demonstrates these facts; or

. provides a correct taxpayer identification number, certifies that there has been no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

A stockholder who does not supply DVD with his, her or its correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount withheld under these rules will be creditable against the stockholder's federal income tax liability. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption. If information reporting requirements apply to a stockholder, the amount of dividends paid with respect to the stockholder's shares will be reported annually to the IRS and to the stockholder.

Listing and Trading of Gaming & Entertainment and DVD Common Stock

Currently, there is no trading market for Gaming & Entertainment common stock. We have been authorized to list our common stock on the NYSE and expect our common stock will trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "DDE." A when- issued trading market for our common stock may develop on or about the record date. The term "when-issued" means that shares can be traded prior to the time certificates are actually available or issued. Even though when-issued trading may develop, none of these trades would settle prior to the effective date of the spin-off, and if the spin-off does not occur, all when-issued trading will be null and void. Prices at which our common stock may trade on a when-issued basis or after the time certificates are actually available or issued cannot be predicted. Until our common stock is fully distributed, an orderly trading market develops, and the market has fully analyzed the operations of Gaming & Entertainment, the prices at which trading in our stock take place may fluctuate significantly. The prices at which our common stock trades will be determined by the market and may be influenced by many factors, including, the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock, investor perception of Gaming & Entertainment and its business, Gaming & Entertainment's financial results and financial position, Gaming & Entertainment's dividend policy, sales of substantial amounts of our stock or the perception that such sales could occur, and general economic, political and market conditions.

DVD expects that its common stock will continue to meet the continued listing standards of the NYSE and that its common stock will continue to trade on a regular basis under its current symbol "DVD" following the spin-off. DVD's common stock may also trade on a when-issued basis, reflecting an assumed post- spin-off value for DVD common stock. When-issued trading in DVD common stock, if available, could last from on or about the record date through the effective date of the spin-off. If when-issued trading in DVD common stock is available, DVD stockholders may trade their existing DVD common stock prior to the effective date of the spin-off in either the when-issued market or in the regular market for DVD common stock. If a stockholder trades in the when-issued market, he will have no obligation to transfer to a purchaser of DVD common stock the Gaming & Entertainment common stock such stockholder receives in the spin-off. If a stockholder trades in the regular market, the shares of DVD common stock traded will be accompanied by due bills representing the Gaming & Entertainment common stock to be distributed in the spin-off. If when-issued trading in DVD common stock is not available, neither the DVD common stock nor the due bills may be purchased or sold separately during the period from the record date through the effective date of the spin-off.

If a when-issued market for DVD common stock develops, an additional listing for DVD common stock will appear on the NYSE. Differences may exist between the combined value of when-issued Gaming &

27

Entertainment common stock plus when-issued DVD common stock and the price of DVD common stock during this period. Until the market has fully analyzed the operations of DVD without the operations of Gaming & Entertainment, the prices at which DVD common stock trades may fluctuate significantly.

Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock will not be publicly traded but will be freely convertible into Gaming & Entertainment common stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof. DVD Class A common stock has never been publicly traded and is similarly convertible into DVD common stock.

Federal Securities Law Consequences

Gaming & Entertainment common stock distributed to DVD stockholders in the spin-off will be freely transferable under the Securities Act, except for securities received by persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of Gaming & Entertainment under Securities Act rules. Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of Gaming & Entertainment after the spin-off generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with Gaming & Entertainment, such as our directors and executive officers. Persons who are affiliates of Gaming & Entertainment generally will be permitted to sell their shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock received in the spin-off only pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. However, because the shares received in the spin-off are not restricted securities, the holding period requirement of Rule 144 will not apply. As a result, Gaming & Entertainment common stock received by Gaming & Entertainment affiliates pursuant to the spin-off may be sold if certain provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act are complied with (e.g., the amount sold within a three-month period does not exceed the greater of one percent of the outstanding Gaming & Entertainment common stock or the average weekly trading volume for Gaming & Entertainment common stock during the preceding four week period, and the securities are sold in "broker's transactions" and in compliance with certain notice provisions under Rule 144).

28

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization of Gaming & Entertainment as of September 30, 2001 on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the spin-off (in thousands, except share and per share data).

                                                            September 30, 2001
                                                           --------------------
                                                           Actual  Pro Forma(1)
                                                           ------- ------------
                                                               (unaudited)
Notes payable to bank(2).................................. $   --    $39,000
Stockholder's equity:
  DVD equity investment(3)................................  97,999       --
  Preferred stock, $.10 par value; 1,000,000 shares
   authorized; issued and outstanding: none...............     --        --
  Common stock, $.10 par value; 74,000,000 shares
   authorized; 9,924,929 issued and outstanding(4)(5).....     --        992
  Class A common stock, $.10 par value; 50,000,000 shares
   authorized;16,663,560 issued and outstanding(4)(5).....     --      1,666
  Additional paid-in capital..............................     --     56,341
                                                           -------   -------
    Total stockholder's equity............................  97,999    58,999
                                                           -------   -------
    Total capitalization.................................. $97,999   $97,999
                                                           =======   =======


(1) See "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data" and notes thereto.
(2) The pro forma notes payable to bank of $39 million reflects the replacement of the existing DVD credit facility with a new facility established by DVD which will not include Dover Downs, Inc. $39 million of the amount outstanding under the existing DVD credit facility will be paid down through a new $55 million credit facility that has been established by Gaming & Entertainment.
(3) See Note 4 to the "Combined Financial Statements" and Note 3 to the "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."
(4) The number of shares issued after giving effect to the spin-off was determined based upon the number of shares of DVD common stock and Class A common stock outstanding at September 30, 2001, and reflects the assumed distribution of 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock for each share of DVD common stock and Class A common stock, as appropriate.
(5) See Note 3 to the "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."

DIVIDEND POLICY

While it is anticipated that dividends will be paid to Gaming & Entertainment's stockholders, the final determination will be at the discretion of Gaming & Entertainment's board of directors and will be dependent upon Gaming & Entertainment's financial condition, operating results, cash flows, capital requirements and such other factors as Gaming & Entertainment's board of directors deems relevant.

29

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes certain selected combined financial data of Gaming & Entertainment, which has been derived from the Combined Financial Statements of Gaming & Entertainment for the nine months ended September 30, 2001 and 2000, the six months ended December 31, 2000 and for each of the five years ended June 30, 2000. The historical information may not be indicative of Gaming & Entertainment's future performance as an independent company. This information set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion And Analysis of Financial Condition And Results of Operations," the "Combined Financial Statements" and the notes thereto and the "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data" and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this document.

                                            Six Months
                          Nine Months Ended   Ended
                            September 30,    Dec. 31,             Year Ended June 30,
                          ----------------- ---------- -------------------------------------------
                            2001     2000      2000      2000     1999     1998    1997     1996
                          -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
                             (unaudited)                                            (unaudited)
Statement of Earnings Data
 (in thousands):
Revenues................  $141,923 $131,683  $85,441   $168,561 $139,249 $115,071 $81,162  $31,980
Expenses:
 Operating..............   108,551  100,729   63,780    127,854  105,360   86,413  60,976   24,130
 Depreciation...........     1,548    1,457    1,037      1,798    1,269    1,237   1,103      517
 General and
  administrative........     3,461    2,232    1,991      3,375    2,694    2,974   2,192    1,519
                          -------- --------  -------   -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
 Total expenses.........   113,560  104,418   66,808    133,027  109,323   90,624  64,271   26,166
Operating earnings......    28,363   27,265   18,633     35,534   29,926   24,447  16,891    5,814
Interest expense........       652      290      --         216       85      --      700      256
                          -------- --------  -------   -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
Earnings before income
 taxes..................    27,711   26,975   18,633     35,318   29,841   24,447  16,191    5,558
Income taxes............    11,270   10,970    7,577     14,366   12,145   10,000   6,607    2,260
                          -------- --------  -------   -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
Net earnings............  $ 16,441 $ 16,005  $11,056   $ 20,952 $ 17,696 $ 14,447 $ 9,584  $ 3,298
                          ======== ========  =======   ======== ======== ======== =======  =======
Selected Operating Data:
Total slots facility
 attendance
 (in thousands).........     1,953    1,834    1,212      2,343    1,933    1,921   1,794      954
Avg. number of slot
 machines...............     2,000    1,927    2,000      1,723    1,191    1,000     869      509
Casino square footage...    80,000   80,000   80,000     80,000   65,000   41,000  41,000   24,000

                            September 30,    Dec. 31,                   June 30,
                          ----------------- ---------- -------------------------------------------
                            2001     2000      2000      2000     1999     1998    1997     1996
                          -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------  -------
                             (unaudited)                                     (unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data (in
 thousands):
Working capital
 (deficit)..............  $ 16,825 $ 35,552  $37,166   $ 31,486 $ 19,796 $ 14,932 $(5,417) $    (a)
Total assets............   114,120  101,918   93,857     85,137   59,887   39,962  32,979       (a)
Total stockholder's
 equity.................  $ 97,999 $ 75,996  $81,558   $ 70,502 $ 49,550 $ 31,854 $17,407  $    (a)


(a) Not readily available.

30

PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2001 presents the pro forma combined financial position of Gaming & Entertainment assuming the spin-off had been completed as of September 30, 2001 and reflects all adjustments that as of such date in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the pro forma combined financial position of Gaming & Entertainment. No pro forma combined statement of earnings has been presented because no pro forma adjustments are required to the historical results of operations. No adjustment has been made to the general and administrative expenses because such expenses included in the historical statements include an allocation of corporate administrative expenses which the management of Gaming & Entertainment believes is reasonable. The historical financial statements also include an allocation of interest expense, which has been allocated based upon each company's earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, income tax payments and capital expenditures. Management believes this is a reasonable method of allocating interest expense.

Pro forma earnings per share information is as follows:

                               Nine Months Ended
                                 September 30,   Six Months Ended   Year Ended
                                     2001        December 31, 2000 June 30, 2000
                               ----------------- ----------------- -------------
   Basic......................           $.62              $.42            $.82
   Diluted....................           $.62              $.42            $.82

   Average shares used in computing pro forma earnings per share are as
follows:

   Basic......................     26,559,000        26,510,000      25,537,000
   Diluted....................     26,615,000        26,549,000      25,693,000

Earnings per share information has been calculated using the pro forma average outstanding common shares and Class A common shares for Gaming & Entertainment. The pro forma average outstanding common shares and Class A common shares were derived from DVD's basic common shares and Class A common shares outstanding for the periods presented using a distribution ratio of 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock for each share of DVD common stock and Class A common stock, respectively. Outstanding stock options of Gaming & Entertainment have been calculated assuming the stock options related to each individual who will be a Gaming & Entertainment employee or both a DVD and a Gaming & Entertainment employee subsequent to the spin-off were outstanding Gaming & Entertainment options during each period presented.

The Pro Forma Combined Financial Data of Gaming & Entertainment should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements of Gaming & Entertainment included elsewhere in this document. The pro forma financial information presented below and in the Capitalization section presented elsewhere in this document, are not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that Gaming & Entertainment would have reported if it had operated as an independent company during the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of Gaming & Entertainment's future performance as an independent company.

31

GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT

PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
(unaudited)

                                                    September 30, 2001
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                         Pro Forma
                                             Historical Adjustments   Pro Forma
                                             ---------- -----------   ---------
                                                      (In thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................  $ 11,391        --      $ 11,391
  Accounts receivable.......................       350        --           350
  Due from State of Delaware................     9,353        --         9,353
  Prepaid expenses and other................     1,383        --         1,383
  Inventories...............................       787        --           787
  Receivable from Dover Downs Entertainment,
   Inc. (1).................................     8,401        --         8,401
  Income taxes receivable...................        64        --            64
  Deferred income taxes.....................       282        --           282
                                              --------    -------     --------
    Total current assets....................    32,011        --        32,011
                                              --------    -------     --------
Property, plant and equipment, net..........    82,109        --        82,109
                                              --------    -------     --------
    Total assets............................  $114,120        --      $114,120
                                              ========    =======     ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................  $  3,336        --      $  3,336
  Purses due horsemen.......................     9,209        --         9,209
  Accrued liabilities.......................     2,533                   2,533
  Deferred revenue..........................       108        --           108
                                              --------    -------     --------
    Total current liabilities...............    15,186        --        15,186
Notes payable to bank.......................       --      39,000 (2)   39,000
Deferred income taxes.......................       935        --           935
Stockholder's equity:
  Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. equity
   investment...............................    97,999    (97,999)(3)      --
  Preferred stock...........................       --         --           --
  Common stock..............................                  992 (3)      992
  Class A common stock......................       --       1,666 (3)    1,666
  Additional paid-in capital................       --     (39,000)(2)   56,341
                                                   --      95,341 (3)      --
                                              --------    -------     --------
    Total stockholder's equity..............    97,999    (39,000)      58,999
                                              --------    -------     --------
    Total liabilities and stockholder's
     equity.................................  $114,120        --      $114,120
                                              ========    =======     ========


(1) As of September 30, 2001, Gaming & Entertainment had an approximately $8.4 million intercompany receivable owed to it by DVD. By the effective date of the spin-off, DVD will have repaid this receivable. The intercompany receivable represents the net cash generated by Gaming & Entertainment transferred to DVD and the payment of certain costs by the Company on behalf of DVD. By the effective date of the spin-off, it is anticipated that Dover Downs, Inc. will have an intercompany payable owed to DVD which will be cancelled on or prior to the effective date. The amount of the intercompany balance may fluctuate prior to the

32

spin-off because DVD is the borrower under the credit facility which it maintains for the benefit of all of its subsidiaries, including Dover Downs, Inc., and DVD will continue its centralized cash management and an allocation of general and administrative expenses will continue up to the effective date of the spin-off.

(2) To reflect the replacement of the existing DVD credit facility with a new facility established by DVD which will not include Dover Downs, Inc. $39 million of the amount outstanding under the existing DVD credit facility will be paid down through a new $55 million credit facility established by Gaming & Entertainment.

(3) To reflect the distribution of DVD's 100 percent equity investment in Gaming & Entertainment to DVD stockholders:

. Elimination of DVD's equity investment in Gaming & Entertainment.

. The par value of the common stock ($992,000) and Class A common stock ($1,666,000) issued after giving effect to the spin-off based upon the number of shares of DVD common stock (14,178,470) and Class A common stock (23,805,085) outstanding at September 30, 2001, and reflecting the assumed distribution of 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock ($0.10 par value) for every one share of DVD common stock and Class A common stock ($0.10 par value). The actual number of shares of Gaming & Entertainment stock distributed will depend on the number of shares of DVD common stock and Class A common stock outstanding on the record date.

. Reclassification of that portion of DVD's equity investment not allocated to the par value of the outstanding Gaming & Entertainment common and Class A stock ($95,341,000).

33

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion is based upon and should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data," "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data," "Combined Financial Statements" and the notes thereto. See also "Forward-Looking Statements," included elsewhere in this document.

Gaming & Entertainment, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Dover Downs, Inc., owns and operates Dover Downs Slots--an 80,000 square foot video lottery
(slot) casino, the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, expected to open in the first quarter of 2002, and the Dover Downs Raceway harness racing track. All three facilities are located at Gaming & Entertainment's multi-purpose gaming and entertainment complex in Dover, Delaware.

Results of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2001 vs. Nine Months Ended September 30, 2000

Revenues increased by $10,240,000 or 7.8% to $141,923,000, primarily the result of expanding the casino facility and increasing the number of video lottery (slot) machines from an average of 1,927 during the nine months ended September 30, 2000 to 2,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2001, and also from the results of expanded marketing and promotional activities related to our video lottery casino.

Operating expenses increased by $7,822,000 reflecting the higher revenues. Amounts retained by the State of Delaware, and the amount collected by the State of Delaware for payment to the vendors under contract with the State who provide the video lottery machines and associated computer systems increased by $2,767,000 and $1,220,000, respectively, in the first nine months of 2001. Amounts allocated from the video lottery operation for harness horse racing purses were $15,358,000 in the first nine months of 2001 compared with $14,265,000 in the first nine months of 2000. Wages and related employee benefits increased by $1,913,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2001. Additional advertising, promotional and customer rewards costs of $1,553,000 were the other significant operating cost increases.

Depreciation expense increased by $91,000 due to capital expenditures related to our Phase IV video lottery casino expansion in March 2000.

General and administrative expenses increased by $1,229,000 to $3,461,000 from $2,232,000 in the first nine months of 2000, primarily due to pre-opening expenses for the Dover Downs Hotel & Conference Center.

Interest expense was $652,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2001 as compared to $290,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2000. The interest expense resulted from increased borrowings on DVD's revolving credit facility which was allocated to Gaming & Entertainment. We capitalized $1,053,000 of interest related to the construction of major facilities in the first nine months of 2001 compared with $202,000 in the first nine months of 2000.

Our effective income tax rate was 40.7% for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2001 and 2000.

Net earnings increased by $436,000, primarily as a result of increased play in the casino, offset by increased general and administrative costs from pre- opening expenses related to the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center.

Six Months Ended December 31, 2000 Compared With Six Months Ended December 31, 1999

Revenues increased by $3,249,000 or 4.0% to $85,441,000, the result of having an average of 2,000 video lottery (slot) machines during the six-month period ended December 31, 2000 compared with an average of

34

1,555 video lottery (slot) machines during the six-month period ended December 31, 1999, and expanded marketing and promotional activities related to our video lottery casino.

Operating expenses increased by $2,156,000 reflecting the higher revenues. Amounts retained by the State of Delaware, and the amounts collected for payment to the vendors under contract with the State who provide the video lottery machines and associated computer systems increased by $730,000 and $318,000, respectively, during the six months ended December 31, 2000. Amounts allocated from the video lottery operation for harness horse racing purses were $9,321,000 during the six months ended December 31, 2000 compared with $9,036,000 during the six months ended December 31, 1999. Wages and related employee benefits increased by $997,000 during the six months ended December 31, 2000 due to the opening of our Phase IV casino expansion. Additional advertising, promotional and customer complimentary costs of $2,264,000 were the other significant operating cost increases. The aforementioned increases in gaming operating expenses were offset by $2,475,000 from the reversal of prior accruals for management fees that resulted from amending the casino management agreement with Caesars to decrease the percentage management fee paid to Caesars for the remaining term of the agreement by 20%. In prior years and during the six months ended December 31, 2000, we accrued amounts that Caesars claimed were due as a result of casino expansions, but which we disputed. As a result of the amendment to the management agreement, we settled the dispute with Caesars and the reversal of a portion of the aforementioned accrued amounts resulted in the one-time net gain.

Depreciation increased by $189,000 or 22.3% due to capital expenditures related to our Phase IV video lottery casino expansion in March 2000.

General and administrative expenses decreased by $105,000 to $1,991,000 from $2,096,000 primarily due to a reduction in employee benefit costs.

There was no interest income or expense during the six-month period ended December 31, 2000 compared with $27,000 of interest expense during the six- month period ended December 31, 1999. We capitalized $200,000 and $41,000 of interest during the six-month periods ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively, related to the construction of major facilities.

Our effective income tax rate was 40.7% for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2000 and 1999.

Net earnings increased by $614,000 primarily due to the increased play in the casino and the one-time net gain related to the amended management agreement with Caesars.

Fiscal Year 2000 Compared With Fiscal Year 1999

Revenues increased by $29,312,000 or 21.1% to $168,561,000, primarily the result of having an average of 1,723 video lottery (slot) machines in fiscal 2000 compared with an average of 1,191 video lottery (slot) machines in fiscal 1999, and expanded marketing and promotional activities related to our video lottery casino.

Operating expenses increased by $22,494,000 reflecting the higher revenues. Amounts retained by the State of Delaware, and the amounts collected for payment to the vendors under contract with the State who provide the video lottery machines and associated computer systems increased by $8,251,000 and $3,423,000, respectively, in fiscal 2000. Amounts allocated from the video lottery operation for harness horse racing purses were $18,308,000 in fiscal 2000 compared with $15,173,000 in fiscal 1999. Wages and related employee benefits increased by $2,751,000 in fiscal 2000.

Depreciation increased by $529,000 or 41.7% due to capital expenditures related to our casino expansions completed in fiscal 2000 and 1999.

35

General and administrative expenses increased by $681,000 to $3,375,000 from $2,694,000, primarily due to an increase in wages and related employee benefits. As a percentage of total revenues, our fiscal 2000 general and administrative costs remained consistent with fiscal 1999.

Interest expense was $216,000 in fiscal 2000 compared to $85,000 in fiscal 1999. The increased interest expense resulted from borrowings on DVD's revolving credit agreement, offset by the capitalization of $161,000 and $268,000 of interest in fiscal 2000 and 1999, respectively, related to the construction of major facilities.

Our effective income tax rate was 40.7% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000 and 1999.

Net earnings increased by $3,256,000, primarily due to the increased levels of play in the casino.

Fiscal Year 1999 Compared With Fiscal Year 1998

Revenues increased by $24,178,000 or 21.0% to $139,249,000, primarily the result of having an average of 1,191 video lottery (slot) machines in fiscal 1999 compared with an average of 1,000 video lottery (slot) machines in fiscal 1998, and expanded marketing and promotional activities related to our video lottery casino.

Operating expenses increased by $18,947,000 reflecting the higher revenues. Amounts retained by the State of Delaware, and the amounts collected for payment to the vendors under contract with the State who provide the video lottery machines and associated computer systems increased by $6,433,000 and $2,682,000, respectively, in fiscal 1999. Amounts allocated from the video lottery operation for harness horse racing purses were $15,173,000 in fiscal 1999 compared with $12,721,000 in fiscal 1998. Additional advertising, promotional and customer complimentary costs of $2,557,000 were the other significant gaming-related operating cost increases.

Depreciation increased by $32,000 due to capital expenditures related to our casino expansions completed in fiscal 1999.

General and administrative expenses decreased by $280,000 to $2,694,000 from $2,974,000 primarily due to a reduction in employee benefit costs.

Interest expense was $85,000 in fiscal 1999 compared with no interest income or expense in fiscal 1998. The interest expense resulted from increased borrowings on DVD's revolving credit agreement, offset by the capitalization of $268,000 of interest in fiscal 1999 related to the construction of major facilities. No interest cost was capitalized in fiscal 1998.

Our effective income tax rates were 40.7% and 40.9% for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

Net earnings increased by $3,249,000 due to the expansion of the video lottery (slot) machine operations and increased marketing efforts in the casino.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flows from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2001 and 2000, the six months ended December 31, 2000, and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 were $19,627,000, $26,096,000, $6,368,000, $25,522,000, $19,825,000 and $18,637,000, respectively. The decrease for the nine months ended September 30, 2001 as compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2000 was due primarily to the settlement of our dispute with Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation in December 2000 regarding performance based fees and the timing of certain construction payments and income tax payments.

Capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2001 were $38,501,000. Approximately $34,628,000 related to the construction of the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, which is expected to open in the first quarter of 2002. The remainder of the capital expenditures were for vehicles, equipment and other facility improvements.

Capital expenditures for the six months ended December 31, 2000 were $6,545,000. Approximately $5,375,000 related to the construction of the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center. The remainder of the expenditures were for vehicles, equipment and other facility improvements.

36

Capital expenditures for the year ended June 30, 2000 were $11,314,000. Approximately $7,743,000 related to the expansion of the casino facility and related furniture, fixtures and equipment, and approximately $3,571,000 to the construction of the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center.

Capital expenditures for the year ended June 30, 1999 were $14,495,000 and related primarily to the expansion of the casino facility, which opened in March 1999.

Capital expenditures for the year ended June 30, 1998 were $1,411,000 and related primarily to the expansion of, and improvements to, the Dover Downs Raceway as well as expansion of the administrative facilities.

In December 1999, we commenced construction on a 10-story, 482-room luxury hotel in Dover, Delaware. The current construction plans consist of two phases and include a multi-purpose ballroom/concert hall and a fine-dining restaurant. The cost of the first phase of the project, which, in addition to the first 232 rooms of the hotel structure, will include a multi-purpose ballroom/concert hall, renovating the enclosed harness racing grandstand, and constructing a central HVAC plant is estimated to be approximately $75,000,000, of which approximately $43 million has been incurred through September 30, 2001.

Our cash requirements subsequent to the spin-off transaction will be for capital expenditures to complete the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center and normal maintenance capital expenditures for the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, the video lottery (slot) machine casino and our various other gaming assets. We have a $55 million unsecured revolving line of credit, $39 million of which will be outstanding on the date of the spinoff.

We believe that our cash flows from operations and the funds available pursuant to our $55,000,000 revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our short and long-term cash needs.

Seasonality

Gaming & Entertainment's quarterly operating results are affected by weather and the general economic conditions in the U.S. Our quarterly operating results are generally distributed evenly throughout the year. However, the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

Inflation

Inflation has not had a material effect on Gaming & Entertainment's operations and we have no operating history to gauge its effect on our hotel and conference center business. If inflation increases, we will attempt to increase our prices to offset our increased expenses. No assurance can be given, however, that we will be able to adequately increase our prices in response to inflation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" (SAB 101), which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation and disclosure of revenue in financial statements filed with the SEC. SAB 101 outlines the basic criteria that must be met to recognize revenue and provides guidance for disclosures related to revenue

37

recognition policies. We adopted SAB 101 during the six-month period ended December 31, 2000. The adoption of SAB 101 did not have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, and Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Statement 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. Statement 142 will require that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement 142. We are required to adopt the provisions of Statement 141 immediately and Statement 142 effective January 1, 2002.

Since we do not own any assets that are subject to Statements 141 and 142, we do not anticipate the adoption of Statements 141 and 142 to have an impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. The standard applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and (or) normal use of the asset.

Statement No. 143 requires that the fair value of liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The fair value of the liability is added to the carrying amount of the associated asset and this additional carrying amount is depreciated over the life of the asset. The liability is accreted at the end of each period through charges to operating expense. If the obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount of the liability, we will recognize a gain or loss on settlement.

We are required and plan to adopt the provisions of Statement No. 143 in 2003. To accomplish this, we must identify all legal obligations for asset retirement obligations, if any, and determine the fair value of these obligations on the date of adoption. We have not yet completed our analysis of the impact of adoption of this standard.

In October 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. While Statement No. 144 supersedes FASB Statement No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, it retains many of the fundamental provisions of that Statement. Statement No. 144 also supersedes the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations-Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions, for the disposal of a segment of a business. However, it retains the requirement in Opinion No. 30 to report separately discontinued operations and extends that reporting to a component of an entity that either has been disposed of (by sale, abandonment, or in a distribution to owners) or is classified as held for sale. We are required and plan to adopt the provisions of Statement No. 144 on January 1, 2002. We have not yet completed our analysis of the impact of adoption of this standard.

The Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) is currently discussing issue number 00-22, "Accounting for "Points" and Certain Other Time or Volume Based Sales Incentive Offers, and Offers for Free Products or Services to be Delivered in the Future," which will cover how point and other loyalty programs should be accounted for. The EITF is considering the issued broadly to include all industries that utilize point or other loyalty programs. The Company will apply the provisions of this EITF for its points program once the EITF issues a consensus on this topic.

38

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Gaming & Entertainment does not utilize financial instruments for trading purposes and holds no derivative financial instruments which could expose us to significant market risk. Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to the increase in the amount of interest expense we must pay with respect to our bank loan agreement to be entered into in connection with the spin-off, which will be tied to variable market rates.

39

BUSINESS

General

Dover Downs, Inc. was incorporated in 1967 and began motorsports and harness horse racing operations in 1969. As a result of several restructurings, Dover Downs, Inc. became a wholly owned subsidiary of Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc., and transferred all of the motorsports operations to Dover Downs International Speedway, Inc. Consequently, Dover Downs, Inc. became the operating entity for all of Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.'s gaming operations.

Dover Downs Gaming and Entertainment, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware in December 2001. Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. contributed 100% of the shares of Dover Downs, Inc. to Dover Downs Gaming and Entertainment, Inc. in exchange for 100 percent of the shares of Dover Downs Gaming and Entertainment, Inc. Consequently, Dover Downs, Inc. became a wholly owned subsidiary of Dover Downs Gaming and Entertainment, Inc.

All of our facilities are located at our property in Dover, Delaware. The Dover facility is a multi-purpose gaming and entertainment complex housing Dover Downs Slots--an 80,000 square foot Las Vegas-style casino with 2,000 video lottery (slot) machines, which is managed by Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation. Our casino square footage, average numbers of slot machines and total slots facility attendance over the past five fiscal years is set forth under "Selected Financial Data" on page 30 of this document. Dover Downs Raceway, a 5/8-mile harness horse racetrack with a state-of-the-art simulcasting parlor, is located adjacent to the casino. Also adjacent to the casino is the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, our new luxury hotel scheduled to open in the first quarter of 2002.

We have experienced dramatic increases in our revenues. In 2000, approximately 96% of this revenue was attributable to our video lottery (slot) machine casino. The following chart sets forth our revenues for the past five years (in thousands):

Calendar Year                                          Revenue
-------------                                          --------
    1996                                               $ 65,878
    1997                                               $ 99,700
    1998                                               $126,013
    1999                                               $156,961
    2000                                               $171,810

Growth Strategies

We offer a unique gaming and entertaining experience and make available to our patrons a number of different options: slot machine gaming, live harness horse racing, fine dining, national recording acts, live boxing, and simulcasting of thoroughbred and harness horse races from across the United States. Our mission is simple: to provide all of our customers a premier gaming and entertainment experience with a focus on quality customer service. Our growth strategy is to foster customer loyalty by following this mission, focus on our most valuable customers, enhance our gaming products with additional entertainment offerings, and create an exciting gaming environment while focusing on areas that we believe will increase our revenue and profitability. Our efforts in this regard will include the following:

Commence Operations At Our New Luxury Hotel And Conference Center.

Our new luxury facility, the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, is being constructed adjacent to our casino. The hotel and conference center, which is expected to open in the first quarter of 2002, will be constructed in two phases. The first phase will include 232 rooms, a multi-purpose ballroom/concert hall and a fine dining restaurant. We will also add a new 450 seat buffet restaurant, bringing our total buffet capacity to 800 seats. With this new facility, we expect to capitalize on the need for luxury hotel accommodations in the Dover area and offer a wider range of entertainment options to our patrons, including concerts, fine dining,

40

trade shows and conferences. We expect that the new facility will allow us to attract new patrons and lengthen the stay of current patrons.

Increase The Utilization Of Our Newly Expanded Casino

We have recently increased the number of video lottery (slot) machines at our Dover facility to 2,000, the maximum presently permitted by statute.

We have an aggressive bus transportation program that brings patrons to our facility. We are currently visited by more than 500 buses per month. We are effectively marketing our casino as a destination for many different groups, such as individuals that frequent Delaware's nearby ocean resorts, and expect to be able to increase bus traffic with our expanded capacity.

We also use a newly installed sophisticated database marketing program to develop long-term relationships with our patrons and to target promotions to specific customer segments. Our Capital Club, a slots players club and tracking system, allows us to identify customers and to reward their level of play through rewards programs. Membership in this club currently stands at approximately 140,000 active patrons and continues to grow. We expect to increase attendance at both our casino and hotel and conference center through effective promotional use of our database and by making improvements to our facilities and gaming offerings based on what we learn from our Capital Club members. For example, we continue to add machines with differing denominations and progressive slot machines with large jackpot sizes because they offer patrons a more exciting gaming experience.

We are also considering seeking regulatory relief or legislation to allow us to expand our hours of operation and betting limits and to grow beyond 2,000 machines if demand continues to rise.

Increase The Attendance And Wagering On Live Harness Horse Racing Through Increased Purse Levels.

With a percentage of video lottery (slot) machine revenues supplementing the purses for the horsemen, we have experienced dramatic increases in the size of our purses. The result is that we continue to attract higher quality horses. Bettors are attracted to races with larger purses and typically wager more on the higher quality and more predictable horses. We have completed various upgrades to enhance the harness horse racing facilities, including renovations to the track and grounds, receiving barn and paddock areas and, more recently, have constructed a new simulcast parlor with state-of-the-art facilities that allow year round wagering. We continue to focus on improvements that we believe allow us to increase attendance and wagering.

As of the end of our 2001 season, our daily purse distribution was up to $145,000. According to information published by the Harness Tracks of America, Inc., an association we belong to comprised of harness race tracks throughout the world, this level would have us ranked second among thirty-six United States harness tracks in daily purse distribution.

With more money available for purses, we have such prestigious events as our annual "Progress Pace" with a $400,000 purse, an event which attracts the country's top three year old horses.

Expand Our Existing Simulcasting.

We conduct simulcasting and pari-mutuel wagering 360 days per year. As our racing product continues to improve, we expect to continue to increase the number of other tracks and off track wagering facilities that receive our racing signal during our race season and the amount of wagering which occurs on our events. We also expect to continue to increase the amount of wagering at our site from the harness and thoroughbred races whose signals we import from other North American tracks.

Seek Additional Gaming And Entertainment Opportunities

We intend to pursue acquisitions and strategic partnerships in the gaming business if and when attractive opportunities arise.

41

Dover Downs Slots

Our video lottery (slot) machine casino opened in December 1995 with approximately 500 video lottery (slot) machines. Due to its popularity, the video lottery (slot) machine casino has expanded three times since its opening and the number of machines has increased steadily to its current level of 2,000. The most recent expansion of the gaming operations to our 80,000 square foot casino was completed in March 2000.

The video lottery (slot) machines range from our popular nickel machines to $20 machines in the Premium Slots area. Additional amenities include the Garden Cafe, which becomes a lounge with live entertainment every evening, the Winners Circle Buffet, and a 1,500 seat concert facility featuring national recording acts monthly. The newly constructed, Las Vegas style "video lottery casino" housing the gaming equipment was designed and built using expertise from Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation, a leader in the gaming industry. Our facilities are open every day of the year, except Christmas and Easter. Our casino has been visited by as many as 22,000 patrons in a single day. Our restaurants have fed almost 4,000 customers in a single day.

The Delaware State Lottery Office administers and controls our video lottery
(slot) machine operations. We are a licensed agent authorized to conduct video lottery operations under the Delaware State Lottery Code and one of only three locations permitted to do so in the State of Delaware. We are permitted by law to set the payout to customers between 87% and 95%. Since the introduction of the video lottery (slot) machine operations, we have maintained an average payout of approximately 91.5%. We believe that this represents a competitive payout percentage.

We have a management agreement with Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation. Under the agreement, Caesars is our agent to supervise, manage and operate our video lottery (slot) machine casino. Caesars has been properly licensed by the Delaware State Lottery Office to perform these functions. We pay to Caesars a management fee based on pre-tax income generated by the video lottery operations. Effective January 1, 2001, we and Caesars amended our management agreement to decrease the percentage management fee paid to Caesars by 20% while modifying the agreement to cover all 2,000 video lottery machines currently in operation for the remainder of the term, which expires in December 2004.

We use sophisticated database marketing to develop long-term relationships with our patrons and to target promotions to specific customer segments. Our Capital Club, a slots players club and tracking system, allows us to identify customers and to reward their level of play through awards programs. Membership in this club currently stands at approximately 140,000 active patrons and continues to grow.

We have implemented extensive procedures for financial and accounting controls, safekeeping and accounting of monies, and security provisions. Security over the gaming operations involves the integration of surveillance cameras, observation and oversight by employees, security and gaming staff, and various security features built into the video lottery (slot) machines. The above, when combined with proper internal control procedures and daily monitoring by the Delaware State Lottery Office, are intended to maintain the security, integrity and accountability of the video lottery operations.

Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center

Our new luxury hotel facility, the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, is being constructed adjacent to our casino. The hotel and conference center, which is expected to open in the first quarter of 2002, will be constructed in two phases. The first phase will include 232 rooms, a multi-purpose ballroom/concert hall, a fine dining restaurant, swimming pool and health spa. Additional construction to occur in adjacent facilities during the first phase includes, among other things, building a new 450 seat buffet restaurant, renovating the enclosed harness racing grandstand with state-of-the-art simulcasting facilities, and building an HVAC plant. The second phase, if implemented, is expected to include an additional 250 rooms. With this new facility, we expect to capitalize on the need for luxury hotel accommodations in the Dover area and offer a wider range of entertainment options to our patrons, including concerts featuring prominent entertainers, live

42

boxing, gourmet dining, trade shows and conferences. We expect that the new facility will allow us to attract new patrons and lengthen the stay of current patrons.

Dover Downs Raceway

Dover Downs Raceway has presented pari-mutuel harness racing events for 32 consecutive years. The harness horse racing track is a 5/8-mile track and is lighted for nighttime operations. The configuration offers turns with a wider than normal turning radius and 4 degree banking. This allows trotting and pacing horses to remain in full stride through the turns. The result has been higher than normal speeds attained by horses in competition. The track is adjacent to our casino and hotel and conference center and located inside of DVD's one-mile auto racing superspeedway. Live harness races conducted at Dover Downs Raceway are simulcast to tracks and other off-track betting locations across North America on each of the Company's more than 140 live race dates. Our races currently are transmitted to more than 350 tracks and off-track betting locations.

Dover Downs Raceway has newly constructed facilities for pari-mutuel wagering on both live harness horse racing and on simulcast thoroughbred and harness horse racing received from numerous tracks across North America. Within the main grandstand is the newly renovated simulcast parlor where our patrons can wager on harness and thoroughbred races received by satellite into Dover Downs Raceway year round. Television monitors throughout the parlor area provide views of all races simultaneously and the parlor's betting windows are connected to a central computer allowing bets to be received on all races from all tracks.

Harness racing in the State of Delaware is governed by the Delaware Harness Racing Commission. We hold a license from the Commission authorizing us to hold harness race meetings on our premises and to offer pari-mutuel wagering on live and simulcast horse races.

Harness racing refers to any racing of horses in which the horses competing or participating are harnessed to a sulky, carriage or similar vehicle and are not mounted by a jockey. Pari-mutuel wagering refers to pooled betting by which the wagering public, not the track, determines the odds and the payoff. The track retains a percentage of the amount wagered. Simulcasting refers to the transmission of live horse racing by television, cable or satellite signal from one race track to another with pari-mutuel wagering being conducted at the sending and receiving track and a portion of the handle being shared by the sending and receiving tracks.

The legislation authorizing video lottery operations in the State of Delaware was adopted in June 1994, and is referred to as the "Horse Racing Redevelopment Act." The Delaware General Assembly's stated purpose in approving the legislation was to (i) provide non-state supported assistance in the form of increased economic activity and vitality for Delaware's harness and thoroughbred horse racing industries, which activity and vitality will enable the industry to improve its facilities and breeding stock, and cause increased employment; and (ii) restrict the location of such lottery to locations where wagering is already permitted and controls exist. A portion of the proceeds from the wagering on the video lottery (slot) machines is allocated to increase the purse for harness horse races held at Dover Downs and is intended to provide increased vitality for Delaware's horse racing industry.

We have an agreement with DSOA, or Delaware Standardbred Owner's Association, Inc., effective August 1, 2000 and continuing through July 31, 2003. DSOA's membership consists of owners, trainers, and drivers of harness horses participating in harness race meetings at our facilities and elsewhere in the United States and Canada. DSOA has been organized and exists for the purpose of promoting the sport of harness racing; improving the lot of owners, drivers, and trainers of harness racing horses participating in race meetings; establishing health, welfare and insurance programs for owners, drivers, and trainers of harness racing horses; negotiating with harness racing tracks on behalf of owners, trainers, drivers, and grooms of harness racing horses; and generally rendering assistance to them whenever and wherever possible. Under the DSOA agreement, we are required to distribute as purses for races conducted at our facilities, a percentage of our retained share of pari-mutuel revenues, depending on the level of the average daily dollar handle.

We enjoy a good relationship with representatives of DSOA and anticipate that this relationship will continue. We believe that the DSOA agreement is typical of similar agreements in the industry.

43

Licensing and Regulation by Gaming and Other Authorities

The ownership and operation of gaming facilities is subject to extensive state and local regulation. These regulations apply not only to us, but also to our subsidiaries, stockholders and officers and directors.

The Delaware State Lottery Office and the Delaware Harness Racing Commission regulate our gaming operations. Our license from the Delaware Harness Racing Commission must be renewed on an annual basis. To keep our license for video lottery (slot) machine gaming, we must remain licensed for harness horse racing by the Delaware Harness Racing Commission and conduct at least 80 live race days each racing season, subject to the availability of harness race horses. The Delaware Harness Racing Commission has broad discretion to reject any application for a license or suspend or revoke a license once it is issued. The Director of the Delaware State Lottery Office has broad discretion to revoke, suspend or modify the terms of a license.

Delaware law regulates the percentage of commission we are entitled to receive from our gaming revenues, which comprises a significant portion of our overall revenues. Our licenses to conduct video lottery (slot) machine operations, harness horse races and pari-mutuel wagering could be modified or repealed at any time and we could be required to terminate our gaming operations.

We do not own or lease the video lottery (slot) machines or central computer systems used in connection with our video lottery gaming operations. The Director of the Delaware State Lottery Office enters into contracts directly with the providers of the video lottery (slot) machines and computer systems. The State of Delaware purchases or leases all equipment and the Director licenses all technology providers. Our operations could be disrupted if a licensed technology provider violates its agreement with the State or ceases to be licensed for any reason.

We believe that the prospect of significant additional tax revenue is one of the primary reasons why jurisdictions have legalized gaming. As a result, gaming operators are typically subject to significant taxes and fees in addition to normal federal and state corporate income taxes. These taxes and fees are subject to increase at any time. We pay substantial taxes and fees with respect to our operations and will likely incur similar burdens in any other jurisdiction in which we conduct gaming operations in the future.

Location of Complex

Our entertainment complex is located in Dover, the capital of the State of Delaware. We draw patrons from several major metropolitan areas. Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington, D.C. are all within a 2 hour drive. According to the 2000 United States Census, approximately 32.8 million people live within 150 miles of the complex.

Competition

The U.S. gaming industry is intensely competitive and features many participants, including riverboat casinos, dockside casinos, land-based casinos, video lottery and poker machines, whether or not located in casinos, native American gaming, pari-mutuel wagering on live and simulcast horse racing, off track betting, state run lotteries, internet gambling and other forms of gambling. Gaming competition is particularly intense in each of these markets. Many of our competitors have more gaming industry experience, are larger and have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do.

The legalization of additional casino and other gaming venues in states close to Delaware, particularly Maryland, Pennsylvania or New Jersey, may have a significant impact on our business. From time to time, legislation has been introduced in these states that would further expand gambling opportunities, including video lottery (slot) machines at horse-tracks.

At present, video lottery (slot) machines are only permitted at two other locations in Delaware: Delaware Park and Harrington Raceway. The neighboring states of Pennsylvania and Maryland do not presently permit

44

video lottery (slot) machine operations. Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey all have state-run lotteries. Atlantic City, New Jersey is located approximately 100 miles from Dover Downs and offers a full range of gaming products.

Competition in horse racing is varied since racetracks in the surrounding area differ in many respects. Some tracks only offer thoroughbred or harness horse racing; others have both. Tracks have live racing seasons that may or may not overlap with neighboring tracks. Depending on the purse structure, tracks that are farther apart may compete with each other more for quality horses than for patrons.

Live harness racing also competes with simulcasts of thoroughbred and harness racing. All racetracks in the region are involved with simulcasting. In addition, a number of off-track betting parlors compete with track simulcasting activities. With respect to the simulcasting of our live harness races to tracks and other locations, our simulcast signals are in direct competition with live races at the receiving track and other races being simulcast to the receiving location.

Within the State of Delaware, we face little direct live competition from the State's other two tracks. Harrington Raceway, a south central Delaware fairgrounds track, conducts harness horse racing periodically between May and November. There is no overlap presently with our live race season. Delaware Park, a northern Delaware track, conducts thoroughbred horse racing from April through mid-November. Its race season only overlaps with ours for approximately six weeks each year.

The neighboring states of Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey all have harness and thoroughbred racing and simulcasting. We compete with Rosecroft Raceway, Laurel Racecourse and Pimlico Racecourse in Maryland, Philadelphia Park in Pennsylvania, and The Meadowlands in New Jersey and a number of other racetracks in the surrounding area. We also receive simulcast harness and thoroughbred races from approximately 50 race tracks, including the tracks noted above.

Competition for our hotel and conference center will vary and will consist of local and regional competition. With respect to hotel accommodations only, we will compete with a variety of nearby hotels in the Dover area, however, few of these offer the luxury accommodations that we intend to offer. With respect to trade shows, conferences, concerts and hotel room packages tied to these events or tied to our casino and other gaming offerings, we will compete at a regional level with the other gaming operations referred to above and with convention centers and larger hotels in major cities such as Philadelphia, Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Wilmington.

In addition, our activities compete with other leisure, entertainment and recreational activities.

Properties

Our principal executive office is owned by us and located in Dover, Delaware. Dover Downs Slots--our 80,000 square foot casino, Dover Downs Raceway--our harness racing track, indoor grandstands, betting and simulcasting parlors, and the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center are all adjacent to these offices at our entertainment complex in Dover, Delaware situated on approximately 78 acres of land owned by us. All of these facilities are owned by us with the exception of our harness racing track. Use of our 5/8 mile harness racing track is under an easement granted by DVD which does not require the payment of any rent. The harness track is located on property owned by DVD and is on the inside of DVD's one mile motorsports speedway. DVD's motorsports speedway and outdoor grandstands are immediately adjacent to our casino. The indoor grandstands we use for harness racing are in the building that houses our pari-mutuel betting and simulcasting parlors and are adjacent to our casino. We allow DVD free use of these indoor grandstands in connection with two annual motorsports event weekends and also lease certain office and parking space to DVD. Various cross easements relative to access and utilities have also been entered into between us and DVD which do not require the payment of any rent and are intended to permit both parties continued use of each other's properties in a manner substantially consistent with past practices.

45

Employees

After the spin-off is complete, Gaming & Entertainment will have approximately 626 full-time employees and 136 part-time employees. We hire temporary employees to assist during our live harness racing season. None of our employees are party to a collective bargaining agreement and we believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Insurance

We maintain insurance against the risks that are customarily associated with our businesses. Our policies are in amounts and have deductibles that are customary in our business. Our policies currently provide business and commercial coverages, including workers' compensation, third party liability, property damage, boiler and machinery, crime and business interruption.

Proprietary Matters

We own a number of trademarks and trade names that are important to our business and have registered several in the U.S. However, we are not dependent upon any single trademark or trade name or group of trademarks or trade names.

Legal Proceedings

We are a party to ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business. Management does not believe that the resolution of any of these matters is likely to have a serious negative effect on our financial condition, cash flows or profitability.

46

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Immediately following the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment's directors and executive officers will be:

Executive Officers       Position                                           Age
------------------       --------                                           ---
Denis McGlynn........... President and Chief Executive Officer               55
Edward J. Sutor......... Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
                          Officer                                            51
Timothy R. Horne........ Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer  35
Klaus M. Belohoubek..... Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary        42
Robert M. Comollo....... Treasurer                                           54

Our Chairman of the Board, Henry B. Tippie, is a non-employee director and, therefore, not an executive officer of Gaming & Entertainment. Mr. Tippie will also serve as Chairman of the Board to DVD as a non-employee director and has served DVD in that capacity, or as Vice Chairman of the Board, for over 5 years.

Denis McGlynn will also serve as President and Chief Executive Officer to DVD, a position he has held for 22 years.

Edward J. Sutor presently serves as Executive Vice President to DVD, a position he has held since 1999. After the spin-off, Mr. Sutor will work exclusively for Gaming & Entertainment. From 1983 until 1999, Mr. Sutor served as Senior Vice President of Finance at Caesars Atlantic City.

Timothy R. Horne will also serve as Vice President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer to DVD, a position he has held for over 5 years. Mr. Horne was previously employed by KPMG LLP.

Klaus M. Belohoubek will also serve as Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary to DVD. He has held that position since 1999 and has represented DVD in various legal capacities since 1990. Mr. Belohoubek also has served as Vice President-General Counsel and Secretary to Rollins Truck Leasing Corp.

Robert M. Comollo will also serve as Treasurer to DVD, a position he has held for more than 20 years.

Directors                Principal Occupation                               Age
---------                --------------------                               ---
Class I (Term Expires
 2003)

Henry B. Tippie......... Chairman of the Board; Chairman of the Board and
                          Chief Executive Officer, Tippie Services, Inc.     75

R. Randall Rollins...... Chairman of the Board, Rollins, Inc.                70

Patrick J. Bagley....... Former Vice President-Finance, Treasurer and
                          Director, Rollins Truck Leasing Corp.              54

Class II (Term Expires
 2004)

John W. Rollins, Jr. ... Former President, Chief Executive Officer and
                          Director, Rollins Truck Leasing Corp.              59

Melvin L. Joseph........ Vice President and Director of Auto Racing, Dover
                          Downs International Speedway, Inc.; President,
                          Melvin Joseph Construction Company                 80

Class III (Term Expires
 2005)

Denis McGlynn........... President and Chief Executive Officer               55

Jeffrey W. Rollins...... Principal, Context Ventures, Inc., LLC              37

47

All of the directors of Gaming & Entertainment are also directors of DVD. Except as noted, the directors have held the positions of responsibility set out above (but not necessarily their present titles) for more than five years. In addition to the directorships listed above, the following directors also serve on the board of directors of the following companies: Henry B. Tippie, Rollins, Inc., Safety-Kleen Corp, RPC, Inc. and Marine Products Corporation; R. Randall Rollins, SunTrust Banks Inc., SunTrust Banks of Georgia, RPC, Inc. and Marine Products Corporation; and John W. Rollins, Jr., Safety-Kleen Corp. Jeffrey W. Rollins co-founded Context Ventures, Inc., LLC, a firm that provides management and financial services, in 2001. From 1997 to 2001, he was Vice President--Development for Brandywine Center Management, L.L.C., a real estate management company. Previously he was Vice President of the Eastern Region of Rollins Environmental, Inc., now a subsidiary of Safety-Kleen Corp. Safety- Kleen Corp. is engaged in the business of industrial waste disposal. John W. Rollins, Jr., Patrick J. Bagley and Klaus M. Belohoubek were all executive officers of Matlack Systems, Inc. during 2001. Matlack Systems, Inc. was in the business of providing transportation services and is liquidating its holdings under the protection of Chapter 11 of the United States bankruptcy code. Dover Downs International Speedway, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of DVD. Rollins Truck Leasing Corp. was merged into a subsidiary of Penske Truck Leasing Co., L.P. on February 28, 2001 and is engaged in the business of truck leasing. Rollins, Inc. is a consumer services company engaged in residential and commercial termite and pest control. RPC, Inc. is engaged in oil and gas field services. Marine Products Corporation is engaged in boat manufacturing. SunTrust Banks Inc. and SunTrust Banks of Georgia are financial institutions. Tippie Services, Inc. provides management services.

John W. Rollins, Jr. and Jeffrey W. Rollins are brothers. R. Randall Rollins is a cousin of John W. Rollins, Jr. and Jeffrey W. Rollins.

Board of Directors

Presently, Henry B. Tippie serves as the sole director and chairman of Gaming & Entertainment. However, immediately before the spin-off, the size of the board of directors will be enlarged to seven directors. Pursuant to Gaming & Entertainment's certificate of incorporation, which allows for a board of directors of up to nine members, the board members will be divided into three classes of directors--Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I directors will stand for election at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2003. Class II directors and will stand for election at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2004. Class III directors will stand for election at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005. Following these elections, directors in each class will serve for a term of three years, or until their successors have been elected and qualified, and will be compensated at the discretion of the board of directors. Executive officers are ordinarily elected annually and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Board Committees

Upon completion of the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment will establish three committees of the board of directors, an executive committee, a compensation and stock option committee and an audit committee.

Audit Committee. Upon completion of the spin-off, the audit committee is expected to consist of Patrick J. Bagley, Chairman, R. Randall Rollins and Jeffrey W. Rollins. Management is responsible for Gaming & Entertainment's internal controls and the financial reporting process. Our independent auditors are responsible for performing an independent audit of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America and for issuing a report thereon. The audit committee's responsibility is generally to monitor and oversee these processes, as more particularly described in the audit committee charter which will be filed with the Securities Exchange Commission as an attachment to the registration statement of which this information statement is a part.

Executive Committee. Upon completion of the spin-off, the executive committee is expected to consist of Henry B. Tippie, Chairman and Denis McGlynn. The executive committee will have the power to exercise all

48

of the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of Gaming & Entertainment in accordance with the provisions of our by-laws.

Compensation and Stock Option Committee. Upon completion of the spin-off, the compensation and stock option committee is expected to consist of Henry B. Tippie, chairman, and Patrick J. Bagley. The committee will establish compensation and benefits for our directors, officers and key employees and administer our stock option plans including the granting of options to various employees of Gaming & Entertainment and its subsidiaries.

We do not have a nominating committee of the board of directors.

Director Compensation

Directors who are not employees of Gaming & Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries will each be paid an annual retainer for Board service of $12,000, an attendance fee of $1,000 for each board of directors or committee meeting attended and, in addition to the board of directors or committee meeting attendance fees, the chairman of the board will receive $3,000 per quarter and the chairman of the audit committee will receive $1,000 per quarter.

Limited Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted under similar standards as set forth above, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and that the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of such person against any liability asserted against him or her or incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities under such
Section 145.

49

Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law provides that a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto validly approved by stockholders may eliminate or limit personal liability of members of its board of directors or governing body for monetary damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty. However, no such provision may eliminate or limit the liability of a director for:

. breaching his or her duty of loyalty;

. for failing to act in good faith;

. for engaging in intentional misconduct or knowingly violating a law;

. for paying a dividend or approving a stock repurchase or redemption which was illegal; or

. for obtaining an improper personal benefit.

A provision of this type has no effect on the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunction or rescission, for breach of fiduciary duty.

Article TENTH of Gaming & Entertainment's Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the personal liability of our directors and/or officers to the company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided that such elimination of the personal liability of a director and/or officer of the Company does not apply to:

. any breach of such person's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders;

. acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

. actions prohibited under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law (i.e., liabilities imposed upon directors who vote for or assent to the unlawful payment of dividends, unlawful repurchases or redemption of stock, unlawful distribution of assets of the Company to the stockholders without the prior payment or discharge of the Company's debts or obligations, or unlawful making or guaranteeing of loans to directors and/or officers); or

. any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

In addition, Article VII of our By-laws provide that Gaming & Entertainment shall indemnify its corporate personnel, directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time.

Gaming & Entertainment has in force insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured (with limits of $50 million per occurrence and $50 million in the aggregate) against certain liabilities resulting from actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been our directors or officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Gaming & Entertainment, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

At present, there is no pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers, employees or agents where indemnification will be required or permitted.

50

Executive Compensation

Shown below is information concerning the annual compensation for services in all capacities to DVD for fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and June 30, 2000, the six months ended December 31, 2000, and fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 of those persons who were, at December 31, 2001, (i) the Chief Executive Officer of DVD and (ii) the other most highly compensated executive officers of DVD whose total annual salary exceeded $100,000:

Summary Compensation Table

                                                           Long Term Compensation
                                                         ---------------------------
                                  Annual Compensation          Awards        Payouts
                                ------------------------ ------------------- -------
                                                  Other  Restricted  Stock
                                                  Annual   Stock    Options/  LTIP    All Other
   Name and Principal    Fiscal Salary  Incentive Comp.    Awards     SARs   Payouts Compensation
        Position          Year     $        $       $        $         #        $         $
   ------------------    ------ ------- --------- ------ ---------- -------- ------- ------------
Denis McGlynn........... 12/01  400,000   50,000    --       --         --     --         --
 President and Chief
  Executive Officer      12/00  200,000   63,661    --       --         --     --         --
                          6/00  350,000  193,866    --       --      35,000    --         --
                          6/99  350,000  135,098    --       --      25,000    --         --

Edward J. Sutor......... 12/01  190,000   10,000
 Executive Vice
  President              12/00   95,000   37,732    --       --         --     --         --
                          6/00  175,000   88,773    --       --      15,000    --         --

Timothy R. Horne........ 12/01  175,000   25,000    --       --         --     --         --
 Vice President--Finance
  and Chief              12/00   87,500   19,188    --       --         --     --         --
 Financial Officer        6/00  140,000   44,509    --       --      20,000    --         --
                          6/99  130,000   38,349    --       --      10,000    --         --

Klaus M. Belohoubek..... 12/01  227,000      --                      30,000
 Vice President--General
 Counsel and Secretary

Following the spin-off, Messrs. McGlynn, Horne and Belohoubek will be executive officers of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment and their salaries are expected to be paid as follows: 50% to be paid by DVD and 50% to be paid by Gaming & Entertainment.

On January 19, 2001, Gaming & Entertainment changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31. Accordingly, the amounts for the fiscal year ending December 2000 reflect compensation for six months.

The only type of other annual compensation for each of the above executive officers was in the form of perquisites and was less than the level required for reporting.

No restricted stock awards have ever been made.

The salary reported for Mr. Belohoubek represents full salary from March 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001 as Mr. Belohoubek's primary salary was paid by Rollins Truck Leasing Corp. prior to March 1, 2001 and DVD contracted for his services from Rollins Truck Leasing Corp. prior to March 1, 2001.

Option And Stock Appreciation Rights Grants In Last Fiscal Year

The following table sets forth stock options for DVD common stock granted in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2001 to each of the executive officers whose salaries are disclosed under the heading "Summary

51

Compensation Table." Employees of DVD and its subsidiaries are eligible for stock option grants based on individual performance. DVD did not issue any stock appreciation rights. The table also sets forth the hypothetical gains that would exist for the options at the end of their eight-year terms, assuming compound rates of stock appreciation of 0%, 5% and 10%. The actual future value of the options will depend on the market value of DVD's common stock. All option exercise prices are based on the market price on the grant date. DVD options will be adjusted after the spin-off as described under the heading "The Spin-Off--Effect Of The Spin-Off On DVD Outstanding Options" and for executive officers of Gaming & Entertainment that are also executive officers of DVD, a percentage of their DVD options will be cancelled and replaced by Gaming & Entertainment options. No Gaming & Entertainment options or stock appreciation rights have been granted as of the date of this document.

                                   Individual Grants
                         --------------------------------------
                                                                     Potential
                                                                Realizable Value at
                                 % of Total                       Assumed Annual
                                  Options                         Rates of Stock
                                 Granted To                     Price Appreciation
                         Options Employees  Exercise            for Option Term ($)
                         Granted in Fiscal   Price   Expiration -------------------
   Name                    (#)      Year     ($/Sh)     Date    0%    5%      10%
   ----                  ------- ---------- -------- ---------- --- ------- -------
Klaus M. Belohoubek..... 30,000     46.2%    11.55    1/31/09   --  165,438 396,254
All employees as a
 group.................. 65,000    100.0%    11.55    1/31/09   --  358,450 858,549

All Options were granted on February 1, 2001.

The amounts which are shown under the heading "Potential Realizable Value", based on assumed appreciation rates of 0% and the 5% and 10% rates prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission rules, are not intended to forecast possible future appreciation, if any, of DVD's stock price. These numbers do not take into account certain provisions of our options providing for termination of the option following termination of employment, nontransferability or phased-in vesting.

Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises In Last Fiscal Year And Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values

The following table summarizes option exercises for DVD common stock during the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2001 by the executive officers whose salaries are disclosed under the heading "Summary Compensation Table" and the value of the options held by such persons as of October 31, 2001. DVD options will be adjusted after the spin-off as described under the heading "The Spin- Off--Effect Of The Spin-Off On DVD Outstanding Options" and for executive officers of Gaming & Entertainment that are also executive officers of DVD, a percentage of their DVD options will be cancelled and replaced by Gaming & Entertainment options. No Gaming & Entertainment options or stock appreciation rights have been granted as of the date of this document.

                                                                                    Value of Unexercised
                                                        Number of Unexercised     In-the-Money Options at
                                                        Options at FY-End (#)            FY-End ($)
                         Shares Acquired    Value     -------------------------- --------------------------
  Name                   on Exercise (#) Realized ($) Exercisable/ Unexercisable Exercisable/ Unexercisable
  ----                   --------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ -------------
Denis McGlynn...........       --            --          51,764       71,764       181,174       65,237
Edward J. Sutor.........       --            --          13,255       36,745         1,092        9,221
Timothy R. Horne........       --            --          26,390       33,610        62,102       41,648
Klaus M. Belohoubek.....       --            --          12,750       50,250           859       17,797

The value of DVD common stock on October 31, 2001 was $12.00 per share and is used in calculating the value of unexercised options.

The column indicating value realized represents fair market value of DVD common stock at the exercise date less the exercise price.

52

Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards In Last Fiscal Year

There were no long-term incentive plan awards to the executive officers whose salaries are disclosed under the heading "Summary Compensation Table" during fiscal year ended December 31, 2001.

Employee Benefit Plans

2002 Stock Option Plan

Gaming & Entertainment has adopted the Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Stock Option Plan. The purpose of the plan and the granting of options to specific employees is to further the growth, development and financial success of Gaming & Entertainment and its subsidiaries by providing additional incentives to certain of its employees, who have been or will be given responsibility for the management of its business affairs, by assisting them to become owners of shares of our common stock and thus to benefit directly from our growth, development and financial success.

1,500,000 shares of our common stock have been made available for grant under the plan, subject, however, to increase or decrease as hereinafter described. More than one option may be granted to the same individual. If an option terminates for any reason without having been exercised in full, the shares applicable to the unexercised portion of such option shall become available again for the granting of other options under the plan, unless the plan has terminated.

The plan will be administered by the compensation and stock option committee of our board of directors. Under the plan, the committee is authorized and empowered to administer the plan and to:

. select the employees to whom options are to be granted and to fix the number of shares to be granted to each;

. determine whether the option granted is to be considered an "incentive stock option" qualified under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or a "non-qualified stock option" (that is, any option which is not considered an incentive stock option);

. determine the date on which options shall be granted and the terms and conditions of the granted options in a manner consistent with the plan, which terms need not always be identical;

. interpret the plan;

. prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to the plan; and

. determine the rights and obligations of participants under the plan.

The committee shall consist of two or more of our directors.

The option price of the shares under each option shall be determined by the committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of such shares on the date of granting of the option as reported in The Wall Street Journal. Fair market value is the closing price of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant of the option or, in the absence of reported sales on that date, on the next preceding date on which there was a sale.

Each option shall be exercisable for the number of shares and at such intervals as the committee may determine, provided that no option may be exercisable subsequent to its termination date. No option shall be assignable or transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of an employee, the option shall be exercisable only by the employee. After the death of an employee, the option may be exercised prior to its termination by the employee's legal representative, heir or legatee.

The employees who will be eligible to receive grants of options under the plan will be those key employees of Gaming & Entertainment, or of any subsidiaries, who have been selected by the committee.

53

If there are any changes in our capitalization affecting in any manner the number or kind of outstanding shares of our common stock, whether such changes have been occasioned by declaration of stock dividends, stock split-ups, reclassifications or recapitalizations, or because we have merged or consolidated with some other corporation (and provided the option does not thereby become terminated), or for any other reason whatsoever, then the number and kind of shares then subject to options, and the prices shall be proportionately adjusted by the committee to whatever extent the committee determines that any such change equitably requires an adjustment.

If we at any time should elect to dissolve, undergo a reorganization, split- up stock, or merge or consolidate with any corporation, and we are not the surviving corporation, then (unless, in the case of a reorganization, stock split-up, merger or consolidation, in which one or more of the surviving corporations assumes the options under the plan or issues substitute options in place thereof) each employee holding options not yet exercised shall be notified of his or her right to exercise such options to the extent then exercisable prior to such dissolution, reorganization, stock split-up, merger or consolidation. The committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, authorize the exercise of such options with respect to all shares covered. Any options not exercised as so authorized shall be deemed terminated, and simultaneously the plan itself shall be deemed terminated.

Our board of directors may make such amendments to the plan, and, with the consent of each employee affected, in the terms and conditions of granted options, as it shall deem advisable, including, but not limited to, accelerating the time at which an option may be exercised, but may not, without the approval of the holders of not less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock, increase the maximum number of shares subject to the plan, except as set forth immediately above.

The plan will terminate on January 14, 2012; provided, however, that our board of directors within its absolute discretion may terminate the plan at any time. No such termination, other than as a consequence of a merger or consolidation, as described above, shall in any way affect any option then outstanding.

We will not realize any tax benefit upon the exercise or disposition of an incentive stock option except in the event the employee does not hold his incentive stock option shares at least two years from the date the option was granted and at least one year from the date he exercised his option, in which event we will be entitled to a deduction measured by the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized by the employee on the sale. On the other hand, we will be entitled to a deduction upon the employee's exercise of a non-qualified stock option measured by the difference between the exercise price and the market value of the option stock on the day of exercise.

The holder of an option must be an employee as of the grant date of the option through three months before the exercise date. A disabled or retired employee may also exercise his option up to three months after termination of employment. No employee who owns ten (10%) percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock may be granted an option.

The aggregate fair market value of the stock (determined as of the time the option is granted) with respect to which stock options are exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year (under all the stock option plans maintained by us) shall not exceed $100,000 in accordance with Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or such greater or lesser dollar amount as may be in effect under the code on the date of grant. No option shall be granted under the plan after ten (10) years from the date the plan is adopted.

Following completion of the spin-off, certain executive officers will surrender to DVD for cancellation a percentage of their options. These options will be replaced with options under the plan as discussed under the heading "The Spin-off--Effect Of The Spin-off On DVD Outstanding Options."

54

401(k) Retirement Plan

Gaming & Entertainment will establish a deferred compensation plan pursuant to section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for all its full time employees who have completed thirty (30) days of service. Covered employees may contribute up to 15% of their compensation for each calendar year. In addition, we will contribute up to an additional 100% of the first $250 of compensation contributed by any covered employee to the plan. An employee's maximum annual contribution to the plan is $10,500. All contributions will be funded on a current basis.

Pension Plans

Gaming & Entertainment will establish a pension plan which mirrors the pension plan previously maintained by DVD. The assets and liabilities of the DVD pension plan associated with employees of DVD that become employees of Gaming & Entertainment or its subsidiaries after the completion of the spin-off shall be transferred to the Gaming & Entertainment pension plan (and such employees will be credited for years of service with DVD). The Gaming & Entertainment Plan will be a non-contributory qualified employee defined benefit plan. All of our full time employees will be eligible to participate in the pension plan. Up to September 30, 1989, retirement benefits were equal to the sum of from 1% to 1.8% of an employee's annual cash compensation for each year of service to age 65. Commencing October 1, 1989 and thereafter, retirement benefits are equal to the sum of 1.35% of earnings up to covered compensation, as that term is defined in the plan, and 1.7% of earnings above covered compensation. Pensionable earnings include regular salaries or wages, commissions, bonuses, overtime earnings and short-term disability income protection benefits.

Retirement benefits are not subject to any reduction for Social Security benefits or other offset amounts. An employee's benefits may be paid in certain alternative forms having actuarially equivalent values. Retirement benefits are fully vested after the completion of five years of credited service or, if earlier, upon reaching age 55. The maximum annual benefit under a qualified pension plan is currently $140,000 beginning at the Social Security retirement age (currently age 65).

We will also maintain a non-qualified, defined benefit plan, which covers those participants of the pension plan whose benefits are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. A participant in this excess benefit plan will be entitled to a benefit equaling the difference between the amount of the benefit payable without limitation and the amount of the benefit payable under the pension plan.

Annual pension benefit projections for Messrs. McGlynn, Horne, Belohoubek and Comollo does not include benefits for years of service with DVD prior to the spin-off since those amounts will be paid under DVD's pension plan. In addition, the annual pension benefit projections below assume:

. that the employee remains in our service until age 65;

. that the employee's earnings continue at the same rate as contemplated under the heading "Summary Compensation Table" until age 65; and

. that the pension plans continue without substantial modification.

The estimated annual pension benefit at retirement for each of the executive officers whose salary will be disclosed under the heading "Summary Compensation Table" is as follows: Denis McGlynn, $31,813; Edward J. Sutor, $41,838; Timothy R. Horne, $42,126; and Klaus M. Belohoubek, $45,144.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon completion of the spin-off, the following directors are expected to serve on Gaming & Entertainment's Compensation and Stock Option Committee:
Henry B. Tippie, Chairman, and Patrick J. Bagley. Both were on the Compensation and Stock Committees of DVD, but neither has been or is expected to be an employee of DVD or Gaming & Entertainment.

55

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock as a result of the spin-off, based upon ownership in DVD as of December 31, 2001, by:

. each person or entity we expect to own beneficially more than 5 percent of our common stock or Class A Common Stock;

. each of our directors;

. each of our executive officers whose salary is disclosed under the heading "Management--Executive Compensation--Summary Compensation Table;" and

. all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

                                                Number of Shares and
   Names and Addresses                               Nature of       Percent of
   of Beneficial Owners       Title of Class    Beneficial Ownership   Class
   --------------------       --------------    -------------------- ----------
Estate of John W.
 Rollins.................      Common Stock                --            --
One Rollins Plaza          Class A Common Stock      7,218,372          43.4%
Wilmington, DE 19803

Henry B. Tippie..........      Common Stock                --            --
P.O. Box 26557             Class A Common Stock      2,100,000          12.6%
Austin, TX 78755

Merrill Lynch Investment
 Managers................      Common Stock            944,896           9.5%
800 Scudders Mill Road     Class A Common Stock            --            --
Plainsboro, NJ 08536

Gary W. Rollins..........      Common Stock                --            --
2170 Piedmont Street, NE   Class A Common Stock      1,421,000           8.5%
Atlanta, GA 30301

R. Randall Rollins.......      Common Stock                --            --
2170 Piedmont Street, NE   Class A Common Stock      1,421,000           8.5%
Atlanta, GA 30301

Jeffrey W. Rollins.......      Common Stock             35,000           0.4%
One Rollins Plaza          Class A Common Stock        877,782           5.3%
Wilmington, DE 19803

Eugene W. Weaver.........      Common Stock             11,800           0.1%
One Rollins Plaza          Class A Common Stock        973,600           6.0%
Wilmington, DE 19803

Putnam Investments LLC...      Common Stock            524,720           5.3%
One Post Office Square     Class A Common Stock            --            --
Boston, MA 02109

Vanguard Group...........      Common Stock            505,890           5.1%
P.O. Box 2600              Class A Common Stock            --            --
Valley Forge, PA 19482-
 2600

Melvin L. Joseph.........      Common Stock             14,000           0.1%
RD #7, Box 218             Class A Common Stock        602,000           3.6%
Georgetown, DE 19947

Denis McGlynn............      Common Stock                140           --
1131 North DuPont Highway  Class A Common Stock        571,900           3.4%
Dover, DE 19901

56

                                                Number of Shares and
   Names and Addresses                               Nature of       Percent of
   of Beneficial Owners       Title of Class    Beneficial Ownership   Class
   --------------------       --------------    -------------------- ----------
John W. Rollins, Jr. ....      Common Stock            135,030           1.4%
One Rollins Plaza          Class A Common Stock        137,900           0.8%
Wilmington, DE 19803

Klaus M. Belohoubek......      Common Stock              3,150           --
One Rollins Plaza          Class A Common Stock            --            --
Wilmington, DE 19903

Edward J. Sutor..........      Common Stock              3,150           --
1131 North DuPont Highway  Class A Common Stock            --            --
Dover, DE 19901

Patrick J. Bagley........      Common Stock                700           --
One Rollins Plaza          Class A Common Stock            --            --
Wilmington, DE 19803

Robert M. Comollo........      Common Stock              8,400          0.1%
1131 North DuPont Highway  Class A Common Stock            --            --
Dover, DE 19901

Timothy R. Horne.........      Common Stock                350           --
1131 North DuPont Highway  Class A Common Stock            --            --
Dover, DE 19901

All Directors and
 Officers as a Group (11
 persons)................      Common Stock            199,920           2.0%
                           Class A Common Stock      5,710,582          34.3%

As to officers and directors, shares are owned directly and of record. Class A common stock is convertible, at any time, on a share-for-share basis into common stock at the option of the holder. As a result, pursuant to Rule 13d of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a stockholder is deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock which such stockholder may acquire upon conversion of the Class A common stock. In order to avoid overstatement, the amount of common stock beneficially owned does not take into account such shares of common stock which may be acquired upon conversion of the Class A common stock (an amount which is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock held by a stockholder). The above numbers exclude certain shares of common stock which the listed beneficial owner would have the right to acquire beneficial ownership (as specified in Rule 13d of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) upon the exercise of options under our stock option plan. Certain options under DVD's option plan will be cancelled and replaced with options under our option plan as described under the heading "The Spin-Off-- Effect of the Spin-Off On DVD Outstanding Options." However, because the number of options is based on the relative market values of DVD and Gaming & Entertainment common stock and can only be calculated after the spin-off has taken place, disclosure has been omitted. For disclosure of the number of unexercised DVD options, whether or not vested and currently exercisable, please refer to the table under the heading "Aggregated Options/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Options/SAR Valves." The above numbers also exclude the following shares of common stock and Class A common stock whose beneficial ownership is disclaimed: 630 shares of common stock held by the wife of John W. Rollins, Jr.; 70,000 shares of Class A common stock and 10,000 shares of common stock held by the wife of Eugene W. Weaver; 10,500 shares of Class A common stock held by Mr. Weaver as trustee; 430,000 shares of Class A common stock owned by a partnership over which Mr. Weaver has sole voting power, as to which Mr. Weaver disclaims beneficial interest in 76.14% of the partnership; 36,400 shares of Class A common stock held by the wife of Denis McGlynn; 13,685 shares of common stock owned by a limited liability corporation over which Jeffrey W. Rollins has sole voting and investment power; 29,400 shares of common stock held by Henry B. Tippie as Co-Trustee; 105,000 shares of common stock held by the wife of Henry B. Tippie. Mr. Tippie is the executor of the Estate of John W. Rollins, Sr. His individual holdings are listed separately from the holdings of the Estate.

57

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The relationship between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment after the spin-off will be governed by the Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization and other agreements which have been entered into in connection with the spin-off. The distribution agreement sets forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the separation of the gaming business from the motorsports business, the continuation of the gaming business following such separation, including the allocation between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment of certain assets and liabilities, and the distribution of shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock.

The following additional agreements are required by the distribution agreement:

. a transition services agreement pursuant to which DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will provide to each other certain requested administrative and operational services;

. an employee benefits agreement to provide for the transition from plans or programs sponsored by DVD to those sponsored by Gaming & Entertainment;

. a tax sharing agreement to govern each party's rights and obligations relating to payments and refunds of taxes for periods prior to the spin- off and taxes resulting from transactions effected in connection with the spin-off; and

. a real property agreement to govern certain real property transfers, leases and easements affecting our Dover facility.

For a description of the agreements and transactions between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, you should review the sections of this document under the heading "The Spin-off--Relationship Between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment After the Spin-off," and "Business--Properties."

Other related party transactions are described below:

We purchased administrative services from Rollins Truck Leasing Corp. and affiliated companies ("RTLC") during the six-month period ended December 31, 2000 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998. The total cost of these services, which have been included in general and administrative expenses in our Combined Statement of Earnings, was $233,000, $420,000, $350,000 and $260,000, respectively. RTLC ceased to provide these services effective in April 2001 when RTLC was acquired by Penske Truck Leasing Corp. Prior to such acquisition, certain officers and directors of RTLC were also officers and directors of ours.

During the six months ended December 31, 2000 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, Gaming & Entertainment allocated corporate costs of $828,000, $1,640,000, $1,414,000 and $1,240,000, respectively, to DVD. The allocation was based on both an allocation to the business that directly incurred the costs and an analysis of each segment's share of the costs. The net costs incurred by Gaming & Entertainment for these services are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if Gaming & Entertainment had been a separate, independent entity and had otherwise independently managed these functions, however management of the Company believes that these costs are reasonable.

In the opinion of management of the Company, the foregoing transactions were effected at rates which approximate those which the Company would have realized or incurred had such transactions been effected with independent third parties.

58

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The authorized capital stock of Gaming & Entertainment consists of 125,000,000 shares, consisting of 74,000,000 shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock, par value $.10 per share, 50,000,000 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Class A common stock, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.10 per share. On the distribution date, Gaming & Entertainment will have approximately 9,998,976 shares of its common stock outstanding and 16,638,359 shares of its Class A common stock outstanding, based on DVD's outstanding common stock of 14,284,252 shares and Class A common stock of 23,769,085 shares, each as of October 31, 2001 and 1,211 holders of record for common stock and 17 holders of record for Class A common stock. No shares of preferred stock will be distributed in the spin-off.

Common Stock and Class A Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders. The holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders, except to the extent that voting as a separate class is required by applicable law. Cumulative voting is not afforded to holders of common stock or Class A common stock. Our shares of Class A common stock are convertible at any time into our shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis at the option of the stockholder. Subject to rights of any preferred stockholder, holders of our common stock and Class A common stock are entitled to receive on a pro rata basis such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. At the discretion of the Board, it may pay to the holders of common stock a cash dividend greater than the dividend, if any, paid to the holders of Class A common stock. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock and Class A common stock are entitled to share on a pro rata basis in all assets remaining after payment of our liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of the shares of our preferred stock, then outstanding. Holders of our common stock and Class A common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. All outstanding shares of our common stock and Class A common stock to be issued upon completion of the spin- off will be fully paid and nonassessable.

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and our Class A common stock is Mellon Investor Services, 85 Challenger Road, Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660. Their telephone number is (800) 851-9677. Their email address is stockholderrelations@chasemellon.com.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the relative participating, optional and other special rights, preferences and privileges of each series, any or all of which may be superior to and have priority over the rights of our common stock and Class A common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of our common stock or Class A common stock until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of our preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things, restricting dividends on our common stock or Class A common stock, diminishing the voting power of our common stock or Class A common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock or Class A common stock and delaying or preventing a change in control of Gaming & Entertainment without further action by our stockholders. As of the date of this prospectus, no shares of preferred stock are outstanding and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and Other Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation

We are subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law which are designed to regulate and govern unsolicited attempts to acquire control of our stock, and our board of directors and including the "affiliated transactions" and "control-share acquisition" provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition to the provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation generally requires, that

59

transactions between us and an individual or entity that beneficially owns 20% or more of our outstanding capital stock must be approved by the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding capital stock. In addition, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws summarized in the following paragraphs may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his, her or its best interest, including attempts that could result in payment in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

Restrictions on Transferability of our Shares. Under Delaware law, a change of ownership of a licensed lottery agent automatically terminates the agent's license 90 days after the change of ownership occurs, unless the Director of the Delaware State Lottery Office issues a new license to the new owners. A change of ownership could occur if any new individual or entity acquires 10% or more of the licensed agent or if more than 20% of the legal or beneficial interests in the licensed agent is transferred. The Delaware State Lottery Commission may require extensive background investigations of any new owner acquiring a 10% or greater voting interest in a licensed agent, including criminal background checks.

Our by-laws require that (a) any holders of our stock found to be disqualified or unsuitable, or not possessing the qualifications required by the appropriate gaming authority, must dispose of their stock and (b) holders of our capital stock intending to acquire more than 10% of our outstanding stock must first obtain prior written approval from the Delaware State Lottery Office. These provisions of Delaware law which would apply to a change in ownership of our capital stock and the provisions contained in our by-laws could severely limit the transferability of our capital stock and could negatively impact the price of and demand for our common stock.

Class A Common Stock Transfer Restrictions. Our by-laws restrict the sale, transfer or disposition of Class A common stock by stockholders and members of their families. This restriction may be amended only by stockholders owning 75% or more of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock. All Class A common stock stockholders retain the ability to convert Class A common stock to common stock. Our common stock is not subject to this transfer restriction.

Classified Board of Directors. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors must be divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that our directors may only be removed for cause and only at a meeting of our stockholders called for that purpose by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of our stock entitled to vote at an election of directors. These provisions, when coupled with the provision of the certificate of incorporation which provides that only our board of directors can increase the size of our board of directors, are designed to prevent a stockholder from removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the board of directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees.

Authorized But Unissued Shares. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional equity capital, corporate acquisitions and to provide stock for issuance under employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock may enable the board of directors to issue shares to persons with plans and strategies for us aligned with or similar to those of current management which could make more difficult or deter an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management.

Stockholder Meetings. Our certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by the chairman of our board of directors, vice chairman of our board of directors, the president or the chairman of the executive committee of our board of directors. This provision may prevent our stockholders from authorizing a change in our board of directors. This provision of our certificate of incorporation can only be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of our outstanding capital stock.

60

Stockholder Rights Plan (Poison Pill).

We adopted a stockholder rights plan in 2002 prior to the Spin-off. The rights are attached to and trade in tandem with our common stock. The rights, unless earlier redeemed by our board of directors, will detach and trade separately from our common stock upon the occurrence of certain events such as the unsolicited acquisition by a third party of beneficial ownership of 10% or more of our outstanding combined common stock and Class A common stock or the announcement by a third party of the intent to commence a tender or exchange offer for 10% or more of our outstanding combined common stock and Class A common stock. After the rights have detached, the holders of such rights would generally have the ability to purchase such number of either shares of our common stock or stock of an acquiror of our company having a market value equal to twice the exercise price of the right being exercised, thereby causing substantial dilution to a person or group of persons attempting to acquire control of our company. The rights may serve as a significant deterrent to unsolicited attempts to acquire control of us, including transactions involving a premium to the market price of our stock. The rights expire on January 1, 2012, unless earlier redeemed. A more detailed description of the rights follow:

Effective January 2, 2002, our board of directors authorized and declared the issuance of one common stock purchase right for each share of common stock of the Company outstanding and each share of common stock issued thereafter, subject to certain limitations. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from us one share of common stock at a purchase price of $200 per share. The description and terms of the rights are set forth in a rights agreement between us and Mellon Investor Services our transfer agent, as rights agent.

Initially the rights will not be exercisable, certificates will not be sent to stockholders and the rights will automatically trade with the common stock.

The rights will be represented by and transferred with, and only with, the common stock until the close of business on the distribution date, which will occur on the earlier of:

. the tenth day following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding combined equity of our common stock and Class A common stock; or

. a date fixed by our board of directors which is not later than the nineteenth business day after the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer which would result in the ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding combined equity of common stock and Class A common stock.

Certificates issued for common stock after will contain a legend incorporating the rights agreement by reference, and the surrender for transfer of any of our common stock certificates will also constitute the transfer of the rights associated with the common stock. As soon as practicable following the distribution date, separate right certificates will be mailed to holders of record of our common stock as of the close of business on the distribution date, and thereafter the separate certificates alone will evidence the rights.

The rights are not exercisable until an event occurs which gives rise to a distribution date. The rights will expire at the close of business on January 1, 2012, unless earlier redeemed by us as described below. Common stock issued after the distribution date will be issued with rights, if such common stock certificates are issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under an employee benefit plan.

The purchase price payable, and the number of shares of common stock or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the rights are subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution:

. in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the common stock;

. upon the grant to holders of the common stock of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for common stock or convertible securities at less than the current market price at the time of grant; or

61

. upon the distribution to holders of the common stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets, excluding regular cash dividends and dividends payable in common stock, or of subscription rights or warrants other than those referred to above.

Unless the rights are earlier redeemed, in the event that, after a stock acquisition date, we were to be acquired in a merger or other business combination (in which any shares of our common stock are changed into or exchanged for other securities or assets) or more than 50% of our assets or earning power were to be sold or transferred in one or a series of related transactions, the rights agreement provides that proper provision shall be made so that each holder of record of a right will from and after such date have the right to receive, upon payment of the purchase price, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company having a market value at the time of such transaction equal to two times the purchase price.

Each holder of a right, other than the acquiring person, will have the right to receive, upon payment of the purchase price, a number of shares of common stock having a market value equal to twice the purchase price in the event:

. any person becomes the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the then outstanding combined equity of common stock and Class A common stock, other than pursuant to an all-cash tender offer on the same terms for all outstanding shares of common stock and Class A common stock pursuant to which no purchases of common stock or Class A common stock are made for at least 60 days from the date of commencement thereof and which is accepted by holders of not less than the number of shares of common stock and Class A common stock that, when aggregated with the number of shares of common stock and Class A common stock owned by the person making the offer, and its affiliates or associates, equals or exceeds 75% of the outstanding common stock and Class A common stock; or

. any acquiring person or any of its affiliates or associates engages in one or more "self-dealing" transactions as described in the rights agreement.

This same right will be available to each holder of record of a right, other than the acquiring person, if, while there is an acquiring person, there occurs any reclassification of securities, any recapitalization of Gaming & Entertainment, or any merger or consolidation or other transaction involving Gaming & Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries which has the effect of increasing by more than 1% the proportionate ownership interest in Gaming & Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries which is owned or controlled by the acquiring person. To the extent that insufficient shares of common stock are available for the exercise in full of the rights, holders of rights will receive upon exercise, shares of common stock to the extent available and then cash, property or other securities of Gaming & Entertainment (which may be accompanied by a reduction in the purchase price), in proportions determined by us, so that the aggregate value received is equal to twice the purchase price. Rights that are beneficially owned by an acquiring person will be null and void.

Any person that is the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the outstanding combined equity of common stock and Class A common stock prior to the adoption of the rights plan will not be deemed an acquiring person. The Estate of John W. Rollins, Sr. and Henry B. Tippie are, therefore, excluded from the definition of acquiring person.

No fractional shares of common stock or other securities of Gaming & Entertainment will be issued upon exercise of the rights and, in lieu thereof, a payment in cash will be made to the holder of such rights equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a share of common stock or other securities of Gaming & Entertainment.

At any time until ten days following stock acquisition date (subject to extension by our board of directors), our board of directors may cause us to redeem the rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per right, subject to adjustment. Immediately upon the action of the board of directors authorizing redemption of the rights, the right to exercise the rights will terminate, and the holders of rights will only be entitled to receive the redemption price without any interest thereon.

62

For as long as the rights are then redeemable, we may, except with respect to the redemption price or date of expiration of the rights, amend the rights in any manner, including an amendment to extend the time period in which the rights may be redeemed. At any time when the rights are not then redeemable, we may amend the rights in any manner that does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the rights as such.

Until a right is exercised, the holder, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of Gaming & Entertainment, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

A copy of the rights agreement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this information statement is a part. A copy of the rights agreement is available free of charge upon written request to us. This description of the rights is qualified in its entirety by reference to the rights agreement, which is incorporated in this description by reference.

The rights have certain anti-takeover effects. The rights may cause substantial dilution to a person or group who attempts to acquire us on terms not approved by our board of directors. The rights were not declared in response to any specific effort to acquire control of us, and our board of directors is not aware of any such effort. The rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the board since they may be redeemed by us at $.01 per right at any time until the close of business on the tenth day after a person or group has obtained beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock and Class A common stock.

A separate rights agreement applies to all shares of our Class A common stock and has substantially the same terms as the rights agreement with respect to common stock, except that the Class A common stock purchase right is for the purchase of one share of Class A common stock at the same $200 per share purchase price and exercisable on the same triggering events. In both rights agreements, the triggering events are based on calculations involving the combined equity of common stock and Class A common stock.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Following the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment will be subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). Under the Exchange Act, Gaming & Entertainment will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). The reports, proxy statements and other information we file with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information regarding the public reference room. Gaming & Entertainment SEC filings will also be available to the public at the SEC's Web site at http://www.sec.gov. Gaming & Entertainment has been authorized to list its common stock on the NYSE.

Gaming & Entertainment has filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form 10 under the Exchange Act covering its common stock. This information statement does not contain all of the information in that registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. The registration statement and the related exhibits filed by Gaming & Entertainment with the SEC may be inspected at the public reference facilities of the SEC listed above.

No person is authorized to give any information or to make any representations with respect to the matters described in this information statement other than those contained in this information statement or in the documents incorporated by reference in this information statement and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Gaming & Entertainment or DVD. Neither the delivery of this information statement nor consummation of the spin-off contemplated hereby shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in Gaming & Entertainment's affairs or those of DVD since the date of this information statement, or that the information in this information statement is correct as of any time after its date.

63

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Independent Auditors' Report on Combined Financial Statements............. F-2
Combined Statement of Earnings for the six-months ended December 31, 2000
 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998......................... F-3
Combined Balance Sheet at December 31, 2000, June 30, 2000 and June 30,
 1999..................................................................... F-4
Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the six-months ended December 31,
 2000 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.................... F-5
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements................................ F-6

F-1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Stockholder and Board of Directors,
Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. and subsidiary, as of December 31, 2000, June 30, 2000 and 1999, and the related combined statements of earnings and cash flows for the six-months ended December 31, 2000 and each of the years in the three- year period ended June 30, 2000. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2000, June 30, 2000 and 1999, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the six-months ended December 31, 2000 and each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
November 21, 2001

F-2

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS

                         Six months ended          Year ended June 30,
                           December 31,   --------------------------------------
                               2000           2000         1999         1998
                         ---------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
Revenues................   $85,441,000    $168,561,000 $139,249,000 $115,071,000
Expenses:
  Operating.............    63,780,000     127,854,000  105,360,000   86,413,000
  Depreciation..........     1,037,000       1,798,000    1,269,000    1,237,000
  General and
   administrative.......     1,991,000       3,375,000    2,694,000    2,974,000
                           -----------    ------------ ------------ ------------
                            66,808,000     133,027,000  109,323,000   90,624,000
                           -----------    ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating earnings......    18,633,000      35,534,000   29,926,000   24,447,000
Interest expense, net...           --          216,000       85,000          --
                           -----------    ------------ ------------ ------------
Earnings before income
 taxes..................    18,633,000      35,318,000   29,841,000   24,447,000
Income taxes............     7,577,000      14,366,000   12,145,000   10,000,000
                           -----------    ------------ ------------ ------------
Net earnings............   $11,056,000    $ 20,952,000 $ 17,696,000 $ 14,447,000
                           ===========    ============ ============ ============

The Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-3

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

                                                            June 30,
                                      December 31,  --------------------------
                                          2000          2000          1999
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........  $  8,115,000  $  6,328,000  $  7,768,000
  Accounts receivable...............       710,000     2,183,000       881,000
  Due from State of Delaware........     7,308,000     3,176,000     2,932,000
  Inventories.......................       329,000       304,000       195,000
  Prepaid expenses and other........     1,198,000       811,000       882,000
  Receivable from Dover Downs
   Entertainment, Inc...............    30,551,000    32,515,000    16,867,000
  Income taxes receivable...........       282,000           --            --
  Deferred income taxes.............       208,000       172,000       230,000
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total current assets............    48,701,000    45,489,000    29,755,000
Property, plant and equipment, at
 cost:
  Land..............................       172,000       172,000       172,000
  Casino facility...................    27,916,000    27,692,000    22,921,000
  Harness racing facilities.........    12,172,000    12,051,000    12,007,000
  Furniture, fixtures and
   equipment........................    10,290,000     9,464,000     6,938,000
  Construction in progress..........     9,588,000     4,214,000       241,000
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                        60,138,000    53,593,000    42,279,000
    Less accumulated depreciation...   (14,982,000)  (13,945,000)  (12,147,000)
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
                                        45,156,000    39,648,000    30,132,000
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total assets....................  $ 93,857,000  $ 85,137,000  $ 59,887,000
                                      ============  ============  ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..................  $  1,624,000  $  2,423,000  $  1,232,000
  Purses due horsemen...............     6,258,000     2,982,000     3,147,000
  Accrued liabilities...............     3,613,000     7,151,000     4,955,000
  Income taxes payable..............           --      1,435,000       529,000
  Deferred revenue..................        40,000        12,000        96,000
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities.......    11,535,000    14,003,000     9,959,000
Deferred income taxes...............       764,000       632,000       378,000
Commitments and contingencies (see
 Notes to the Combined Financial
 Statements)
Stockholder's equity:
  Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.
   equity investment................    81,558,000    70,502,000    49,550,000
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total stockholder's equity......    81,558,000    70,502,000    49,550,000
                                      ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholder's equity...........  $ 93,857,000  $ 85,137,000  $ 59,887,000
                                      ============  ============  ============

The Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-4

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                         Six months ended         Years ended June 30,
                           December 31,   ---------------------------------------
                               2000           2000          1999         1998
                         ---------------- ------------  ------------  -----------
Cash flows from
 operating activities:
 Net earnings...........   $11,056,000    $ 20,952,000  $ 17,696,000  $14,447,000
 Adjustments to
  reconcile net earnings
  to net cash provided
  by operating
  activities:
  Depreciation..........     1,037,000       1,798,000     1,269,000    1,237,000
  (Increase) decrease in
   assets, net of effect
   of acquisition:
   Accounts receivable..     1,473,000      (1,302,000)     (267,000)    (118,000)
   Due from State of
    Delaware............    (4,132,000)       (244,000)     (833,000)    (116,000)
   Inventories..........       (25,000)       (109,000)       20,000       87,000
   Prepaid expenses and
    other...............      (387,000)         71,000       (60,000)    (383,000)
  Increase (decrease) in
   liabilities, net of
   effect of
   acquisition:
   Accounts payable.....      (799,000)      1,191,000      (158,000)     515,000
   Purses due horsemen..     3,276,000        (165,000)    1,262,000      498,000
   Accrued liabilities..    (3,538,000)      2,196,000       733,000    2,216,000
   Current and deferred
    income taxes........    (1,621,000)      1,218,000        67,000      265,000
   Deferred revenue.....        28,000         (84,000)       96,000      (11,000)
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
Net cash provided by
 operating activities...     6,368,000      25,522,000    19,825,000   18,637,000
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
Cash flows from
 investing activities:
 Capital expenditures...    (6,545,000)    (11,314,000)  (14,495,000)  (1,411,000)
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
Net cash used in
 investing activities...    (6,545,000)    (11,314,000)  (14,495,000)  (1,411,000)
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
Cash flows from
 financing activities:
 Change in receivable
  from Dover Downs
  Entertainment, Inc. ..     1,964,000     (15,648,000)  (11,827,000)  (9,645,000)
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) financing
 activities.............     1,964,000     (15,648,000)  (11,827,000)  (9,645,000)
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents............     1,787,000      (1,440,000)   (6,497,000)   7,581,000
Cash and cash
 equivalents, beginning
 of period..............     6,328,000       7,768,000    14,265,000    6,684,000
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
Cash and cash
 equivalents, end of
 period.................   $ 8,115,000    $  6,328,000  $  7,768,000  $14,265,000
                           ===========    ============  ============  ===========
Supplemental
 information:
 Interest paid..........   $       --     $     57,000  $     30,000  $       --
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------
 Income taxes paid......   $ 9,198,000    $ 13,148,000  $ 12,078,000  $ 9,735,000
                           -----------    ------------  ------------  -----------

The Notes to the Combined Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-5

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1--Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. Proposed Spin-off Of Its Gaming Business

On July 25, 2001, the Board of Directors of Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc. ("DVD") resolved to pursue the separation of its gaming and motorsports business segments into two publicly owned companies. DVD would change its name to Dover Motorsports, Inc. and focus on the fixed facility and temporary circuit motorsports operations. DVD will accomplish the spin-off by contributing 100 percent of the issued and outstanding common stock of Dover Downs, Inc. to Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. ("Gaming & Entertainment" or "the Company"), a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of DVD, and then distributing all of the capital stock of Gaming & Entertainment to DVD stockholders. DVD stockholders will receive 0.7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment capital stock for each share of DVD capital stock owned as of the record date. Based on an Internal Revenue Service private letter ruling, the spin-off will be tax-free to DVD and DVD stockholders, except for cash received for any fractional shares. Immediately after the spin-off is completed, DVD will not own any shares of the Company, and Gaming & Entertainment will be an independent public company. The actual number of shares of Gaming & Entertainment stock to be distributed will depend on the number of shares of DVD stock outstanding on the record date.

In conjunction with the spin-off, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment have entered into various agreements that address the allocation of assets and liabilities between the two companies and that define the companies' relationship after the separation. These include the Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization, the Real Property Agreement, the Transition Support Services Agreement, the Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement.

The Plan of Reorganization sets forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the spin-off, including the distribution of shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A common stock.

The Real Property Agreement governs all of the real property transfers and the terms and conditions associated with the transfers.

The Transition Support Services Agreement provides for each of DVD and Gaming & Entertainment to provide each other with certain administrative and operational services. The party receiving the services will be required to pay for them within 30 business days after receipt of an invoice at rates agreed upon by DVD and Gaming & Entertainment.

The Tax Sharing and Indemnification Agreement provides for, among other things, the treatment of income tax matters for periods beginning before and including the date of the spin-off and any taxes resulting from transactions effected in connection with the spin-off.

We also expect to assume $39 million of the debt currently outstanding pursuant to the DVD revolving credit facilities. The debt we will assume from DVD represents the portion of the consolidated company's debt that we and DVD determined would result in the most appropriate capital structure for each of us as stand alone entities.

NOTE 2--Business Operations

The Company owns and operates the Dover Downs Raceway harness racing track and an 80,000 square foot video lottery (slot) casino at a multi-purpose gaming and entertainment complex in Dover, Delaware. The facility is located in close proximity to the major metropolitan areas of Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington, D.C. The Company is also constructing the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center, a luxury hotel to be located adjacent to the gaming operations, which is scheduled to open in the first quarter of 2002. The first phase will include 232 rooms, a multi-purpose ballroom/concert hall and a fine dining restaurant.

F-6

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The Company is authorized to conduct video lottery operations as a "Licensed Agent" under the Delaware State Lottery Code. Pursuant to Delaware's Horse Racing Redevelopment Act, enacted in 1994, the Delaware State Lottery Office administers and controls the operation of the video lottery.

The Company's license from the Delaware Harness Racing Commission must be renewed on an annual basis. In order to maintain its license to conduct video lottery operations, the Company is required to maintain its harness horse racing license.

Due to the nature of the Company's business activities, it is subject to various federal, state and local regulations.

NOTE 3--Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of combination and presentation--The combined financial statements include the accounts of Gaming & Entertainment and its wholly owned subsidiary Dover Downs, Inc. The combined financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis and present the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows directly related to DVD's gaming operations.

The combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily be indicative of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of Gaming & Entertainment in the future or had it operated as a separate, independent company during the periods presented. The combined financial statements included herein do not reflect any changes that may occur in the financing and operations of Gaming & Entertainment as a result of the spin-off.

Revenue and expense recognition--Revenues represent the net win from video lottery (slot) machine wins and losses, commissions from pari-mutuel wagering and other miscellaneous income.

For the video lottery operations, which account for more than 90% of total revenues for all periods presented, the difference between the amount wagered by bettors and the amount paid out to bettors is referred to as the win. The win is included in the amount recorded in the Company's financial statements as gaming revenue. The Delaware State Lottery Office sweeps the winnings from the video lottery operations, collects the State's share of the winnings and the amount due to the vendors under contract with the State who provide the video lottery machines and associated computer systems, collects the amount allocable to purses for harness horse racing, and remits the remainder to the Company as its commission for acting as a Licensed Agent. Operating expenses include the amounts collected by the State (i) for the State's share of the winnings, (ii) for remittance to the providers of the video lottery machines and associated computer systems, and (iii) for harness horse racing purses.

The Company recognizes revenues from pari-mutuel commissions earned from live harness horse racing and importing of simulcast signals from other race tracks at the time wagers are made. Revenues from food and beverage sales are recognized at the time of sale.

Advertising costs--The costs of general advertising, promotion and marketing programs are charged to operations as incurred.

Preopening costs--Preopening costs represent primarily the direct salaries and other operating costs incurred by the Company prior to opening the Dover Downs Hotel and Conference Center. The Company accounts for start-up activities under provisions of the AICPA Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities," which requires costs of start-up activities to be expensed as incurred.

Cash and cash equivalents--The Company considers as cash equivalents all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

F-7

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Inventories--Inventories, primarily food and beverage items, are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost being determined on the first-in, first- out (FIFO) basis.

Property, plant and equipment--Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Book depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Facilities....................................................... 10-40 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment................................  5-10 years

Interest is capitalized in connection with the construction of major facilities. The capitalized interest is amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset to which it relates. During the six-month period ended December 31, 2000, the Company incurred $209,000 of interest cost of which $200,000 was capitalized. During the years ended June 30, 2000 and 1999, the Company incurred $377,000 and $353,000 of interest cost of which $161,000 and $268,000, respectively, was capitalized. No interest cost was incurred or capitalized in fiscal 1998.

Income taxes--Deferred income taxes are provided in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" on all differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements based upon enacted statutory tax rates in effect at the balance sheet date.

Use of estimates--The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair value of financial instruments--The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for current assets and current liabilities approximates their fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Accounting for stock options--The Company applies the provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." SFAS No. 123 defines a fair- value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation plans, however, it allows the continued use of the intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company has elected to use the intrinsic value method.

Earnings per share--Historical earnings per share are not presented since the capital structure that existed when Gaming & Entertainment operated as part of DVD is not meaningful because it does not reflect Gaming & Entertainment's expected capital structure after the spin-off.

Segment information--Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS No. 131), has been adopted by the Company for all periods presented in these combined financial statements. SFAS No. 131 establishes guidelines for public companies in determining operating segments based on those used for internal reporting to management. Based on these guidelines, the Company reports information under a single gaming and entertainment segment.

Recent accounting pronouncements--In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" (SAB 101), which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation and disclosure of revenue in financial statements filed with the SEC. SAB 101 outlines the basic criteria that must be met to recognize revenue and provides guidance for disclosures related to revenue recognition policies. We adopted SAB 101 during the six-month period ended

F-8

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

December 31, 2000. The adoption of SAB 101 did not have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, and Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Statement 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. Statement 142 will require that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement 142. We are required to adopt the provisions of Statement 141 immediately and Statement 142 effective January 1, 2002.

Since we do not own any assets that are subject to Statements 141 and 142, we do not anticipate the adoption of Statements 141 and 142 to have an impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. The standard applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development and (or) normal use of the asset.

Statement No. 143 requires that the fair value of liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The fair value of the liability is added to the carrying amount of the associated asset and this additional carrying amount is depreciated over the life of the asset. The liability is accreted at the end of each period through charges to operating expense. If the obligation is settled for other than the carrying amount of the liability, we will recognize a gain or loss on settlement.

We are required and plan to adopt the provisions of Statement No. 143 in 2003. To accomplish this, we must identify all legal obligations for asset retirement obligations, if any, and determine the fair value of these obligations on the date of adoption. We have not yet completed our analysis of the impact of adoption of this standard.

In October 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. While Statement No. 144 supersedes FASB Statement No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, it retains many of the fundamental provisions of that Statement. Statement No. 144 also supersedes the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations-Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions, for the disposal of a segment of a business. However, it retains the requirement in Opinion No. 30 to report separately discontinued operations and extends that reporting to a component of an entity that either has been disposed of (by sale, abandonment, or in a distribution to owners) or is classified as held for sale. We are required and plan to adopt the provisions of Statement No. 144 on January 1, 2002. We have not yet completed our analysis of the impact of adoption of this standard.

The Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) is currently discussing issue number 00-22, "Accounting for "Points" and Certain Other Time or Volume Based Sales Incentive Offers, and Offers for Free Products or Services to be Delivered in the Future," which will cover how point and other loyalty programs should be accounted for. The EITF is considering the issue broadly to include all industries that utilize point or other

F-9

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

loyalty programs. The Company will apply the provisions of this EITF for its points program once the EITF issues a consensus on this topic.

Fiscal year--On January 19, 2001, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to December 31. The six-month period ended December 31, 2000 transitions the Company's reporting period to the new fiscal year-end. Summarized statement of earnings information is as follows (unaudited):

                               Six months ended            Year ended
                                 December 31,             December 31,
                            ----------------------- -------------------------
                               2000        1999         2000         1999
                            ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------
Revenues................... $85,441,000 $82,192,000 $171,810,000 $156,961,000
Operating earnings.........  18,633,000  17,624,000   36,543,000   33,711,000
Income taxes...............   7,577,000   7,155,000   14,788,000   13,707,000
Net earnings............... $11,056,000 $10,442,000 $ 21,568,000 $ 19,969,000

NOTE 4--Receivable from DVD

At December 31, 2000 and June 30, 1999 and 1998, the combined balance sheet reflects a receivable from DVD. This balance primarily represents cash transferred to DVD from the Company and the payment of certain costs by the Company for DVD Management expects the intercompany receivable balance will be repaid by DVD during the next fiscal year, and DVD and the Company have agreed to cancel any remaining intercompany balances and adjust DVD's equity investment by an equal amount at the date of the spin-off.

NOTE 5--Indebtedness

The Company has provided financial guarantees relating to DVD's $125,000,000 revolving credit facilities. Amounts outstanding under the DVD credit facilities at December 31, 2000 were $58,750,000. At December 31, 2000, DVD was in compliance with all terms of the facilities.

Prior to the completion of the spin-off, DVD's existing credit facility will be replaced with a new facility established by DVD which will not include Dover Downs, Inc. On or before the spin-off, $39 million of the amount outstanding under the existing DVD credit facility will be paid down through a new $55 million credit facility established by Gaming & Entertainment.

NOTE 6--Income Taxes

The current and deferred income tax provisions are as follows:

                        Six months ended        Years ended June 30,
                          December 31,   -----------------------------------
                              2000          2000        1999        1998
                        ---------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Current:
  Federal..............    $5,880,000    $11,046,000 $ 9,438,000 $ 7,823,000
  State................     1,601,000      3,008,000   2,569,000   2,130,000
                           ----------    ----------- ----------- -----------
                            7,481,000     14,054,000  12,007,000   9,953,000
Deferred:
  Federal..............        76,000        246,000     108,000      37,000
  State................        20,000         66,000      30,000      10,000
                           ----------    ----------- ----------- -----------
                               96,000        312,000     138,000      47,000
                           ----------    ----------- ----------- -----------
Total income taxes.....    $7,577,000    $14,366,000 $12,145,000 $10,000,000
                           ==========    =========== =========== ===========

F-10

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Deferred income taxes relate to the temporary differences between financial accounting income and taxable income and are primarily attributable to differences between the book and tax basis of property, plant and equipment. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized based upon reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future income.

A reconciliation of the effective income tax rate with the applicable statutory federal income tax rate is as follows:

                                                             Years ended
                                           Six months ended    June 30,
                                             December 31,   ----------------
                                                 2000       2000  1999  1998
                                           ---------------- ----  ----  ----
Federal tax at statutory rate.............       35.0%      35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
State taxes, net of federal benefit.......        5.7%       5.7%  5.7%  5.7%
Other.....................................        --         --    --    0.2%
                                                 ----       ----  ----  ----
Effective income tax rate.................       40.7%      40.7% 40.7% 40.9%
                                                 ====       ====  ====  ====

Prior to the spinoff, the Company was included as part of DVD's consolidated federal income tax return, however the income tax expense presented in the Combined Financial Statements has been computed on a separate return basis.

The Company and DVD will enter into a tax-sharing and indemnification agreement to reflect each Company's rights and obligations relating to payments and refunds of taxes that are attributable to periods beginning before and including the date of the spin-off described in Note 1. The agreement will provide for payments between the companies to reflect tax liabilities that may arise before, after and because of the spin-off.

NOTE 7--Pension Plan

The Company's employees participate in DVD's noncontributory, tax qualified defined benefit pension plan. Benefits provided by the DVD Pension Plan are based on years of service and employees' remuneration over their term of employment. Pension costs are funded in accordance with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

Net periodic pension expense allocated to the Company was $143,000, $286,000, $241,000 and $114,000 during the six-month period ended December 31, 2000 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998. The related benefit assets and liabilities have not been included in the combined financial statements.

The Company also participates in a nonqualified, noncontributory defined benefit pension plan sponsored by DVD for certain employees to restore pension benefits reduced by federal income tax regulations. The cost associated with the plan is determined using the same actuarial methods and assumptions as those used for the qualified pension plan.

The Company also participates in a defined contribution 401(k) plan sponsored by DVD which permits participation by substantially all employees.

Gaming & Entertainment intends to adopt pension and 401(k) plans on terms substantially similar to the DVD plans.

F-11

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Pursuant to the terms of the Employee Benefits Agreement, DVD will transfer to Gaming & Entertainment the assets and liabilities associated with DVD's defined benefit pension plan and the 401(k) plan currently sponsored by DVD with respect to employees who are Gaming & Entertainment employees after the spin-off.

NOTE 8--Stockholder's Equity

Changes in the components of stockholder's equity are as follows:

                                                                  DVD Equity
                                                                  Investment
                                                                  -----------
Balance at June 30, 1997......................................... $17,407,000
  Net earnings...................................................  14,447,000
                                                                  -----------
Balance at June 30, 1998.........................................  31,854,000
  Net earnings...................................................  17,696,000
                                                                  -----------
Balance at June 30, 1999.........................................  49,550,000
  Net earnings...................................................  20,952,000
                                                                  -----------
Balance at June 30, 2000.........................................  70,502,000
  Net earnings (six months)......................................  11,056,000
                                                                  -----------
Balance at December 31, 2000..................................... $81,558,000
                                                                  ===========

Historically, certain Gaming & Entertainment employees and employees of DVD have participated in the DVD 1991 Stock Option Plan and the DVD 1996 Stock Option Plan (collectively "the Plans"). In conjunction with the spin-off, Gaming & Entertainment has adopted a stock option plan under which 1,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance to Gaming & Entertainment employees. Following the spin-off, outstanding stock option grants under the DVD Plan held by Gaming & Entertainment employees will be replaced with Gaming & Entertainment stock option grants. The Gaming & Entertainment grants will have the same relative ratio of the exercise price to market value and the same vesting provisions, option periods and other applicable terms and conditions as the DVD stock option grants being replaced. At December 31, 2000 there were 284,514 DVD stock option grants held by Gaming & Entertainment employees subject to replacement with Gaming & Entertainment stock option grants. The stock options have eight year terms and generally vest equally over a period of six years from the date of grant. Gaming & Entertainment cannot determine the exact number of shares of its common stock that will be subject to substitute grant until after the spin-off.

The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plans. For disclosure purposes, the Company determined compensation cost for DVD stock options granted to Gaming & Entertainment employees based upon the fair value at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used by DVD:

                                                                  June,
                                                  December, -----------------
                                                    2000    2000  1999  1998
                                                  --------- ----- ----- -----
Risk-free interest rate..........................   5.75%      6%    6%  5.3%
Volatility.......................................     46%     47%   25%   26%
Expected dividend yield..........................   1.27%   1.35% 1.02% 1.80%
Expected life (in years).........................     6.5     6.5   6.5   6.5

F-12

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the six-month period ended December 31, 2000, and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 was $5.50, $5.50, $4.60 and $4.33, respectively.

Had compensation cost been recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net earnings would have been reduced by approximately $200,000, $185,000, $123,000 and $63,000 in the six-month period ended December 31, 2000 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999, and 1998, respectively.

Option activity for DVD stock options held by Gaming & Entertainment employees was as follows:

                                                          June 30,
                                     December 31, -------------------------
                                         2000       2000     1999    1998
                                     ------------ --------  ------- -------
Number of options:
  Outstanding at beginning of
   period...........................   272,514     473,014  389,264 349,764
  Granted...........................    12,000      73,000   83,750  39,500
  Exercised.........................       --     (273,500)     --      --
                                       -------    --------  ------- -------
Outstanding at end of period........   284,514     272,514  473,014 389,264
                                       =======    ========  ======= =======
At period end:
  Options exercisable...............    76,875      61,374  213,000 103,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price:
  Options granted...................    $11.38      $11.31   $13.01  $13.36
  Options exercised.................    $  --       $  .77   $  --   $  --
  Options outstanding...............    $11.37      $11.37   $ 5.25  $ 3.58
  Options exercisable...............    $10.18      $10.52   $ 2.04  $ 1.67

At December 31, 2000, the range of exercise prices of outstanding options was $8.50-$16.19. Both the number of options and the exercise prices will be equitably adjusted subsequent to the spin-off.

NOTE 9--Related Party Transactions

The Company purchased administrative services from Rollins Truck Leasing Corp. and affiliated companies ("RTLC") during the six-month period ended December 31, 2000 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998. The total cost of these services, which have been included in general and administrative expenses in the Combined Statement of Earnings, was $233,000, $420,000, $350,000 and $260,000, respectively. RTLC ceased to provide these services effective in April 2001.

During the six months ended December 31, 2000 and the years ended June 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, Gaming & Entertainment allocated corporate costs of $828,000, $1,640,000, $1,414,000 and $1,240,000, respectively, to DVD. The allocation was based on both an allocation to the business that directly incurred the costs and an analysis of each segment's share of the costs. The net costs incurred by Gaming & Entertainment for these services are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been incurred if Gaming & Entertainment had been a separate, independent entity and had otherwise independently managed these functions, however management of the Company believes that these costs are reasonable.

Subsequent to the spin-off, use of our 5/8 mile harness racing track will be under an easement granted by DVD which does not require the payment of any rent. The harness track is located on property owned by DVD and is on the inside of DVD's one mile motorsports speedway. DVD's motorsports speedway and grandstands are immediately adjacent to our casino. The indoor grandstands we use for harness racing are in the building that houses our pari-mutuel betting and simulcasting parlors and are adjacent to our casino. We allow DVD free use of these indoor grandstands in connection with two annual motorsports event weekends and also lease certain

F-13

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

office space to DVD. Various easements and agreements relative to access, utilities and parking will also be entered into between us and DVD.

In the opinion of management of the Company, the foregoing transactions were effected at rates which approximate those which the Company would have realized or incurred had such transactions been effected with independent third parties.

NOTE 10--Commitments

In May 1995, Dover Downs, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, entered into a long-term management agreement with Caesars World Gaming Development Corporation (Caesars). Caesars acts as our agent to manage our video lottery casino. Caesars has been properly licensed by the Delaware State Lottery Office to perform these functions. Effective January 1, 2001, the Company and Caesars amended the casino management agreement to decrease the percentage management fee paid to Caesars by 20% while modifying the agreement to cover all 2,000 video lottery machines currently in operation for the remainder of the term that expires December 2004. During the six months ended December 31, 2000, and the fiscal years 2000 and 1999, the Company accrued $1,512,000, $3,148,000 and $958,000, respectively, that Caesars claimed were due as a result of casino expansions, but which the Company disputed. As a result of the amendment to the management agreement, the Company and Caesars settled the dispute, and the Company reversed a portion of the prior accruals for management fees which resulted in a $2,475,000 reduction to operating expenses in December 2000. Caesars' performance-based fees were $2,468,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2000, $6,383,000 in fiscal 2000, $6,983,000 in fiscal 1999 and $7,094,000 in fiscal 1998. Amounts owed to Caesars at December 31, 2000, and June 30, 2000 and 1999 totaled $1,111,000, $365,000 and $1,147,000, respectively, and are included in accrued liabilities.

NOTE 11--Quarterly Results--in thousands (unaudited)

                                 September 30 December 31 March 31 June 30
                                 ------------ ----------- -------- -------
Six Months Ended December 31,
 2000
Revenues........................   $45,314      $40,127   $   --   $   --
Gross profit....................    10,309       10,315       --       --
Net earnings....................     5,551        5,505       --       --
Year Ended June 30, 2000
Revenues........................   $42,691      $39,501   $42,718  $43,651
Gross profit....................    10,576        9,145     9,640    9,548
Net earnings....................     5,581        4,859     5,140    5,372
Year Ended June 30, 1999
Revenues........................   $33,499      $30,981   $35,405  $39,364
Gross profit....................     7,901        7,093     8,335    9,291
Net earnings....................     4,286        3,881     4,600    4,929

F-14

INDEX TO UNAUDITED INTERIM COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
Combined Statement of Earnings for the nine-months ended September 30,
 2001 and 2000........................................................... F-16
Combined Balance Sheet at September 30, 2001 and December 31, 2000....... F-17
Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the nine-months ended September 30,
 2001 and 2000........................................................... F-18
Notes to the Interim Combined Financial Statements....................... F-19

F-15

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

COMBINED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS

                                                          Nine Months Ended
                                                            September 30,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                          2001         2000
                                                      ------------ ------------
                                                             (Unaudited)
Revenues............................................. $141,923,000 $131,683,000
Expenses:
  Operating..........................................  108,551,000  100,729,000
  Depreciation.......................................    1,548,000    1,457,000
  General and administrative.........................    3,461,000    2,232,000
                                                      ------------ ------------
                                                       113,560,000  104,418,000
                                                      ------------ ------------
Operating earnings...................................   28,363,000   27,265,000
Interest expense, net................................      652,000      290,000
                                                      ------------ ------------
Earnings before income taxes.........................   27,711,000   26,975,000
Income taxes.........................................   11,270,000   10,970,000
                                                      ------------ ------------
Net earnings......................................... $ 16,441,000 $ 16,005,000
                                                      ============ ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-16

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

                             September 30, December 31,
                                 2001          2000
                             ------------- ------------
                              (Unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash
   equivalents.............. $ 11,391,000  $ 8,115,000
  Accounts receivable.......      350,000      710,000
  Due from State of
   Delaware.................    9,353,000    7,308,000
  Inventories...............      787,000      329,000
  Prepaid expenses and
   other....................    1,383,000    1,198,000
  Receivable from Dover
   Downs Entertainment,
   Inc. ....................    8,401,000   30,551,000
  Income taxes receivable...       64,000      282,000
  Deferred income taxes.....      282,000      208,000
                             ------------  -----------
    Total current assets....   32,011,000   48,701,000
Property, plant and
 equipment, net.............   82,109,000   45,156,000
                             ------------  -----------
    Total assets............ $114,120,000  $93,857,000
                             ============  ===========
LIABILITIES AND
 STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.......... $  3,336,000  $ 1,624,000
  Purses due horsemen.......    9,209,000    6,258,000
  Accrued liabilities.......    2,533,000    3,613,000
  Deferred revenue..........      108,000       40,000
                             ------------  -----------
    Total current
     liabilities............   15,186,000   11,535,000
Deferred income taxes.......      935,000      764,000
Commitments and
 contingencies
Stockholder's equity:
  Dover Downs Entertainment,
   Inc. equity investment...   97,999,000   81,558,000
                             ------------  -----------
    Total stockholder's
     equity.................   97,999,000   81,558,000
                             ------------  -----------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholder's equity... $114,120,000  $93,857,000
                             ============  ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-17

EXHIBIT 2.1

AGREEMENT REGARDING DISTRIBUTION
AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

THIS AGREEMENT REGARDING DISTRIBUTION AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the "Agreement"), dated as of January 15, 2002, by and between DOVER DOWNS ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("DVD"), and DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Gaming & Entertainment").

RECITALS

A. DVD has formed Gaming & Entertainment as a wholly owned subsidiary for the purpose of taking title to the stock of Dover Downs, Inc. ("Slots"), a wholly owned subsidiary of DVD, the assets and liabilities of which constitute DVD's gaming operations (the "Gaming Business").

B. The Board of Directors of DVD has determined that it is in the best interests of DVD and its shareholders to transfer and assign to Gaming & Entertainment, effective prior to the Effective Time (as defined herein), the capital stock of Slots, as a capital contribution, and to receive in exchange therefore additional shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock and Class A Common Stock (both as defined herein).

C. The Board of Directors of DVD has further determined that it is in the best interests of DVD and its shareholders to make a distribution (the "Distribution") (i) to the holders of DVD Common Stock (as defined herein) of all of the outstanding shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock at the rate of .7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock for each share of DVD Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date (as defined herein); and (ii) to the holders of DVD Class A Common Stock (as defined herein) of all of the outstanding shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock at the rate of .7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock for each share of DVD Class A Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date.

E. The parties have received a favorable ruling letter from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") concerning the non-taxability of the Distribution to DVD or its shareholders pursuant to Section 355 of the Code (as defined herein), if consummated pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in the request therefor.

F. The parties have determined that it is necessary and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Distribution and to set forth other agreements that will govern certain other matters following the Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms have the following meaning:


"Action" means any claim, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any court, governmental or other regulatory or administrative agency or commission or any other tribunal.

"Ancillary Agreements" means all of the written agreements, instruments, understandings, assignments and other arrangements entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the Employee Benefits Agreement, the Real Property Agreement, the Transition Support Services Agreement, and the Tax Sharing Agreement.

"Assets" means all properties, rights, contracts, leases and claims, of every kind and description, wherever located, whether tangible or intangible, and whether real, personal or mixed.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Distribution" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Distribution Agent" means Mellon Investor Services LLC in its capacity as agent for DVD in connection with the Distribution.

"Distribution Date" means the date upon which the Distribution shall be effective, as determined by the Board of Directors of DVD.

"DVD Business" means the business conducted by DVD and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and partnerships, other than the Gaming & Entertainment Business.

"DVD Class A Common Stock" means the outstanding shares of class A common stock, $.10 par value, of DVD.

"DVD Common Stock" means the outstanding shares of common stock, $.10 par value, of DVD.

"DVD Group" means DVD and its subsidiaries, joint ventures and partnerships, excluding any member of the Gaming & Entertainment Group.

"DVD Liabilities" means (i) Liabilities of any member of the DVD Group under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, and (ii) Liabilities, other than Gaming & Entertainment Liabilities, incurred in connection with the operation of the DVD Business, whether arising before, at or after the Effective Time.

"Effective Time" means 5:00 p.m. New York time on the Distribution Date.

"Employee Benefits Agreement" means the Employee Benefits Agreement entered into at or prior to the Effective Time between DVD, Gaming & Entertainment and Slots, as amended from time to time.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2

"Form 10" means the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed by Gaming & Entertainment with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.

"Gaming & Entertainment Business" means the Gaming Business which will be conducted by the Gaming & Entertainment Group at and after the Effective Time.

"Gaming & Entertainment Bylaws" means the bylaws of Gaming & Entertainment in the form filed as an exhibit to the Form 10 at the time they become effective.

"Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock" means the outstanding shares of common stock, no par value, of Gaming & Entertainment.

"Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock" means the outstanding shares of common stock, no par value, of Gaming & Entertainment.

"Gaming & Entertainment Group" means Gaming & Entertainment and any of its subsidiaries and any other subsidiary or division of any member of the DVD Group that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, is included in the operations of the Gaming & Entertainment Business.

"Gaming & Entertainment Liabilities" means (a) Liabilities of any member of the Gaming & Entertainment Group under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, and (b) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, Liabilities incurred in connection with the conduct or operation of the Gaming & Entertainment Business or the ownership of the Slots Stock, whether arising before, at or after the Effective Time.

"Gaming Business Assets" mean all Assets used or useful in the conduct of the Gaming Business.

"Group" means the DVD Group or the Gaming & Entertainment Group, as the context so requires.

"Indemnifiable Loss" means any and all damage, loss, liability and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) in connection with any and all Actions or threatened Actions indemnifiable pursuant to Article IV.

"Information Statement" means that certain Information Statement filed by Gaming & Entertainment with the Securities and Exchange Commission and provided to DVD shareholders, pursuant to the Exchange Act.

"Liabilities" means any and all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations, absolute or contingent, matured or not matured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, including all costs and expenses relating thereto, and including, without limitation, those debts, liabilities and obligations arising under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, any law, rule, regulation, action, order or consent decree of any governmental entity or any award of any arbitrator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking.

"Prime Rate" means the prime rate of interest as determined from time to time by PNC Bank, Delaware.

3

"Real Property Agreement" means the Real Property Agreement entered into at or prior to the Effective Time between certain Subsidiaries of DVD and Slots.

"Record Date" means the date designated by DVD's Board of Directors as the record date for determining the shareholders of DVD entitled to receive the Distribution.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Slots" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Slots Stock" means the capital stock of Slots to be transferred at or prior to the Effective Time by DVD to Gaming & Entertainment.

"Tax" shall have the meaning given to such term in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

"Tax Sharing Agreement" means the Tax Sharing Agreement entered into at or before the Effective Time between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, as amended from time to time.

"Transition Support Services Agreement" means the Transition Support Services Agreement entered into at or prior to the Effective Time between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, as amended from time to time.

ARTICLE II

REORGANIZATION; TRANSFER OF SLOTS STOCK;
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES; AND TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS

Section 2.01 Reorganization. At or before the Effective Time the following transactions shall occur:

(a) DVD shall contribute to Gaming & Entertainment all of the Slots Stock, in exchange for a number of shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock and Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock that when combined with the shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock and Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock then owned by DVD shall equal .7 multiplied by the then outstanding number of shares of DVD Common Stock in the case of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock and DVD Class A Common Stock in the case of Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock.

(b) the DVD Intercompany Balance (as defined in Section 8.03 below) shall be adjusted as provided in Section 8.03 below.

(c) certain real property transfers, leases and cross easements involving Slots and certain Subsidiaries of DVD shall be effected in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Real Property Agreement.

(d) DVD shall contribute to its wholly-owned Subsidiary, Dover Downs International Speedway, Inc. ("Speedway") all of the capital stock of three of its wholly owned Subsidiaries: Grand Prix Association of Long Beach, Inc., Nashville Speedway, U.S.A., Inc., and Dover Downs Properties, Inc. (the "Non- Gaming Subsidiaries"). DVD shall also contribute to Speedway any intercompany receivables owed to DVD by the Non-Gaming Subsidiaries or any of their Subsidiaries.

4

Section 2.02 Assets and Liabilities. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in any of the Ancillary Agreements, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment covenant and agree that:

(a) Gaming & Entertainment shall at and after the Effective Time be responsible for timely payment and discharge of all of the Gaming & Entertainment Liabilities.

(b) DVD shall at and after the Effective Time be responsible for timely payment and discharge of all of the DVD Liabilities.

(c) It is the understanding of the parties hereto that as of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Effective Time, there are and will be no Gaming Business Assets that are not Assets of Slots, there are and will be no Gaming & Entertainment Liabilities that are not Liabilities of Slots, and there are and will be no Assets or Liabilities of Slots or Gaming & Entertainment other than the Gaming Business Assets and Gaming & Entertainment Liabilities; however, in the event that any conveyance of an Asset or assumption of a Liability is required to reflect this understanding and is not effected at or before the Effective Time, the obligation to transfer such Asset and assume such Liability shall continue past the Effective Time and shall be accomplished as soon thereafter as practicable.

(d) If any Asset may not be transferred by reason of the requirement to obtain the consent of any third party and such consent has not been obtained by the Effective Time, then such Asset shall not be transferred until such consent has been obtained, and DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, shall cause the owner of such Asset to use all reasonable efforts to provide to the appropriate member of the other Group all the rights and benefits associated with such Asset. Both parties shall otherwise cooperate and use all reasonable efforts to provide the economic and operational equivalent of an assignment or transfer of the Asset.

(e) From and after the Effective Time, each party shall promptly transfer or cause the members of its Group promptly to transfer to the other party or the appropriate member of the other party's Group, from time to time, any property received that is an Asset of the other party or a member of its Group. Without limiting the foregoing, funds received by a member of one Group upon the payment of accounts receivable that belong to a member of the other Group shall be transferred to the other Group by check or wire transfer not more than five business days after receipt of such payment.

(f) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, or in any instrument or document contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, no member of the DVD Group nor any member of the Gaming & Entertainment Group has made or may be deemed to have made any representation or warranty as to (i) the Assets, business or Liabilities retained, transferred or assumed as contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any consents or approvals required in connection with the transfer or assumption by such party of any Asset or Liability contemplated hereby or thereby, (iii) the value or freedom from any lien, claim, equity or other encumbrance of, or any other matter concerning, any Assets of such party or (iv) the absence of any defenses or right of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other Asset of such party. EXCEPT AS MAY BE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, ALL ASSETS WERE, OR ARE BEING, TRANSFERRED, OR ARE BEING RETAINED ON AN "AS IS", "WHERE IS" BASIS AND THE RESPECTIVE TRANSFEREES WILL BEAR THE ECONOMIC AND LEGAL RISKS THAT ANY CONVEYANCE SHALL PROVE TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO VEST IN THE TRANSFEREE A TITLE

5

TITLE THAT IS FREE AND CLEAR OF ANY LIEN, CLAIM, EQUITY OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCE.

Section 2.03 Ancillary Agreements. At or before the Effective Time, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered:

(a) A duly executed Employee Benefits Agreement;

(b) A duly executed Tax Sharing Agreement;

(c) A duly executed Transition Support Services Agreement;

(d) A duly executed Real Property Agreement; and

(e) Such other agreements, leases, documents or instruments as the parties may agree are necessary or desirable in order to achieve the purposes hereof.

Section 2.04 Issuance of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock. At the Effective Time and in exchange for the transfer by DVD to Gaming & Entertainment of the Slots Stock as provided in this Agreement, Gaming & Entertainment will issue and deliver to DVD certificates representing the number of shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock and Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock as are required by Section 2.01 (a) hereto.

Section 2.05 Insurance.

(a) If the Distribution occurs, Gaming & Entertainment will use its best efforts to procure and maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage in commercially reasonable amounts consistent with industry practice with respect to directors and officers of DVD who will become directors and officers within the Gaming & Entertainment Group as of the Distribution Date for acts of such directors and officers as members within the Gaming & Entertainment Group for periods from and after the Distribution Date.

(b) If the Distribution occurs, DVD will use its best efforts to maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage in commercially reasonable amounts consistent with industry practice for a period of five years from the Distribution Date with respect to the directors and officers of DVD who will become directors and officers of members of the Gaming & Entertainment Group as of the Distribution Date for acts of such directors and officers as members of the DVD Group during periods prior to the Distribution Date.

ARTICLE III

THE DISTRIBUTION

Section 3.01 Cooperation Prior to the Distribution.

(a) DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall prepare, and Gaming & Entertainment shall mail to the holders of DVD Common Stock, the Information Statement, which shall set forth appropriate disclosures concerning Gaming & Entertainment, the Distribution and any other appropriate matters.

6

(b) DVD shall, as the sole shareholder of Gaming & Entertainment, approve, and Gaming & Entertainment shall adopt, the Gaming & Entertainment employee benefit plans contemplated by the Employee Benefits Agreement and DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall cooperate in preparing, filing with the Commission under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and causing to become effective any registration statements or amendments thereto that are appropriate to reflect the establishment of or amendments to any employee benefit plan of Gaming & Entertainment contemplated by the Employee Benefits Agreement.

(c) DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of states or other political subdivisions of the United States in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

(d) Gaming & Entertainment shall prepare, file and use its best efforts to cause to be approved prior to the Record Date, the application to permit listing, subject to official notice of issuance, of the Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or such other quotation system as the Gaming & Entertainment Board of Directors shall deem appropriate.

(e) DVD shall use its best efforts to cause the DVD Common Stock to remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Section 3.02 DVD Board Action; Conditions Precedent to the Distribution. DVD's Board of Directors, or a duly appointed committee thereof, shall, in its sole discretion, establish the Record Date and the Distribution Date and any appropriate procedures in connection with the Distribution. In no event shall the Distribution occur unless the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) all necessary regulatory approvals shall have been received;

(b) the Form 10 shall have become effective under the Exchange Act;

(c) the Gaming & Entertainment Board of Directors, as named in the Form 10, shall have been elected by DVD as sole shareholder of Gaming & Entertainment, and the Gaming & Entertainment Bylaws shall have been adopted and be in effect;

(d) the Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, or such other exchange or quotation system as the Gaming & Entertainment Board of Directors shall deem appropriate;

(e) the DVD Common Stock shall remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or shall be listed on such other exchange or quotation system as the DVD Board of Directors shall deem appropriate;

(f) the Information Statement forming part of the Form 10 referenced above shall have been mailed to all stockholders of DVD of record as of the Record Date;

(g) no order, injunction or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing consummation of the Distribution shall be in effect; and

(h) DVD shall have entered into an acceptable replacement credit facility with its lenders as contemplated by Section 8.03.

Section 3.03 The Distribution. On or before the Distribution Date, subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in this Agreement, DVD shall deliver to the Distribution Agent

7

certificates representing all of the then outstanding shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock and Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock held by DVD, endorsed in blank, and shall instruct the Distribution Agent, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.04, to distribute to each holder of record of
(a) DVD Common Stock on the Record Date .7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock for each share of DVD Common Stock so held and (b) DVD Class A Common Stock on the Record Date .7 shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock for each share of DVD Class A Common Stock so held, in each case either by crediting the holder's brokerage account or by delivering a certificate or certificates representing such shares. Gaming & Entertainment agrees to provide all certificates for shares of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock and Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock that the Distribution Agent shall require in order to effect the Distribution.

Section 3.04 Fractional Shares. The Distribution Agent shall not distribute any fractional share of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock or Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock. The Distribution Agent shall aggregate all such fractional shares and sell them in an orderly manner after the Distribution Date in the open market and, after completion of such sales, distribute a pro rata portion of the proceeds from such sales, based upon the average gross selling price of all such Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock, less a pro rata portion of the aggregate brokerage commissions payable in connection with such sales, to each holder of DVD Common Stock or Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock who would otherwise have received a fractional share of Gaming & Entertainment Common Stock or Gaming & Entertainment Class A Common Stock in the Distribution.

ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 4.01 Gaming & Entertainment Indemnification of the DVD Group. If the Distribution occurs, on and after the Effective Time, Gaming & Entertainment shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each member of the DVD Group, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the "DVD Indemnitees") from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses incurred or suffered by any of the DVD Indemnitees and arising out of, or due to, (a) the failure of Gaming & Entertainment or any member of the Gaming & Entertainment Group to pay, perform or otherwise discharge, any of the Gaming & Entertainment Liabilities and (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the preliminary or final Form 10, the preliminary or final Information Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than the information provided by DVD for use therein).

Section 4.02 DVD Indemnification of Gaming & Entertainment Group. If the Distribution occurs, on and after the Effective Time, DVD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each member of the Gaming & Entertainment Group and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the "Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees") from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees and arising out of, or due to, (a) the failure of DVD or any member of the DVD Group to pay, perform or otherwise discharge, any of the DVD Liabilities and (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the preliminary or final Form 10, the preliminary or final Information Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading based on information provided by DVD for use therein.

8

Section 4.03 General Mutual Indemnity. DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall indemnify and hold each other harmless from and against any Indemnifiable Losses, which may be imposed or incurred as a result of litigation in which DVD or Gaming & Entertainment is a party by virtue of their prior corporate affiliation and not as a result of or attributable to the indemnified party's fault or participation. DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall promptly notify each other, as the case may be, of the existence of any claim against the other as a result of the aforesaid circumstances and shall give the indemnifying party reasonable opportunity to defend such litigation at such party's expense and with counsel of its own selection; in which case the indemnifying party shall have the right reasonably to control the defense or settlement of such claim, provided that the indemnified party shall at all times have the right to fully participate in such defense at its own expense. If the indemnifying party shall, within a reasonable time after such notice, fail to defend, the indemnified party shall have the right (but not the obligation) at the expense (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of the indemnifying party, to undertake the defense of and to compromise or settle, exercising reasonable business judgment, such litigation on behalf, for the account, and at the risk of the indemnifying party. In the event of such litigation, each party shall make available all information and assistance as the other party may reasonably request.

Section 4.04 Insurance and Third Party Obligations. No insurer or any other third party shall be, by virtue of the foregoing indemnification provisions (a) entitled to a benefit it would not be entitled to receive in the absence of such provisions, (b) relieved of the responsibility to pay any claims to which it is obligated, or (c) entitled to any subrogation rights with respect to any obligation hereunder.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURES

Section 5.01 Notice and Payment of Claims. If any DVD Indemnitee or Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitee (the "Indemnified Party") determines that it is or may be entitled to indemnification by a party (the "Indemnifying Party") under Article IV (other than in connection with any Action or claim subject to
Section 5.02), the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice specifying, to the extent reasonably practicable, the basis for its claim for indemnification and the amount for which the Indemnified Party reasonably believes it is entitled to be indemnified. After the Indemnifying Party shall have been so notified, the Indemnifying Party shall, within 30 days after receipt of such notice, pay the Indemnified Party such amount in cash or other immediately available funds (or reach agreement with the Indemnified Party as to a mutually agreeable alternative payment schedule) unless the Indemnifying Party objects to the claim for indemnification or the amount thereof. If the Indemnifying Party does not give the Indemnified Party written notice objecting to such claim and setting forth the grounds therefor within the same 30 day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have acknowledged its liability for such claim and the Indemnified Party may exercise any and all of its rights under applicable law to collect such amount. Any amount owed under this Section 5.01 that is not paid within such 30 day period, or is otherwise past due, shall bear interest at a simple rate of interest per annum equal to the Prime Rate.

Section 5.02 Notice and Defense of Third Party Claims. Promptly following the earlier of (a) receipt of notice of the commencement by a third party of any Action against or otherwise involving any Indemnified Party or (b) receipt of information from a third party alleging the existence of a claim against an Indemnified Party, in either case with respect to which indemnification may be sought pursuant to this Agreement (a "Third Party Claim"), the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying

9

Party written notice thereof. The failure of the Indemnified Party to give notice as provided in this Section 5.02 shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure to give notice. Within 30 days after receipt of such notice, the Indemnifying Party shall by giving written notice thereof to the Indemnified Party (a) acknowledge, as between the parties hereto, liability for, and at its option assumption of the defense of such Third Party Claim at its sole cost and expense or (b) object to the claim of indemnification set forth in the notice delivered by the Indemnified Party pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 5.02 setting forth the grounds therefor; provided that if the Indemnifying Party does not within the same 30 day period give the Indemnified Party written notice acknowledging liability and electing to assume the defense or objecting to such claim and setting forth the grounds therefor, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have acknowledged, as between the parties hereto, its liability to the Indemnified Party for such Third Party Claim. Any contest of a Third Party Claim as to which the Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense shall be conducted by attorneys employed by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party; provided that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in such proceedings and to be represented by attorneys of its own choosing at the Indemnified Party's sole cost and expense. If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party may settle or compromise the claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party; provided that the Indemnifying Party may not agree to any such settlement pursuant to which any remedy or relief, other than monetary damages for which the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible hereunder, shall be applied to or against the Indemnified Party, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of a Third Party Claim for which it has acknowledged liability for indemnification under Article IV, the Indemnified Party may require the Indemnifying Party to reimburse it on a current basis for its reasonable expenses of investigation, reasonable attorney's fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in defending against such Third Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party shall be bound by the result obtained with respect thereto by the Indemnified Party; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement effected without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party in cash the amount for which the Indemnified Party is entitled to be indemnified (if any) within 15 days after the final resolution of such Third Party Claim (whether by the final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise), or, in the case of any Third Party Claim as to which the Indemnifying Party has not acknowledged liability, within 15 days after such Indemnifying Party's objection has been resolved by settlement, compromise or the final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE VI

EMPLOYEE MATTERS

Section 6.01 Employee Benefits Agreement. All matters relating to or arising out of any employee benefit, compensation or welfare arrangement in respect of any employee of Gaming & Entertainment or Slots shall be governed by the Employee Benefits Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the Employee Benefits Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, the Employee Benefits Agreement shall govern.

Section 6.02 Dual Employees. Several current executive officers of DVD will be executive officers of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment immediately after the Distribution Date. Each such executive officer's DVD options will be adjusted as provided in the Employee Benefits Agreement.

10

ARTICLE VII

TAX MATTERS

Section 7.01 Tax Sharing Agreement. All matters relating to Taxes shall be governed exclusively by the Tax Sharing Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the Tax Sharing Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement shall govern.

ARTICLE VIII

ACCOUNTING MATTERS

Section 8.01 Allocation of Prepaid Items and Reserves. All prepaid items and reserves that have been maintained by DVD on a consolidated basis but that relate in part to Assets or Liabilities of Slots or the Gaming Business shall be allocated between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment as determined by DVD in its reasonable discretion.

Section 8.02 Accounting Treatment. The transfer by DVD of Slots Stock and any other Gaming Business Assets to Gaming & Entertainment pursuant to this Agreement or the Real Property Agreement shall constitute a capital contribution by DVD to Gaming & Entertainment.

Section 8.03 Cancellation of Intercompany Accounts and New Credit Facilities. As used herein, "DVD Intercompany Balance" means the net intercompany account receivable owed by Slots to DVD as of the Effective Time. On or before the Distribution Date, the DVD Intercompany Balance will be cancelled. In addition, DVD's existing credit facility will be replaced with two new facilities, one established by DVD and one established by Gaming & Entertainment. The existing credit facility is guaranteed by all of the subsidiaries of DVD, including Slots. $39 million of the amount outstanding will be paid off through the replacement credit facility established by Gaming & Entertainment and the balance will be paid off through the replacement credit facility established by DVD.

ARTICLE IX

REAL PROPERTY MATTERS

Section 9.01 Real Property Agreement. All matters relating to real property transfers, leases and cross easements involving Slots and certain Subsidiaries of DVD relative to the facility located in Dover, Delaware shall be governed exclusively by the Real Property Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the Real Property Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, the Real Property Agreement shall govern.

ARTICLE X

TRANSITION SUPPORT

Section 10.01 Transition Support Services Agreement. All matters relating to the provision of support services by the DVD Group to the Gaming & Entertainment Group after the Effective Time shall be governed exclusively by the Transition Support Services Agreement. In the event of any

11

inconsistency between the Transition Support Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, the Transition Support Services Agreement shall govern.

ARTICLE XI

INFORMATION

Section 11.01 Provision of Corporate Records. As soon as practicable following the Effective Time, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall each arrange for the provision to the other of existing corporate documents (e.g. minute books, stock registers, stock certificates, documents of title, contracts, etc.) in its possession relating to the other or its business and affairs or to any other entity that is part of such other's respective Group or to the business and affairs of such other entity.

Section 11.02 Access to Information. From and after the Effective Time, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall each afford the other and its accountants, counsel and other designated representatives reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to all records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information in its possession relating to the business and affairs of the other or a member of its Group (other than data and information subject to an attorney/client or other privilege), insofar as such access is reasonably required by the other including, without limitation, for audit, accounting and litigation purposes.

Section 11.03 Litigation Cooperation. DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall each use reasonable efforts to make available to the other, upon written request, its officers, directors, employees and agents, and the officers, directors, employees and agents of its subsidiaries, as witnesses to the extent that such persons may reasonably be required in connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings arising out of the business of the other, or of any entity that is part of the others' respective Group, prior to the Effective Time in which the requesting party or one of its subsidiaries may from time to time be involved.

Section 11.04 Retention of Records. Except as otherwise required by law or agreed to in writing, each party shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, retain all information relating to the other's business in accordance with the past practice of such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may destroy or otherwise dispose of any information at any time in accordance with the corporate record retention policy maintained by such party with respect to its own records.

Section 11.05 Confidentiality. Each party shall, and shall cause each member of its Group to, hold and cause its directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, all information concerning the other party (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (a) in the public domain through no fault of such disclosing party or (b) lawfully acquired after the Effective Time on a non-confidential basis from other sources by the disclosing party), and neither party shall release or disclose such information to any other person, except its auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants and advisors who shall be advised of the provisions of this Section 10.05 and be bound by them. Each party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold confidential information concerning or supplied by the other party if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar information.

12

ARTICLE XII

INTEREST ON PAYMENTS

Section 12.01 Interest. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or an Ancillary Agreement, all payments by one party to the other under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be paid, by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account in the United States designated by the recipient, within 30 days after receipt of an invoice or other written request for payment setting forth the specific amount due and a description of the basis therefor in reasonable detail. Any amount remaining unpaid beyond its due date, including disputed amounts that are ultimately determined to be payable, shall bear interest at a rate of simple interest per annum equal to the Prime Rate.

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Expenses. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and except as to salaries of any persons who as of the Effective Time are employees of both DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, all costs and expenses incurred prior to the Effective Time in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and implementation of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including transfer taxes and the fees and expenses of the Distribution Agent and of all counsel, accountants and financial and other advisors) shall be paid by DVD and all such costs incurred at or after the Effective Time shall be paid by the party incurring such costs.

Section 13.02 Notices. All notices and communications under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given (a) when received, if such notice or communication is delivered by facsimile, hand delivery or overnight courier, and, (b) three (3) business days after mailing if such notice or communication is sent by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, first class postage prepaid. All notices and communications, to be effective, must be properly addressed to the party to whom the same is directed at its address as set forth in the Information Statement. Either party may, by written notice delivered to the other party in accordance with this Section 13.02, change the address to which delivery of any notice shall thereafter be made.

Section 13.03 Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be altered or amended, nor may any rights hereunder be waived, except by an instrument in writing executed by the party or parties to be charged with such amendment or waiver. No waiver of any terms, provision or condition of or failure to exercise or delay in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, provision, condition, right or remedy or as a waiver of any other term, provision or condition of this Agreement.

Section 13.04 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Ancillary Agreements, constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all negotiations, prior discussions and prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. To the extent that the provisions of this Agreement are inconsistent with the provisions of any Ancillary Agreement, the provisions of such Ancillary Agreement shall prevail with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13

Section 13.05 Parties in Interest. Neither of the parties hereto may assign its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer any benefits, rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than members of the DVD Group and the Gaming & Entertainment Group and the DVD Indemnitees and Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees under Articles IV and V hereof.

Section 13.06 Further Assurances and Consents. In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will use its reasonable efforts to (a) execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such other actions as any other party may reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to carry out the terms hereof and (b) take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, regulations and agreements or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to obtain any consents and approvals, make any filings and applications and remove any liens, claims, equity or other encumbrance on an Asset of the other party necessary or desirable in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that no party hereto shall be obligated to pay any consideration therefor (except for filing fees and other similar charges) to any third party from whom such consents, approvals and amendments are requested or to take any action or omit to take any action if the taking of or the omission to take such action would be unreasonably burdensome to the party or its Group or the business thereof.

Section 13.07 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and should any provision hereof be void, voidable or unenforceable under any applicable law, such provision shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of this Agreement, which shall continue to govern the relative rights and duties of the parties as though such void, voidable or unenforceable provision were not a part hereof.

Section 13.08 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

Section 13.09 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

Section 13.10 Disputes.

(a) All disputes arising from or in connection with this Agreement including, without limitation, any arising from Articles IV or V hereof, whether based on contract, tort, statute or otherwise, including, but not limited to, disputes in connection with claims by third parties (collectively, "Disputes"), shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.10; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall preclude either party from seeking or obtaining (i) injunctive relief to prevent an actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) equitable or other judicial relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 12.10 hereof or to preserve the status quo pending resolution of Disputes hereunder.

14

(b) Either party may give the other party written notice of any Dispute not resolved in the normal course of business. Within 10 days after delivery of the notice of a Dispute, the receiving party shall submit to the other a written response. The notice and the response shall include a statement of such party's position and a summary of arguments supporting that position and the name and title of the executive who will represent that party and of any other person who will accompany such executive in resolving the Dispute. Within twenty (20) days after delivery of the first notice, the executives of both parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, and shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to resolve the Dispute. All reasonable requests for information made by one party to the other will be honored.

(c) If the Dispute has not been resolved by negotiation within sixty
(60) days of the first party's notice, the Dispute shall be submitted, upon application of either party, for resolution by binding arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the "Rules"). Arbitration shall be by a single arbitrator experienced in the matters that are at issue in the Dispute, which arbitrator shall be selected by the parties in accordance with the Rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in Dover, Delaware. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding as to all matters at issue in the Dispute; provided, however, if necessary such decision may be enforced by either party in any court of law having jurisdiction over the parties or the subject matter of the Dispute. Unless the arbitrator shall assess the costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding and of the parties differently, each party shall pay its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the arbitration proceeding, and the costs and expenses of the arbitrator shall be shared equally by the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.

By:   /s/ Denis McGlynn
      -------------------------------
Name: Denis McGlynn
Its:  President

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.

By:   /s/ Denis McGlynn
      -------------------------------
Name: Denis McGlynn
Its:  President

15

EXHIBIT 4.2

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO COMMON STOCK

This agreement ("Rights Agreement"), dated as of January 2, 2002, between DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the "Rights Agent").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, the Board of Directors on January ____, 2002 (the "Record Date"), authorized and declared the issuance of one right (a "Right") for each share of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company that shall become outstanding (whether originally issued or delivered from the Company's treasury) between the Record Date and the Distribution Date (as defined herein), each Right representing the right to purchase one share (subject to adjustment) of Common Stock;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms used herein which are defined in the Rights Agreement shall have the meanings given them in the Rights Agreement.

(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person (as such term is hereinafter defined) who or which, together with all Affiliates (as such term is hereinafter defined) of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner (as such term is hereinafter defined) of 10% or more of the outstanding Subject Stock (as hereinafter defined); provided, however, that an Acquiring Person shall not include an Exempt Person (as such term is hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall become an "Acquiring Person" as a result of an acquisition of shares of Subject Stock by the Company which, by reducing the


number of such shares then outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 10% or more of the outstanding Subject Stock; provided that if a Person (other than an Exempt Person) becomes the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the outstanding Subject Stock by reason of share purchases by the Company and, after such share purchases by the Company, becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Subject Stock, such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person." The word "outstanding," when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.

(b) "Adjustment Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(c) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as in effect on the date of this Rights Agreement.

(d) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, and shall be deemed to "beneficially own", any securities:

(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

2

understanding, whether or not in writing, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own", (x) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange or (y) securities which such Person has a right to acquire on the exercise of Rights at any time prior to the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event or
(z) securities issuable upon exercise of Rights from and after the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or a Section 13 Event, provided such Rights were acquired by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof ("Original Rights") or pursuant to Section 11(i) with respect to an adjustment to Original Rights; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing); provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own", any securities if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable by such Person on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing, for the

3

purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except as described in clause (B) of subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (d)) or disposing of any securities of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (d) to the contrary, a Person engaged in the business of underwriting securities shall not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "beneficially own", any securities acquired in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of sixty days after the date of such acquisition.

(e) "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

(f) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the States of New York and Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(g) "Class A Common Stock" shall mean the Company's class A common stock, par value $.10 per share, entitled to ten votes per share. Class A Common Stock is presently convertible into Common Stock on a share for share basis. Common Stock and Class A Common Stock have presently equal rights with respect to any distribution in complete or partial liquidation and with respect to consideration which may be received in a merger or consolidation of the Company.

(h) "close of business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(i) "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's common stock, par value $.10 per share, entitled to one vote per share. When used with reference to any Person other than the Company which shall be organized in corporate form, "common stock" shall

4

mean the capital stock or other equity security with the greatest per share voting power of such Person. When used with reference to any Person other than the Company which shall not be organized in corporate form, "common stock" shall mean units of beneficial interest which shall represent the right to participate in profits, losses, deductions and credits of such Person and which shall be entitled to exercise the greatest voting power per unit of such Person.

(j) "common stock equivalents" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(k) "Current Market Price" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(d) hereof.

(l) "Current Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(m) "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3(a) hereof.

(n) "equivalent common stock" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) hereof.

(o) "Exchange Act" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(c) hereof.

(p) "Exempt Person" shall mean the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan or employee stock plan, including, but not limited to, a Stock Option Plan, of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, any Person holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan, or any Person that is a Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the Subject Stock on the date hereof or will be immediately after the spin-off of the Company from Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.

(q) "Exempt Transaction" shall mean a share exchange, consolidation, merger or other transaction in respect of which the Board of Directors has waived the application

5

of either Section 13 or Section 11(a)(ii), whichever is applicable, pursuant to the provisions of Section 23(c).

(r) "Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7(a) hereof.

(s) "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7(a) hereof.

(t) "invalidation time" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(u) "NASDAQ" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d) hereof.

(v) "NYSE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b) hereof.

(w) "Permitted Tender Offer" shall mean an all cash tender offer for all outstanding shares of Subject Stock of the Company on the same terms (i) which is made pursuant to schedule 14D-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) pursuant to which no purchases of Subject Stock are made for at least 60 days from the date the offer is first published, sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) under the Exchange Act and (iii) which is accepted by the holders of not less than the number of shares of Subject Stock that, when aggregated with the number of shares of Subject Stock owned by the Person making the offer (and its Affiliates or Associates) equals or exceeds 75% of the then outstanding shares of Subject Stock.

(x) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity.

(y) "Principal Party" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 13(b) hereof.

(z) "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

(aa) "Redemption Price" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 23(a) hereof.

6

(bb) "Right Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3(a) hereof.

(cc) "Section 11(a)(ii) Event" shall mean any event described in
Section 11(a)(ii) (A), (B) or (C) hereof, provided however that a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event shall not include an Exempt Transaction.

(dd) "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(ee) "Section 13 Event" shall mean any event described in clause
(x), (y) or (z) of Section 13(a) hereof, provided however that a
Section 13 Event shall not include an Exempt Transaction.

(ff) "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(gg) "Stock Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement by the Company or an Acquiring Person that the Acquiring Person has become such or such earlier date as a majority of the Board of Directors shall become aware of the existence of an Acquiring Person.

(hh) "Subject Stock" shall mean both the Company's Common Stock and Class A Common Stock. Equity percentages relative to the Subject Stock shall refer to the combined equity of Common Stock and Class A Common Stock.

(ii) "Subsidiary" of a Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power sufficient to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and any corporation or other entity that is otherwise controlled by such Person.

(jj) "Substitution Period" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

7

(kk) [intentionally left blank]

(ll) "Trading Day" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d) hereof.

(mm) "Triggering Event" shall mean any event described in
Section 11(a)(ii)(A), (B), or (C) or Section 13 hereof.

Any determination required by the definitions contained or referred to in this
Section 1 shall be made by the Board of Directors in good faith, and any such determination, upon written notice to the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights, shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights.

Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may change Rights Agents at its discretion upon prior written notice to the existing Rights Agent and in accordance with Section 21 hereof. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable. The Rights Agent shall have no duty to supervise, and in no event shall be liable for, the acts or omissions of any such co-Rights Agent.

Section 3. Issuance of Right Certificates.

(a) Until the close of business on the day (the "Distribution Date") which is the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date or
(ii) such date as the Board of Directors may fix following the commencement by any Person (other than an Exempt Person) of, or the first public announcement of the intent of any Person (other than an Exempt Person) to commence, a tender or exchange offer upon the successful consummation of which such Person, together with its Affiliates and Associates, would be the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the outstanding Subject Stock (irrespective of whether any shares are actually purchased pursuant to any such offer), provided that such date fixed by the Board of Directors shall not be later than the nineteenth Business Day after the date of such commencement or public announcement (the date specified in clauses (i) and (ii) being subject to

8

extension by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 25 hereof), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Section 3(c) hereof) by the certificates for the Common Stock registered in the names of the holders of the Common Stock and not by separate Right Certificates, and (y) each Right will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of a share (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided) of Common Stock; provided that if the Distribution Date would be prior to the Record Date, the Record Date shall be the Distribution Date; and provided, further, that if a tender or exchange offer referred to in clause (ii) above is cancelled or withdrawn prior to the Distribution Date, such offer shall be deemed, for purposes of this Rights Agreement, never to have been made. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested and provided with all necessary information, send) by first- class, postage prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, as shown by the records of the Company, at the address of such holder shown on such records, a Right certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto ("Right Certificate"), evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11(p) hereof, at the time of distribution of the Right Certificates, the Company shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Right Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of and after the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates. The Company shall promptly notify the Rights Agent in writing upon the occurrence of the Distribution Date and, if such notification is given orally, the Company shall confirm same in writing on or prior to the Business Day next following. Until such notice is received by the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively for all purposes that the Distribution Date has not occurred.

9

(b) [intentionally left blank]

(c) With respect to certificates for Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates for Common Stock registered in the names of the holders thereof together with a copy of the Summary of Rights. Until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights, shall also constitute the surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented thereby.

(d) Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock that become outstanding after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date and, in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof, may be issued in respect of shares of Common Stock that become outstanding after the Distribution Date. Certificates issued for Common Stock (including, without limitation, certificates issued upon original issuance, disposition from the Company's treasury or transfer or exchange of Common Stock) after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date, the Expiration Date or the Final Expiration Date (or, in certain circumstances as provided in Section 22 hereof, after the Distribution Date) shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following (or a substantially similar) legend:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between the Corporation and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent, dated as of January 2, 2002 (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. The Corporation will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge within five days after receipt by it of a written request therefor. Under certain circumstances as provided in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to or beneficially owned by Acquiring Persons or their Associates or Affiliates (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) or any subsequent holder of such Rights may become null and void as provided in Section 11(a)(ii) of the Rights Agreement.

10

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates shall, until the Distribution Date, be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented thereby.

Section 4. Form of Right Certificates.

(a) The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof), when, as and if issued, shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate (but which do not affect the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Rights Agent) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Rights Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Sections 11 and 22 hereof, the Right Certificates evidencing the Rights, whenever issued, shall be dated as of the Record Date, and on their face Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock, or other securities or property as provided herein, as the same may from time to time be adjusted as provided herein, at the price per share set forth therein, as the same may from time to time be adjusted as provided herein (the "Purchase Price").

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Rights Agreement, any Right Certificate that represents Rights that are beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or any such Affiliate or Associate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person became such or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person's becoming such pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of its equity

11

securities or to any Person with whom it has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) which the Board of Directors has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has the purpose or effect of avoiding the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, and subsequent transferees of such Persons (or of any transferee of such Rights), and any Right Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Right Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to it (if the Company has knowledge that such Person is an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate thereof or transferee of such Persons or a nominee of any of the foregoing) the following legend:

The beneficial owner of the Rights represented by this Right Certificate is an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) or a subsequent holder of such Right Certificates beneficially owned by such Persons. Accordingly, under certain circumstances as provided in the Rights Agreement, this Right Certificate and the Rights represented hereby may become null and void as provided in Section 11(a)(ii) of the Rights Agreement.

Section 5. Countersignature and Registration.

(a) The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, and have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof which shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Right Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless so countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent, issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificates may be signed on

12

behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

(b) Following the Distribution Date and receipt by the Rights Agent of notice and all other relevant information, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purpose, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates, the date of each of the Right Certificates, and the certificate numbers for each of the Right Certificates.

Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates.

(a) Subject to the provisions hereof, at any time after the close of business on the Distribution Date and at or prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates may be (i) transferred or (ii) split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer any Right Certificate shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and surrender the Right Certificate at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, with the form of assignment on the reverse side thereof duly endorsed (or enclose with such Right Certificate a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Rights Agent), duly executed by the registered holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and with such signature duly guaranteed. Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Right Certificate or Right Certificates until the registered holder shall have promptly completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of

13

assignment on the reverse side of such Right Certificate or Right Certificates and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company or the Rights Agent shall reasonably request. Any registered holder desiring to split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate to be split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Thereupon the Rights Agent, subject to the provisions hereof, shall countersign (by manual signature) and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment from the holders of Right Certificates of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of such Right Certificates. The Rights Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any action under any
Section of this Rights Agreement which requires the payment by a Rights holder of applicable taxes and governmental charges unless and until the Rights Agent is satisfied that all such taxes and/or charges have been paid.

(b) Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation or a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security satisfactory to them, and, if requested by the Company, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will execute and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered owner in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Rights shall become exercisable at the close of business on the Distribution Date, and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Right Certificates, with the form of election to purchase on the

14

reverse side thereof duly executed (with such signature duly guaranteed), to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock (except as otherwise provided herein) as to which such surrendered Rights are then being exercised, at or prior to the close of business on the date (the "Expiration Date") which is the earlier of (i) January 1, 2012 (the "Final Expiration Date"), or (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof.

(b) The Purchase Price shall initially be $200 for each share of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of a Right. The Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof. The Purchase Price shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America, in accordance with Section 7(c) hereof.

(c) Except as provided in Section 7(d) hereof, upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase and certification duly executed, accompanied by payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the shares to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable tax or charge, by cash, certified or official bank check or draft payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(j) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) provide itself or requisition from any transfer agent of the Common Stock certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock so elected to be purchased and the Company will comply and hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs such transfer agent to comply with all such requests, (ii) requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14(b) hereof, and (iii) promptly after receipt of such Common Stock certificates cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder, and, when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate; provided, however, that in the case of a purchase of

15

securities, other than Common Stock of the Company, pursuant to Section 13 hereof, the Rights Agent shall promptly take the appropriate actions corresponding to the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii). In the event that the Company is obligated to issue other securities of the Company, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when necessary to comply with this Rights Agreement.

(d) In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) properly completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Right Certificate surrendered for such exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company or the Rights Agent shall reasonably request.

Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates.

All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any Right Certificate purchased or acquired by

16

the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such cancelled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Shares of Common Stock.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that at all times it will cause to be reserved and kept available, out of and to the extent of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock not reserved for another purpose or shares held in its treasury, the number of shares of Common Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) that, as provided in this Rights Agreement, including Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to reserve and keep available shares of Common Stock or other securities sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights pursuant to the adjustments set forth in Section 11(a)(ii),
Section 11(a)(iii) or Section 13 hereof unless the Rights become exercisable pursuant to such adjustments, and then only to the extent the Rights become exercisable pursuant to such adjustments.

(b) The Company shall (i) use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, the Rights and all shares of Common Stock (and following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) issued or reserved for issuance upon exercise thereof to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise and (ii) if then necessary to permit the offer and issuance of such shares of Common Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities), register and qualify such shares of Common Stock (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws (to the extent exemptions therefrom are not available), cause such registration statement and qualifications to become effective as soon as possible after such filing and keep such registration and qualifications effective until the earlier of the date as of which the Rights are no longer

17

exercisable for such securities or the Expiration Date of the Rights. The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed ninety days, the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. The Company shall promptly provide the Rights Agent with copies of such announcements. Notwithstanding any provision of this Rights Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained and until a registration statement under the Securities Act (if required) shall have been declared effective.

(c) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such actions as may be necessary to insure that all shares of Common Stock (and following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, to the extent applicable, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price in respect thereof), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares in accordance with applicable law.

(d) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all taxes and governmental charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax or charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than the registered holder of the Right Certificate, or the issuance or delivery of certificates for Common Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) upon exercise of Rights in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver a Right Certificate or certificate for Common Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) to a Person other than such registered holder until any such tax or charge shall have been paid (any such tax or charge being payable by the holder

18

of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax or charge is due.

Section 10. Common Stock Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for shares of Common Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Common Stock (or other securities, as the case may be) represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable taxes and charges) was made.

Section 11. Adjustments to Number and Kind of Shares, Number of Rights or Purchase Price.

The number and kind of shares subject to purchase upon the exercise of each Right, the number of Rights outstanding and the Purchase Price are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

(a) (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the Record Date (A) declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (B) subdivide or split the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, (C) combine or consolidate the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or effect a reverse split of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Common Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this
Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, issuable upon exercise of a Right on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive,

19

upon payment of an amount equal to (x) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the record date or effective date of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification multiplied by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, as to which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such date, the aggregate number and kind of shares of Common Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date, the holder thereof would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive, or would be deemed to have owned, by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 11(a)(i) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this
Section 11(a)(i) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii).

(ii) In the event, at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement,

(A) any Acquiring Person, directly or indirectly, other than pursuant to any transaction set forth in Section 13(a) hereof, (1) shall merge with and into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise combine with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the Company or such Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger or combination and the Common Stock of the Company shall remain outstanding and no shares thereof shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of the Company or of any other Person or cash or any other property, or (2) shall, in one or more transactions, other than in connection with the exercise of a Right or Rights and other than in connection with the exercise or conversion of securities exercisable for or convertible into securities of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company (which securities were outstanding prior to the time the Acquiring Person became such), transfer any assets or property to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange (in whole or in

20

part) for any shares of any class of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of any class of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or otherwise obtain from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, with or without consideration, any additional shares of any class of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of any class of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than as part of a pro rata offer or distribution by the Company or such Subsidiary to all holders of such shares), or (3) shall sell, purchase, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or otherwise acquire (other than as a pro rata dividend) or dispose, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to, from or with, as the case may be, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, assets (including securities) on terms and conditions less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than the Company or such Subsidiary would be able to obtain in arm's-length negotiation with an unaffiliated third party, or (4) shall receive any compensation from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for services other than compensation for employment as a regular or part time employee, or fees for serving as a director, at rates in accordance with the Company's (or its Subsidiaries') past practices, or (5) shall receive the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or tax advantage provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (6) shall sell, purchase, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or otherwise acquire (other than as a pro rata dividend) or dispose, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to, from or with, as the case may be, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than in connection with the

21

lines of business, if any, engaged in between the Company and the Acquiring Person or Associate or Affiliate thereof prior to the time the Acquiring Person became such) assets having an aggregate fair market value of more than $100,000,000; or

(B) any Person, alone or together with its Affiliates and Associates, shall become an Acquiring Person, other than pursuant to a Permitted Tender Offer; or

(C) during such time as there is an Acquiring Person, there shall be any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or any recapitalization of the Company, or any merger or consolidation of the Company with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction or series of transactions involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Acquiring Person) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing by more than 1% the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or securities exercisable for or convertible into equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which is directly or indirectly beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate of any Acquiring Person;

then, subject to the last sentence of Section 23(a) hereof, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 11, each holder of a Right shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise of a Right in accordance with the terms of this Rights Agreement and payment of the aggregate Purchase Price with respect to the total number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, such number of shares of Common Stock of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section

22

11(a)(ii) Event, and (y) dividing that product by 50% of the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on the date of such first occurrence (such number of shares is herein called the "Adjustment Shares"); provided that the number of Adjustment Shares shall be further appropriately adjusted to reflect any events described in Sections 11(a)(i), (b) or (c) hereof occurring after the date of such first occurrence; and provided, further, that if the transaction that would otherwise give rise to the foregoing adjustment is also subject to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, then only the provisions of Section 13 hereof shall apply and no adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii).

Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, from and after the time (the "invalidation time") when (A) any Person first becomes an Acquiring Person, other than through a Permitted Tender Offer or (B) there occurs any event described in Section 11(a)(ii)(A) or (C) in respect of any Acquiring Person who became such through a Permitted Tender Offer, any Rights that are beneficially owned by (x) such Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person), (y) a transferee of such Acquiring Person (or any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the invalidation time or (z) a transferee of such Acquiring Person (or any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the invalidation time pursuant to either (I) a transfer from the Acquiring Person to holders of its equity securities or to any Person with whom it has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (II) a transfer which the Board of Directors has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has the purpose or effect of avoiding the provisions of this paragraph, and subsequent transferees of such Persons, shall become null and void without any further action and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no rights whatsoever with respect to such rights under any provision of this Rights Agreement. The Company shall notify the Rights Agent when this Section 11(a)(ii) applies and shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 11(a)(ii) and of Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of Right Certificates or other Person as a result of

23

the Company's failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder. No Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph or any Associate or Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be cancelled.

(iii) In the event that the number of shares of Common Stock which are authorized by the Company's certificate of incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights is not sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with
Section 11(a)(ii) and the Rights shall become so exercisable, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any material agreements in effect on the date hereof to which the Company is a party: (A) determine the value of the Adjustment Shares issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the "Current Value") and (B) with respect to each Right, upon exercise of such Right, issue shares of Common Stock to the extent available for the exercise in full of such Right and, to the extent shares of Common Stock are not so available, make adequate provision to substitute for the Adjustment Shares not received upon exercise of such Right (1) cash, (2) other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares or units of shares of preferred stock which, by virtue of having dividend, voting and liquidation rights substantially comparable to those of the Common Stock, are deemed in good faith by the Board of Directors to have substantially the same value as shares of Common Stock (such shares or units of shares of preferred stock are herein called "common stock equivalents")), (3) debt securities of the Company, (4) other assets, (5) a reduction of the Purchase Price or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having a value which, when added

24

to the value of the shares of Common Stock actually issued upon exercise of such Right, shall have an aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based upon the advice of a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm selected in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided, however, if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty days following the date (the "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date") which is the later of (x) the first occurrence of a Section
11(a)(ii) Event and (y) the date on which the Company's right of redemption pursuant to Section 23(a) expires, then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, shares of Common Stock (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the excess of (x) the Current Value over (y) the Purchase Price times the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event. If the Board of Directors shall determine in good faith that it is likely sufficient additional shares of Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, the thirty day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date, in order that the Company may seek shareholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares (such thirty day period, as it may be extended, is herein called the "Substitution Period"). To the extent that the Company determines that some action must be taken pursuant to the first and/or second sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company shall provide, subject to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and the last sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii), that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the

25

suspension is no longer in effect, and the Company shall promptly provide the Rights Agent copies of such announcements. For purposes of this Section
11(a)(iii), the value of the Common Stock shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the per share or per unit value of any "common stock equivalent" shall be deemed to equal the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such date. The Board of Directors may, but shall not be required to, establish procedures to allocate the right to receive Common Stock upon the exercise of the Rights among holders of rights pursuant to this Section 11(a)(iii).

(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights (other than the Rights), options or warrants to all holders of Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase (for a period expiring within forty-five calendar days after such record date) Common Stock, shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Common Stock ("equivalent common stock") or securities convertible into Common Stock or equivalent common stock at a price per share of Common Stock or equivalent common stock (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Common Stock or equivalent common stock) less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock and/or equivalent common stock (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered, including the price required to be paid to purchase such convertible security) would purchase at such Current Market Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock and/or equivalent common stock to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible). In case such subscription price may be paid by delivery of consideration

26

part or all of which may be in a form other than cash, the value of such non- cash consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Shares of Common Stock owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for a distribution to all holders of Common Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation) of evidences of indebtedness, cash (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend out of the earnings or retained earnings of the Company), assets (other than a dividend payable in Common Stock, but including any dividend payable in stock other than Common Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date, less the fair market value (as described in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to a share of Common Stock and the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price per share of Common Stock. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d) For the purpose of any computation hereunder (including computations pursuant to Section 14 hereof), other than computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the "Current Market

27

Price" per share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of the Common Stock for the thirty consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately prior to but not including such date, and for purpose of computations made pursuant to
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the "Current Market Price" per share of the Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of the Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately following such date but not including such date; provided, however, that in the event that the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of the Common Stock of
(i) any dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend) or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, and prior to the expiration of the requisite thirty Trading Day or ten Trading Day period, as set forth above, the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification occurs, then, and in each such case, the Current Market Price shall be properly adjusted to take into account ex-dividend trading. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if the shares of common stock are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted sale price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked price in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the shares of Common Stock are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker

28

making a market in the Common Stock selected by the Board of Directors. If on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Common Stock, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors shall be used. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day. If the Common Stock is not publicly held or not so listed or traded, "Current Market Price" per share shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

(e) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which mandates such adjustment, or (ii) one month prior to the Expiration Date.

(f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) or (ii) or Section 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Common Stock, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the applicable provisions with respect to the shares of common stock contained in Sections 7, 9, 10, 11, 13, and 14 hereof, and such provisions shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

29

(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to the nearest ten- thousandth) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of shares covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment, by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price, and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

(i) The Company may elect, on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price, to adjust the number of Rights, in addition to the adjustment provided in Section 11(p) hereof. Each of the Rights outstanding after the adjustment in the number of Rights shall be exercisable for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of Rights outstanding immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Rights outstanding immediately following such adjustment. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made, and shall promptly give the Rights Agent a copy of such announcement. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section
11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause

30

to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Purchase Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of shares which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action, including using its best efforts to obtain any required shareholder approvals, which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer (and shall give prompt written notice of such election to the Rights Agent) until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the shares of Common Stock and cash, other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the shares of Common Stock and cash, other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such

31

exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares of Common Stock and cash, other capital stock or securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that in their good faith judgment the Board of Directors shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Common Stock, (ii) issuance for cash of any shares of Common Stock at less than the Current Market Price, (iii) issuance for cash of shares of Common Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Common Stock shall not be taxable to such shareholders. No reduction in the Purchase Price shall be made as a consequence of the exercise of qualified or unqualified stock options by employees of the Company to whom stock options have been granted.

(n) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date, (i) consolidate with any other Person, (ii) merge with or into any other Person,
(iii) sell or transfer (or permit any Subsidiary to sell or transfer), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person or Persons, or (iv) engage in any transaction described in Section 11(a)(ii) (A) or (C) hereof, if (x) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale or other transaction there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (y) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale or other transactions, the shareholders of the Person who constitutes, or would

32

constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(a) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates and Associates or (z) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.

(o) The Company covenants and agrees that, after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date, it will not, except as permitted by Section 23 or Section 26 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

(p) Anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the Company shall at anytime after the Record Date and prior to the Distribution Date (i) declare a dividend on the outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the number of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock then outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the number of Rights thereafter associated with each share of Common Stock following any such event shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the number of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event.

Section 12. Certification of Adjustments. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the computations and facts giving rise to such adjustment, (b) promptly file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each record holder of a Right (or, if prior to the Distribution Date, to each holder of Common Stock) in accordance with Section 25 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing

33

sentence, the failure of the Company to give such notice shall not affect the validity of or the force or effect of or the requirement for such adjustment. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any certificate prepared by the Company pursuant to Sections 11 and 13 and on any adjustment therein contained and shall have no duty with respect to and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power.

(a) In the event that, at anytime on or after the Stock Acquisition Date, directly or indirectly, (x) the Company shall consolidate with any other Person or Persons or shall merge with and into any other Person or Persons and the Company shall not be the surviving or continuing corporation of such merger, or (y) any Person or Persons shall merge with and into the Company, and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person or of the Company or cash or any other property, or (z) the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer to any other Person or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person, in one or more transactions, or the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer to any Person in one or a series of related transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), then, on the first occurrence of any such event, except as may be contemplated by Section 13(d), proper provision shall be made so that (i) each holder of record of a Right, other than as provided in Section 11(a)(ii), shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof and payment of the aggregate Purchase Price with respect to the total number of shares for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event (or, if earlier, the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event) in accordance with the terms of this Rights Agreement, such number of shares of validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and freely tradeable common stock of the Principal Party (as defined herein) not subject to

34

any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by (1) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event (or, if a Section 11(a)(ii) Event has occurred prior to the first occurrence of a
Section 13 Event, multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event by the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event) and (2) dividing that product by 50% of the Current Market Price (determined as provided in Section 11(d) hereof with respect to the Common Stock) per share of the common stock of such Principal Party on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event; provided that the Purchase Price and the number of shares of common stock of such Principal Party issuable upon exercise of each Right shall be further adjusted as provided in this Rights Agreement to reflect any events occurring after the date of the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event; (ii) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Rights Agreement;
(iii) the term "Company" for all purposes of this Rights Agreement shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event; and (iv) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of shares of its common stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of common stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; provided, however, that, upon the subsequent occurrence of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets, recapitalization, reclassification of shares, reorganization or other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise or a Right and payment of the Purchase Price, such

35

cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been entitled to receive had he, she or it, at the time of such transaction, owned the shares of common stock of the Principal Party purchasable upon the exercise of a Right, and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property and (v) the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall be of no effect following the occurrence of any Section 13 Event.

(b) "Principal Party" shall mean

(i) in the case of any transaction described in (x) or (y) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof; (A) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which shares of Common Stock of the Company are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the issuer the common stock of which has the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives said merger or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person, the common stock of which has the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and

(ii) in the case of any transaction described in (z) of the first sentence in Section 13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if each Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power so transferred or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons as is the issuer of

36

common stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding;

provided, however, that in any such case described in the foregoing (b)(i) or
(b)(ii), if the common stock of such Person is not at such time or has not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and (1) if such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the common stock of which is and has been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the common stock of all of which are and have been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of the common stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.

(c) The Company shall not consummate any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer referred to in Section 13(a) unless prior thereto the Company and the Principal Party involved therein shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent an agreement confirming that the requirements of Sections 13(a) and
(b) hereof shall promptly be performed in accordance with their terms and that such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets shall not result in a default by the Principal Party under this Rights Agreement as the same shall have been assumed by the Principal Party pursuant to Sections 13(a) and (b) hereof and further providing that, as soon as practicable after executing such agreement pursuant to this Section 13, the Principal Party will:

(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act, if necessary, with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate

37

form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date, and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;

(ii) use its best efforts, if the common stock of the Principal Party shall become listed on a national securities exchange, to list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on such securities exchange and, if the common stock of the Principal Party shall not be listed on a national securities exchange, to cause the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights to be reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use;

(iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 (or any successor form) under the Exchange Act; and

(iv) obtain waivers of any rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the shares of common stock of the Principal Party subject to purchase upon exercise of outstanding Rights.

In the event that any of the transactions described in Section 13(a) hereof shall occur at any time after the occurrence of a transaction described in
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter be exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a).

(d) Furthermore, in case the Principal Party which is to be a party to a transaction referred to in this Section 13 has provision in any of its authorized securities or in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue, in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of a transaction referred to in this Section 13, shares of common stock of such Principal Party at less than the

38

then Current Market Price per share (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) or securities exercisable for, or convertible into, common stock of such Principal Party at less than such then Current Market Price (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 13) or (ii) providing for any special payment, tax or similar provisions in connection with the issuance of the common stock of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions of Section 13; then, in such event, the Company hereby agrees with each holder of Rights that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been cancelled, waived or amended, or that the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

(a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. If the Company shall not issue fractions of Rights, in lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the holders of record of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the then current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the then current market value of a Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which fractional Rights would have been issuable, determined in the same manner as the closing price of a share of Common Stock shall be determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares. In lieu of issuing fractions of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, there shall be paid to the holders of record of Right Certificates at the time such Right Certificates are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the then current market value of a share of Common Stock or other securities of the Company. For purposes of this Section 14(b), the then current market value of a share of

39

Common Stock or other securities of the Company shall be the closing price thereof for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise, as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof or in the same manner as the closing price of a share of Common Stock shall be determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof, as the case may be.

(c) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of a Right expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Right or any fractional shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company upon exercise of a Right.

(d) Whenever a payment for fractional Rights or fractional shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company is to be made by the Rights Agent, the Company shall (i) promptly prepare and deliver to the Rights Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the facts related to such payment and the prices and/or formulas utilized in calculating such payments, and (ii) provide sufficient monies to the Rights Agent in the form of fully collected funds to make such payments. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon such a certificate and shall have no duty with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any payment for fractional Rights or fractional shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company under any
Section of this Rights Agreement relating to the payment of fractional Rights or fractional shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company unless and until the Rights Agent shall have received such a certificate and sufficient monies.

Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Rights Agreement are vested in the respective holders of record of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the holders of record of the Common Stock); and any holder of record of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), may, in his, her or its own behalf and for his, her or its own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or

40

proceeding against the Company or any other Person to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his, her or its right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Rights Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Rights Agreement and, accordingly, that they will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person subject to this Rights Agreement.

Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right by accepting the same consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will not be evidenced by a Right Certificate and will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates will be transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer with all required certifications completed;

(c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificate or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent or the transfer agent of the Common Stock) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and

(d) notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Rights Agreement by reason of any preliminary or

41

permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation; provided, however, the Company must use its best efforts to have any such order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as soon as possible.

Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder.

No holder of a Right, as such, shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends in respect of or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders, or to receive dividends or subscription rights in respect of any such stock or securities, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent.

(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the preparation, negotiation, delivery, administration, amendment and execution of this Rights Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, damage, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, cost or expense (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) incurred without gross negligence, bad faith or willful

42

misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent (which gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction) for any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance, administration, exercise and performance of its duties under this Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly. The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall be paid by the Company. The provisions of this Section 18 and Section 20 below shall survive the termination of this Rights Agreement, the exercise or expiration of the Rights and the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent.

(b) The Rights Agent shall be authorized and protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with its acceptance and administration of this Rights Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder, in reliance upon any Right Certificate, certificate for Common Stock or other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, guaranteed, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advise of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof. The Rights Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any event of which it was supposed to receive notice thereof hereunder, and the Rights Agent shall be fully protected and shall incur no liability for failing to take any action in connection therewith unless and until it has received such notice in writing.

Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.

(a) Any Person into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights

43

Agent under this Rights Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by the Rights Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Rights Agreement.

(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Rights Agreement.

Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes to perform only the duties and obligations expressly imposed by this Rights Agreement (and no implied duties) upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company or an employee of the Rights Agent), and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with such advice or opinion.

44

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Rights Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Rights Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (each as determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage. Any liability of the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement will be limited to the amount of fees paid by the Company to the Rights Agent.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Rights Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not have any liability for or be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Rights Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its

45

countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Rights Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights or any change or adjustment required under the provisions of Section 11 or 13 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice of any such adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Rights Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Rights Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and such instructions shall be full authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall not be liable for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. The Rights Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon the most recent instructions received by any such officer. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken, suffered or omitted by the

46

Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or suffered or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken, suffered or omitted.

(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, affiliate, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent or any such shareholder, affiliate, director, officer or employee from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other Person.

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself (through its directors, officers and employees) or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company or any other Person resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection and continued employment thereof (each as determined by a final, non- appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction).

(j) If, with respect to any Right Certificates surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate contained in the form of assignment or the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse thereof, as the case may be, has either not been completed or indicates an affirmative response to

47

clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

(k) No provision of this Rights Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it believes that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Rights Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock known to the Rights Agent by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent (with or without cause) upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 21, in no event shall the resignation or removal of a Rights Agent be effective until a successor Rights Agent shall have been appointed and have accepted such appointment. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the incumbent Rights Agent or the holder of record of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be (a) a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, in good standing, which is subject to supervision or

48

examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 or (b) an Affiliate of such a Person. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares of stock or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Rights Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Company may, with respect to shares of Common Stock issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereafter issued by the Company, or in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors, issue Right Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such Right Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, the

49

Company shall be advised by counsel that such issuance would create a significant risk of material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued, and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued, if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

Section 23. Redemption.

(a) The Board of Directors may, at its option, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the close of business on the tenth day following the Stock Acquisition Date, subject to extension by the Board of Directors as provided in
Section 26 hereof, or (ii) the close of business on the Final Expiration Date, cause the Company to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right, as such amount may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable after the first occurrence of any of the transactions referred to in
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof until such time as the Board of Directors' right of redemption hereunder has expired.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price, without any interest thereon. Within 10 days after the action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall give written notice of such redemption to the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all such holders at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock (with prompt written notice thereof to the Rights Agent). Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made and

50

the time for such payment. The failure to give notice required by this Section 23(b) or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the action taken by the Company.

(c) The Board of Directors may, until a Triggering Event shall have occurred, upon written notice (including notice by facsimile) to the Rights Agent, determine to waive the application of either Section 13 or Section
11(a)(ii), whichever is applicable, to a Triggering Event.

Section 24. Notice of Proposed Actions.

(a) In case the Company, after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date, shall propose (i) to effect any of the transactions referred to in Section 11(a)(i) or to pay any dividend to the holders of record of its Common Stock payable in stock of any class or to make any other distribution to the holders of record of its Common Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders of record of its Common Stock options, warrants, or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase shares of Common Stock (including any security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock) or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights, (iii) to effect any reclassification of its Common Stock or any recapitalization or reorganization of the Company, (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger with or into, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person or Persons, or (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company shall give to the Rights Agent and to each holder of record of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 25 hereof, notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purpose of such transaction referred to in
Section 11(a)(i), or such dividend or distribution, or the date on which such reclassification, recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the record date for determining participation therein by the holders of record of Common Stock, if any such

51

date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least 10 days prior to the record date for determining holders of record of the Common Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least 10 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of record of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier. The failure to give notice required by this Section 24 or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the action taken by the Company or the vote upon any such action.

(b) In case any of the transactions referred to in Section 11(a)(ii)(A) or (C) or Section 13 of this Rights Agreement are proposed after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date, then, in any such case, the Company shall give to the Rights Agent and to each holder of Rights, in accordance with Section 25 hereof, notice of the proposal of such transaction, which notice shall specify the proposed event and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii)(A) or (C) or Section 13 hereof, as the case may be, and, upon consummating such transaction, shall similarly give notice thereof to the Rights Agent and to each holder of Rights.

Section 25. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of record of any Right Certificate or Right to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) or by facsimile transmission as follows:

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. One Rollins Plaza 2200 Concord Pike 15th Floor Wilmington, DE 19803 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile No.: (302) 426-3555

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of record of any Right Certificate or Right to or on the

52

Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) or by facsimile transmission as follows:

Mellon Investor Services LLC 44 Wall Street, 6/th/ Floor New York, NY 10005 Attention: Relationship Manager Facsimile No.: (917) 320-6318

with a copy to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC 85 Challenger Road Ridgefield Park, NJ 07660 Attention: General Counsel Facsimile No.: (201) 296-4004

Notices or demands authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of record of any Right Certificate or Right shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as it appears upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the Transfer Agent.

Section 26. Supplements and Amendments. For as long as the Rights are then redeemable and except as provided in the penultimate sentence of this
Section 26, the Company may in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Rights Agent shall if the Company so directs but subject to the other provisions of this Section, supplement or amend any provision of this Rights Agreement without the approval of any holders of the Rights or the Common Stock. At any time when the Rights are not then redeemable and except as provided in the penultimate sentence of this Section 26, the Company may, and the Rights Agent shall if the Company so directs but subject to the other provisions of this Section, supplement or amend this Rights Agreement without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates in order (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or (iii) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner which the

53

Company may deem necessary or desirable, any such supplement or amendment to be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Rights Agent; provided, that no such supplement or amendment shall adversely affect the interests of the holders of Right Certificates as such (other than any Acquiring Person who became such other than pursuant to a Permitted Tender Offer or has participated in a Section 11(a)(ii) Event or an Affiliate or Associate of such an Acquiring Person); provided, further, that this Rights Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed or this Rights Agreement amended at the sole and absolute discretion of the Company at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights as such (other than any Acquiring Person who became such other than pursuant to a Permitted Tender Offer or has participated in a Section 11(a)(ii) or an Affiliate or Associate of such an Acquiring Person). Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company and, if requested by the Rights Agent, an opinion of counsel, which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 26, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, (a) no supplement or amendment shall be made which changes the Redemption Price, the Final Expiration Date or the number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right is exercisable and (b) the Rights Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any supplement or amendment that affects the Rights Agent's own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under this Rights Agreement. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock.

Section 27. Successors. All of the covenants and provisions of this Rights Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

54

Section 28. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc. For all purposes of this Rights Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Rights Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors, or the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power (i) to interpret the provisions of this Rights Agreement, and (ii) to make all determinations or calculations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Rights Agreement (including a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend the Rights Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board of Directors in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Right Certificates and all other Persons, and (y) not subject the Board of Directors to any liability to the holders of the Rights. The Rights Agent shall always be entitled to assume that the Board of Directors acted in good faith and shall be fully protected and incur no liability in reliance thereon.

Section 29. Benefits of this Rights Agreement. Nothing in this Rights Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Rights Agreement; but this Rights Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the holders of record of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock).

Section 30. Delaware Contract. This Rights Agreement and each Right Certificate issued

55

hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State; provided, however, that all provisions regarding the rights, duties and obligations of the Rights Agent shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts, made and to be performed entirely within such State.

Section 31. Counterparts. This Rights Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 32. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Rights Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

Section 33. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Rights Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

56

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Rights Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

By:  /s/ Klaus Belohoubek
     ------------------------------------
     Vice President-General Counsel
       and Secretary

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC, as Rights Agent

By:  /s/ Thomas Watt
     ------------------------------------

57

EXHIBIT A

[Form of Right Certificate]

Certificate No. ___________ Rights

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER JANUARY 1, 2012 OR EARLIER IF REDEEMED. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, AT $0.01 PER RIGHT (SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT) ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. IN THE EVENT THAT THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ISSUED TO A PERSON WHO IS AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN ASSOCIATE OR AFFILIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR A TRANSFEREE OF THE RIGHTS PREVIOUSLY OWNED BY SUCH PERSONS, THIS RIGHT CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION
11(a)(ii) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.

Right Certificate

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

This certifies that , or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of January 2, 2002 ("Rights Agreement"), between DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Company"), and Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company ("Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on January 1, 2012 at the office of the Rights Agent, or its successors as Rights Agent, in New York, New York, one fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share ("Common Stock"), of the Company, at a purchase price of $200.00, as the same may from time to time be adjusted in accordance with the Rights Agreement ("Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed.

As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of shares of Common Stock which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are

58

subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events and, upon the happening of certain events, securities other than shares of Common Stock, or other property, may be acquired upon exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, as provided by the Rights Agreement.

This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of record of this Right Certificate. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive office of the Company.

This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder of record to purchase a like aggregate number of shares of Common Stock as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender hereof, another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate may be redeemed by the Company by the action of the Board of Directors at its option at a redemption price of $0.01 per Right at any time prior to the earlier of the close of business on (i) the tenth day following the Stock Acquisition Date (as such time period may be extended pursuant to the Rights Agreement) and (ii) the Final Expiration Date.

No fractional shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company are required to be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby, and in lieu thereof, as provided in the Rights Agreement, a cash payment will be made.

59

No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Common Stock or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of ________________ ____, 20___.

ATTEST:                                         DOVER DOWNS GAMING &
                                                ENTERTAINMENT, INC.


______________________________                  By:______________________
Name:                                           Name:

Secretary Title:

Countersigned:

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC,
as Rights Agent

By:___________________________
Authorized signature

60

[Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate]

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer this Right Certificate.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED _____________________________hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto______________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________(Please print name and address of transferee)

Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________________ Attorney to transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:_________________ _______, 20______


Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Certificate

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate [ ] are [ ] are not being sold, assigned and transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement); and

61

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, I, we or it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate from any Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any transferee of such Persons.

Dated: _____________________ ___________, 20________ __________________ Signature Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

NOTICE

The signature to the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, must correspond to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

In the event the certification set forth in the Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, the Company and the Rights Agent will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if registered holder desires to exercise the Right Certificate.)

TO: DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ______________________________________ Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such share(s) be issued in the name:

62

______________________________________________________ (Please print name and address)

Please insert social security
or other tax identifying number


If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

______________________________________________________ (Please print name and address)

Please insert social security
or other tax identifying number


Dated: ______________ ____, 20_______


Signature (Signature must conform in all respects to name/s of holder/s as specified on the face of this Right Certificate)

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:

(1) the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate [ ] are [ ] are not being exercised by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement); and

(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, I, we or it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate from any Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any transferee of such Persons.

63

Dated: _________________ _________ , 20______ _______________________ Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

64

EXHIBIT 10.1

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

2002 Stock Option Plan

1. Purpose. The 2002 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is intended to advance the best interests of Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. (the "Company") by providing its employees and the employees of its subsidiaries with additional incentive and by increasing their proprietary interest in the success of the Company and its subsidiary corporations.

2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Committee"). The Committee shall consist of two or more Directors of the Company. Meetings shall be held at such time and place as shall be determined by the Committee. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of those members present at any meeting shall decide any questions brought before that meeting. In addition, the Committee may take any action otherwise proper under the Plan by the unanimous written consent of its members. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act or omission of any other member of the Committee or for any act or omission of such member, including, but not limited to, the exercise of any power or discretion under the Plan, except those resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct. All questions of interpretation and application of the Plan, or of options granted hereunder (the "Options"), shall be subject to the determination, which shall be final and binding, of a majority of the whole Committee.

3. Option Shares. The stock subject to the Options and other provisions of the Plan shall be shares of the Company's Common Stock, $0.10 par value (the "Stock"). The total amount of the Stock with respect to which Options may be granted shall not exceed in the aggregate 1,500,000 shares; provided, however, that the class and aggregate number of shares which may be subject to Options granted hereunder shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 16 hereof. Such shares may be treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares. In the event that any outstanding Option for any reason shall expire, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option may again be subject to an Option under the Plan.

4. Termination of Plan. The Plan shall terminate on January 14, 2012; provided, however, that the Board of Directors of the Company within its absolute discretion may terminate the Plan at any time. No such termination, other than as provided for in Section 16 hereof, shall in any way affect any Option then outstanding.

5. Authority to Grant Options. The Committee may grant from time to time to such eligible individuals (the "Participants") as it shall from time to time determine an Option, or Options, to buy a stated number of shares of Stock under the terms and conditions of the Plan. Subject only to any applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Option shall be as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall determine whether an Option shall be an "incentive stock option" qualified under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the "Code"), or a "non-qualified stock option" (that is, any Option which is not considered an incentive stock option). The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as provided in Section 7 of the Plan) of the Stock with respect to which incentive stock options are granted hereunder which are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any calendar year (under all the stock option plans maintained by the Company and subsidiary corporations) shall not exceed $100,000 in accordance with Section 422 of the Code (or such greater or lesser dollar amount as may be in effect under the Code on the date of grant). No Option shall be granted under the Plan after ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted.

1

6. Eligibility. Participants shall be employees of the Company, or of any subsidiary corporation, as the Committee shall determine from time to time; provided, however, that no employee owning more than ten percent (10%) of the stock of the Company at the time an Option is granted shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. For all purposes of the Plan, the term "subsidiary corporation" shall mean any corporation of which the Company is the "parent corporation" as that term is defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

7. Option Price. The price at which shares may be purchased pursuant to an Option (the "Option Price") shall be not less than the fair market value of the shares of Stock on the date the Option is granted, and the Committee in its discretion may provide that the Option Price shall be more than such fair market value. The "fair market value" of the Stock shall be the closing price of the Stock on the New York Stock Exchange as reported in The Wall Street Journal for the trading day on which the Option is granted, or if the Option is not granted on a trading day, then such fair market value shall be determined on the trading day before the Option is granted.

8. Duration of Options. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option is granted; and the Committee in its discretion may provide that an Option shall be exercisable throughout such ten-year period or during any lesser period of time commencing on or after the date of grant of the Option and ending upon or before the expiration of such ten-year period.

9. Amount Exercisable. Each Option may be exercised, so long as it is valid and outstanding, from time to time in part or as a whole, subject to any limitations with respect to the number of shares for which the Option may be exercised at a particular time and to such other conditions as the Committee in its discretion may specify upon granting the Option.

10. Exercise of Options. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of written notice to the Company setting forth the number of shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised and specifying the address to which the certificates for such shares are to be mailed, accompanied by provision for full payment for the Shares. The Option Price shall be payable in cash or its equivalent or if permitted by the terms of the Award Agreement (a) by tendering previously acquired shares of Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price (provided that the shares of Stock which are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least twelve (12) months prior to their tender to satisfy the Option Price), (b) by broker-assisted cashless exercise (provided that any shares of Stock which are sold in connection with any broker-assisted cashless exercise must have been held by the Participant for at least twelve (12) months if such shares were previously acquired by exercise of an option) or (c) by a combination of any of the foregoing. Notice may be delivered in person to a member of the Committee, or the Secretary of the Company, or may be sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, to a member of the Committee, or the Secretary of the Company, in which case delivery shall be deemed made on the date such notice is deposited in the mail. As promptly as practicable after receipt of such written notification and payment, the Company shall deliver to the Participant certificates for the number of shares with respect to which such Option has been so exercised, issued in the Participant's name; provided, however, that such delivery shall be deemed effected for all purposes when a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have deposited such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the Participant, at the address specified pursuant to this Section 10.

11. Transferability of Options. Options shall not be transferable by a Participant other than by will or under the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable only by the Participant during such Participant's lifetime. In the event of (a) any attempt by the Participant to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option, except as provided for herein, or (b) the levy of any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interest conferred by an Option, the Company may terminate the Option

2

by notice to the Participant and it shall thereupon become null and void.

12. Certain Option Terminations. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided herein, Options shall terminate on such date as shall be selected by the Committee in its discretion and specified in the Award Agreement, but not in excess of one day less than three months following severance of the employment relationship between the Company or its subsidiary corporation and the Participant for any reason, for or without cause. For purposes of termination of an Option, if a Participant is an employee of a subsidiary of the Company, the aforementioned employment relationship shall be deemed severed at such time as the subsidiary ceases for any reason to be a subsidiary of the Company under
Section 6 hereto whether or not the employee continues in the employ of the subsidiary. Whether authorized leave of absence, or absence on military or government service, shall constitute severance of the employment relationship between the Company or its subsidiary corporation and the Participant shall be determined by the Committee at the time thereof. If, before the date of expiration of the Option, the Participant shall be retired in good standing from the employ of the Company for reasons of age or disability under the then established rules of the Company, the Option shall terminate on the earlier of such date of expiration or one day less than three months after the date of such retirement. In the event of such retirement, the Participant shall have the right prior to the termination of such Option to exercise the Option to the extent to which the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option immediately prior to such retirement. After the death of the Participant, the Participant's executors, administrators, or any person or persons to whom an Option may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, shall have the right, at any time prior to the earlier of the date of expiration or one year following the date of such death, to exercise the Option, in whole or in part (without regard to any limitations set forth in or imposed pursuant to Section 9 hereof).

13. Requirements of Law. The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares under an Option if the issuance of such shares constitute a violation by the Participant or the Company of any provisions of any law or regulation of any governmental authority. In addition, in connection with the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or hereafter amended), upon exercise of any Option, the Company shall not be required to issue such shares unless the Committee has received evidence satisfactory to it to the effect that the holder of such Option will not transfer such shares except pursuant to a registration statement in effect under such Act or unless an opinion of counsel to the Company has been received by the Company to the effect that such registration is not required. Any determination in this connection by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. In the event the shares issuable on exercise of an Option are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company may imprint the following legend or any other legend which counsel for the Company considers necessary or advisable to comply with the Securities Act of 1933:

"The shares of stock represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the securities laws of any State and may not be sold or transferred except upon such registration or upon receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that registration is not required for such sale or transfer."

The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (as now in effect or as hereafter amended); and in the event any shares are so registered the Company may remove any legend on certificates representing such shares. The Company shall not be obligated to take any other affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of an Option or the issuance of shares pursuant thereto to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority. The Company may contractually provide in any Award Agreement for a holding period prior to the sale or disposition of shares of Stock acquired under an Option.

3

14. No Rights as Shareholder. No Participant shall have rights as a shareholder with respect to shares covered by an Option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate for such shares; and, except as otherwise provided in Section 16 hereof, no adjustment for dividends, or otherwise, shall be made if the record date thereof is prior to the date of issuance of such certificate.

15. Employment Obligation. The granting of any Option shall not impose upon the Company any obligation to employ or continue to employ any Participant; and the right of the Company to terminate the employment of any Participant shall not be dismissed or affected by reason of the fact that an Option has been granted.

16. Changes in the Company's Capital Structure. The existence of outstanding Options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its shareholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company's capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

If the Company shall effect a subdivision or consolidation of shares or other capital readjustment, the payment of a stock dividend, or other increase or reduction of the number of shares of the Stock outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then (a) the number, class, and per share price of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options hereunder shall be appropriately adjusted in such a manner as to entitle a Participant to receive upon exercise of any Option, for the same aggregate cash consideration, the same total number and class of shares as would have been received had the Option been exercised in full immediately prior to the event requiring the adjustment; and (b) the number and class of shares then reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be adjusted by substituting for the total number and class of shares of Stock then reserved that number and class of shares of Stock that would have been received by the owner of an equal number of outstanding shares of each class of Stock as the result of the event requiring the adjustment.

After a merger of one or more corporations into the Company, or after a consolidation of the Company and one or more corporations in which the Company shall be the surviving corporation, each holder of an outstanding Option shall, at no additional cost, be entitled upon exercise of such Option to receive (subject to any required action by shareholders) in lieu of the number and class of shares as to which such Option would have been so exercisable in the absence of such event, the number and class of shares of Stock or other securities to which such holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement of merger or consolidation if, immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, such holder had been the holder of record of the number and class of shares of Stock equal to the number and class of shares as to which such Option shall be so exercised.

If the Company is merged into or consolidated with another corporation under circumstances where the Company is not the surviving corporation, or if the Company is liquidated, or sells or otherwise disposes of substantially all of its assets to another corporation while unexercised Options remain outstanding under the Plan, (i) subject to the provisions of clause (iii) below, after the effective date of such merger, consolidation or sale, as the case may be, each holder of an outstanding Option shall be entitled, upon exercise of such Option, to receive, in lieu of shares of the Stock, shares of such stock or other securities as the holders of shares of such class of Stock received pursuant to the terms of the merger, consolidation or sale; (ii) the Board of Directors may waive any limitations set forth in or imposed pursuant to Section 9 hereof so that all Options, from and after a date prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale, as the case may be, specified by the Board, shall be exercisable in full; and (iii) all outstanding Options may be

4

canceled by the Board of Directors as of the effective date of any such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale provided that (x) notice of such cancellation shall be given to each holder of an Option and (y) each holder of an Option shall have the right to exercise such Option in full (without regard to any limitations set forth in or imposed pursuant to Section 9 hereof) during a 30- day period preceding the effective date of such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale.

Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, the issue by the Company of shares of Stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, class or price of shares of Stock then subject to outstanding Options.

17. Amendment or Termination of Plan. The Board of Directors may modify, revise or terminate this Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that without the further approval of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Stock, the Board may not increase the aggregate number of shares which may be issued under Options pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and that any amendment, modification, revision or termination shall not effect any outstanding Options.

18. Written Agreement. Each Option granted hereunder shall be embodied in a written option agreement (the "Award Agreement"), which shall be subject to the terms and conditions prescribed above and shall be signed by the Participant and by the President or any Executive Officer of the Company for and in the name and on behalf of the Company. The Award Agreement shall contain such other terms, conditions or limitations as the Committee in its discretion shall deem advisable.

19. Indemnification of Committee. The Company shall indemnify each present and future member of the Committee against, and each member of the Committee shall be entitled without further action to indemnity from the Company for, all expenses (including the amount of judgments and the amount of approved settlements made with a view to the curtailment of costs of litigation, other than amounts paid to the Company itself) reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which such member may be involved by reason of being or having been a member of the Committee, whether or not such member continues to be a member of the Committee at the time of incurring such expenses; provided, however, that such indemnity shall not include any expenses incurred by any such member of the Committee (a) in respect of matters as to which such member shall be finally adjudged in any such action, suit or proceeding to have been guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such member's duty as a member of the Committee, or (b) in respect of any matter in which any settlement is effected, to any amount in excess of the amount approved by the Company on the advice of its legal counsel; and provided further, that no right of indemnification under the provisions set forth herein shall be available to or enforceable by any such member of the Committee unless, within sixty (60) days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, such member shall have offered the Company, in writing, the opportunity to handle and defend same at its own expense. The foregoing right of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or administrators of each such member of the Committee and shall be in addition to all other rights to which such member of the Committee may be entitled as a matter of law, contract, or otherwise.

20. Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount (including any shares of Stock withheld as provided herein) sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local taxes (including the Participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to an Option or its exercise. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by tendering shares of Stock

5

held by the Participant at least twelve (12) months prior to their tender or by having the Company withhold shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value on the effective date of exercise equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed on the transaction. Any such election shall be irrevocable, made in writing and signed by the Participant.

21. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective and shall be deemed to have been adopted on January 15, 2002.

22. Severability. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

23. Requirements of Law. The granting of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

24. Governing Law. To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

6

EXHIBIT 10.2

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made as of the 15th day of Janaury 2002 by and between Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("DVD") and Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Gaming & Entertainment").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Dover Downs, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Slots") is a wholly-owned subsidiary of DVD and a member of a Controlled Group (as hereinafter defined) that includes DVD;

WHEREAS, DVD has formed Gaming & Entertainment as a wholly-owned subsidiary of DVD and the board of directors of DVD has approved the transfer, as a capital contribution, of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Slots to Gaming & Entertainment, followed by the distribution of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Gaming & Entertainment to the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of DVD ("the Spinoff");

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which Gaming & Entertainment and/or Slots shall provide various employee benefits to those Employees (as hereinafter defined) who remain employed by Slots on the Spinoff Date or who become employed by Gaming & Entertainment on the Spinoff Date or who thereafter become employed by Slots, Gaming & Entertainment or any subsidiary of Gaming & Entertainment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 GENERAL. As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms defined immediately after their use shall have the respective meanings thereby provided, and the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Action: any demand, action or cause of action, claim, suit, arbitration, inquiry, subpoena, discovery request, proceeding or investigation by or before any court or grand jury, any governmental or other regulatory or administrative agency or commission or any arbitration tribunal related to, arising out of or resulting from any employee liability.

Affiliate: with respect to any specified person, a person who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control


with, such specified person; provided, that DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall be deemed not to be Affiliates of each other for purposes of this Agreement.

Code: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended or recodified from time to time.

Controlled Group: two or more business entities affiliated within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) and/or 414(o).

Dual Employee: An Employee of DVD immediately prior to the Spinoff Date who, on or after the Spinoff Date, becomes an Employee of Games and Entertainment while remaining an Employee of DVD or Slots.

Employee Benefit Plans: (i) any severance, disability, cafeteria, bonus, stock option, stock appreciation, stock purchase, deferred compensation, or similar types of plans, agreements, policies or arrangements that currently are established, maintained or contributed to by DVD or Slots for the benefit of any former or present employees or their beneficiaries, dependents or spouses, and (ii) any employee welfare and employee pension benefit plans (as such terms are defined in Section 3(l) and 3(2), respectively, of ERISA) which are applicable to former or present Employees or their beneficiaries, dependents or spouses, and that currently are established, maintained or contributed to by DVD or Slots.

Employee/labor Law: any federal, state, local or municipal law (including common law), statute, ordinance, regulation, order, decree, judgment, decision, ruling, permit or authorization (each as may be in effect, applicable and binding, from time to time) relating or applicable to the work place or to the employer/employee relationship including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating or applicable to wage and hour claims, collective bargaining and labor laws, ERISA-governed employee benefit and welfare plans, federal, state and local tax withholding and payment rules and regulations, workers' compensation and similar laws, accrued vacation statutes, and sexual harassment and anti-discrimination laws.

Employee Liability: any and all debts, charges, liabilities, warranties and obligations (of any nature or type whatsoever regardless of when arising), whether accrued, contingent or reflected on a balance sheet including, without limitation, liability for administrative, civil or criminal penalties or forfeitures, and attorneys' fees or other costs of defending an Action or a claim of Employee Liability under any Employee/Labor Law.

Employees: Employees of Slots, Gaming & Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries on and after the Spinoff Date.

ERISA: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Spinoff Date: The date the Spinoff is effective.

1.2 OTHER DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement Regarding Distribution and

2

Plan of Reorganization of even date herewith by and between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment.

ARTICLE 2

EMPLOYEES

2.1 CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT. (a) Nothing in this Agreement shall require either Gaming & Entertainment or Slots to employ any person on or after the Spinoff Date; and (b) nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to prohibit or otherwise restrict Gaming & Entertainment or Slots from terminating the employment of any Employee, or from changing the salary or wage range, grade level or location of employment of any Employee, in accordance with their respective personnel policies and procedures following the Spinoff Date. Without limiting the generality of Section 5.9 hereof, no Employee or other person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary under this Agreement.

2.2 CERTAIN PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. Effective as of the Spinoff Date, to the extent (if any) required by applicable law, Gaming & Entertainment and/or Slots will assume DVD's obligation to comply with any garnishment order applicable to any Employee. Furthermore, if an Employee has any outstanding liability or obligation to DVD (for example, salary advances) which existed on the Spinoff Date, which has resulted in a special payroll deduction for such Employee, then, to the extent permitted under applicable law, Gaming & Entertainment and/or Slots will withhold such amounts for DVD's benefit from the Employee's compensation earned subsequent to the Spinoff Date. DVD will provide the special payroll deduction information or garnishment information at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date Gaming & Entertainment and/or Slots assumes payroll-processing responsibility for an Employee.

ARTICLE 3

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

3.1 WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS. DVD maintains various welfare benefits plans (as defined by Section 3(l) of ERISA). As of the date of the Spinoff, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, Gaming & Entertainment shall establish its own welfare benefits plans so that following the Spinoff, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will each continue to sponsor their own separate welfare benefit plans, including medical and life insurance and disability benefits. With respect to Dual Employees, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will determine which welfare benefit plans these employees will be permitted to participate in.

3.2 VACATION, HOLIDAY, SICK LEAVE AND SHORT-TERM DISABILITY POLICIES. Gaming & Entertainment shall credit all Employees (other than Dual Employees) for any accrued vacation, holiday and sick leave earned but not taken by such Employees with respect to their employment with DVD and/or Slots in the current year through the Spinoff Date; and Gaming & Entertainment shall be solely responsible for payment of such vacation, holiday and sick leave, and shall indemnify DVD and its Affiliates with respect to any

3

liability therefore. Any vacation, holiday or sick leave with respect to service on and after the Spinoff Date shall be credited in accordance with the vacation, holiday or sick leave policies adopted or maintained by Gaming & Entertainment effective on and after the Spinoff Date. If an Employee who transferred employment to Gaming & Entertainment is, on the Spinoff Date, on short-term disability or other approved leave of absence, Gaming & Entertainment shall assume responsibility for the payment of all benefits associated with such short-term disability or other approved leave of absence (including without limitation rights under the federal Family and Medical Leave Act) with respect to periods of time on and after the Spinoff Date and shall indemnify DVD and its Affiliates with respect to any liability therefore; provided that Gaming & Entertainment shall not provide lesser benefits than had been provided by DVD to such Employee with respect to any short-term disability or approved leave of absence existing at the Spinoff Date.

3.3 DVD PENSION PLAN.

(a) Effective for service on and after the Spinoff Date, Gaming & Entertainment shall establish its own defined benefit Pension Plan (the "Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan"), the benefit formula under which shall be substantially similar to that under the DVD Pension Plan. The foregoing sentence shall not be construed to limit the ability of Gaming & Entertainment in the future to amend or terminate its Pension Plan. Such Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan shall afford credit for eligibility and vesting purposes for service prior to the Spinoff Date with DVD and/or Slots as if such service were service with Gaming & Entertainment. Gaming & Entertainment will promptly submit the Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan to the Internal Revenue Service for a determination of its tax-exempt status.

(b) As soon as practicable following the Spinoff Date and the establishment of the Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan in such form as will, in the opinion of counsel to DVD, be qualified under section 401(a) of the Code, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will provide for the transfer of plan assets and the transfer of liabilities, with respect to Former DVD or Slots employees (other than Dual Employees) who will, immediately after the Spinoff Date, become Gaming & Entertainment Employees, from the DVD Pension Plan to the Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan. The amount of assets to be so transferred shall be determined as of the Spinoff Date by the actuary of the DVD Pension Plan consistent with the requirements of Section 414(l) of the Code and the regulations thereunder relating to spinoffs and mergers (the "Transfer Amount"). The Transfer Amount shall be adjusted by an agreed upon interest for the period from the Spinoff Date to the actual date of transfer.

(c) No transfer of assets and liabilities from the DVD Pension Plan shall take place with respect to Dual Employees. Each such Dual Employee will retain his or her benefit under the DVD Pension Plan (and be able to accrue additional benefits thereunder after the Spinoff Date with respect to his or her continuing service and compensation as a DVD Employee), and be eligible to accrue benefits under the Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan with respect to service and compensation as a Gaming & Entertainment Employee.

(d) Any administrative, legal and actuarial work necessary for the transfer of assets and liabilities from the DVD Pension Plan shall be provided and paid for by DVD and any

4

administrative, legal and actuarial work necessary for the establishment of the Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan, and the submission of the Gaming & Entertainment Pension Plan to the Internal Revenue Service for the determination of its tax-exempt status, shall be provided and paid for by Gaming & Entertainment.

3.4 DVD 401(K) PLAN.

(a) Effective for service on and after the Spinoff Date, Gaming & Entertainment shall establish its own 401(k) Plan (the "Gaming and Entertainment
401(k) Plan), the contribution formula under which shall be substantially similar to that under the DVD 401(k) Plan. The foregoing sentence shall not be construed to limit the ability of Gaming & Entertainment in the future to amend or terminate its 401(k) Plan. Such Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan shall afford credit for eligibility and vesting purposes for service prior to the Spinoff Date with DVD or Slots as if such service were service with Gaming & Entertainment. Gaming & Entertainment will promptly submit the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan to the Internal Revenue Service for a determination of its tax exempt status.

(b) As soon as practicable following the Spinoff Date and the establishment of the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan in such form as will, in the opinion of counsel to DVD, be tax-qualified under sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment will provide for the transfer of accounts of former DVD and Slots employees (but not Dual Employees) who will, immediately after the Spinoff Date, become employees of Gaming & Entertainment, from the DVD 401(k) Plan to the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan. The amounts so transferred shall equal the fair market value of each transferred participant's DVD 401(k) Plan account as of the valuation date immediately preceding the date of transfer ("transfer date"), which account shall be treated as fully vested as of the transfer date, and shall be adjusted to reflect any contributions, distributions, in-service withdrawals or participant loans contributed or received by the participant during the period between transfer date and the valuation date immediately preceding the transfer date. Assets shall be transferred entirely in (a) cash or other assets acceptable to the Gaming & Entertainment Plan's trustee and (b) notes which represent the participant loans of individuals whose DVD 401(k) Plan accounts are being transferred.

(c) To the extent the investment options under the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan are the same as under the DVD 401(k) Plan, the accounts of participants described in subsection (b) will be transferred to and held in those same investment options under the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan. To the extent that investment options are different, participants' accounts will be either mapped into comparable investment options under the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan, or participants will be afforded the opportunity to choose the investment options into which their DVD 401(k) Plan account will be transferred, all as determined by the Plan administrator of the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan.

(d) No transfer of account balances from the DVD 401(k) Plan shall take place with respect to Dual Employees. Each such Dual Employee will retain his or her account under the DVD 401(k) Plan and be able to continue to participate therein on and after the Spinoff Date with respect to his or her compensation as a DVD employee, and be eligible to participate, on

5

and after the Spinoff Date, in the Gaming & Entertainment 401(k) Plan with respect to compensation as a Gaming & Entertainment Employee.

(e) Any administrative and legal work necessary for the transfer shall be provided by DVD and any administrative and legal work necessary for the establishment of the Gaming & Entertainment 401(K) Plan shall be provided by Gaming & Entertainment.

3.5 SEVERANCE LIABILITIES. Gaming & Entertainment acknowledges that the transactions contemplated by the Spinoff will not result in DVD being or becoming liable for any severance pay to any Employee and Gaming & Entertainment shall indemnify DVD in respect thereof.

3.6 2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN.

(a) On or before the Spinoff Date, Gaming & Entertainment shall adopt the Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plan in a form substantially similar to the DVD Employees Stock Incentive Plan (the "Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Plan").

(b) Following the completion of the Spinoff, Gaming & Entertainment Employees who are not also employees of DVD and have outstanding DVD options immediately prior to the effective date of the Spinoff will receive replacement options of Gaming & Entertainment under the Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Plan equivalent in value to the DVD stock options at such time as follows:

Each Employee of Gaming & Entertainment with outstanding DVD options will be granted replacement Gaming & Entertainment options with the exercise price determined by multiplying the Average Percentage (as defined below) times the original exercise price, and the number of shares subject to such replacement grant determined by dividing the number of shares subject to options currently held by the Average Percentage. "Average Percentage" shall mean Gaming & Entertainment's opening stock price on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") multiplied by .7, or if the Gaming & Entertainment common stock is not traded on the NYSE, such other exchange or quotation system on which it is traded, on the first trading day after the effective date of the Spinoff divided by the sum of
(i) the stock price of DVD and (ii) the stock price of Gaming & Entertainment multiplied by .7, in each case on the first trading day after the effective date of the Spinoff.

(c) Each Dual Employee who holds outstanding DVD options will receive replacement grants for a certain number of such outstanding options under the Gaming & Entertainment 2002 Plan equivalent in value to the options surrendered for cancellation to DVD pursuant to the terms set forth in a Cancellation Agreement entered into by such Dual Employee and DVD. The number of DVD options to be surrendered in exchange for Gaming & Entertainment options shall be calculated by multiplying the number of such employees' DVD options by the Average Percentage defined in Section 3.6 (b) above.

6

ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION

4.1 INDEMNIFICATION. In addition to the indemnity obligations set forth in Section 3.2 hereof, Gaming & Entertainment and/or Slots agree to indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold harmless DVD and its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of DVD and its Affiliates (each, a "DVD Indemnified Party"), from and against any and all Actions, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and reasonable expenses including, without limitation, interest, penalties, fines, excise taxes and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, asserted against or imposed upon or incurred by any DVD Indemnified Party which result from, arise out of or are related to any failure by Gaming & Entertainment and/or Slots to comply with the terms of this Employee Benefits Agreement. DVD agrees to indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold harmless Gaming & Entertainment and its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of said companies (each, a "Gaming & Entertainment Indemnified Party"), from and against any and all Actions, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and reasonable expenses including, without limitation, interest, penalties, fines, excise taxes and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, asserted against or imposed upon or incurred by any Gaming & Entertainment Indemnified Party which result from, arise out of or are related to any failure on the part of DVD to comply with the terms of this Employee Benefits Agreement.

4.2 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION. In the event any action, suit or proceeding is brought pursuant to this Article 4 or Section 3.2 hereof, the parties shall comply with and be subject to the indemnification procedures set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 BINDING AGREEMENT. This Agreement is binding upon and is for the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

5.2 ASSIGNMENT. No party to this Agreement shall convey, assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the express written consent of the other party hereto in its sole and absolute discretion. No assignment of this Agreement shall relieve the assigning party of its obligations hereunder.

5.3 NOTICES. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be made pursuant to the notice provisions set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

5.4 NO WAIVER. No delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege operate as a waiver of any other right, power or

7

privilege hereunder, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the parties hereto may otherwise have at law or in equity.

5.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement, and the agreements and other documents referred to herein, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all prior agreements, understandings, statements or representations, oral or in writing, of the parties relating thereto. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by written agreement of the parties. In addition to the foregoing, any amendment to this Agreement must, in the case of each of Gaming & Entertainment, DVD, and Slots, be approved by one of their respective elected officers, with their respective execution of such amendment to evidence conclusively such approval.

5.6 SHARING OF INFORMATION. DVD and Gaming & Entertainment recognize that each of them will require certain information regarding employees of the other company or its subsidiaries, including without limitation information regarding past service and compensation information used to determine accrued benefits. Each agrees to provide the information requested by the other in good faith, and on a reasonably prompt basis.

5.7 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.

5.8 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws) as to all matters including, without limitation, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

5.9 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties and is not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder.

5.10 LEGAL ENFORCEABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. Any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

5.11 INTERPRETATION. The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The parties have made a good faith effort in this Agreement to provide for those issues involving employee benefits in the transaction which can be reasonably foreseen. The parties acknowledge that other

8

such issues may arise, and they agree to work in good faith to resolve any differences which may arise.

5.12 DISPUTES. Any disputes between the parties based upon, related to, or arising in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Section 13.10 of the Distribution Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.

By: /s/ Denis McGlynn
   -----------------------------------
Name: Denis McGlynn
Its: President

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.

By: /s/ Denis McGlynn
   -----------------------------------
Name: Denis McGlynn
Its: President

9

EXHIBIT 10.3

TRANSITION SUPPORT SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT for the performance of certain corporate services is executed and made effective as of January 15, 2002, by and between DOVER DOWNS ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("DVD"), and DOVER DOWN GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Gaming & Entertainment").

WHEREAS, DVD, through its ownership of all of the issued and outstanding common stock (the "Stock") of Dover Downs, Inc. ("Slots"), participates in the business of gaming operations; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of DVD has determined that it would be advisable and in the best interests of DVD and its shareholders for DVD to contribute all of the Stock and any other related assets and liabilities relating to gaming operations (the "Business") to Gaming & Entertainment in exchange for Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A Common Stock and thereafter to distribute all of the outstanding shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A Common Stock on a pro rata basis to the holders of DVD's common stock and Class A Common Stock (the "Distribution") pursuant to an Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of the date hereof, between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment (the "Distribution Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the parties intend that the transactions described herein will be effective at the Effective Time (as defined in the Distribution Agreement); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto deem it to be appropriate and in the best interests of the parties that they provide certain services to each other on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Description of Services.

(a) Gaming & Entertainment shall, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, provide DVD with certain services of a financial, administrative and/or advisory nature, on terms to be agreed upon by DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, and render such other specific services as DVD may from time to time reasonably request in writing, subject to Gaming & Entertainment's sole discretion and its being in a position to supply such services at the time of such request.

(b) DVD shall, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, provide DVD with such services as DVD may from time to time reasonably request in writing, subject to DVD's sole discretion and its being in a position to supply such services at the time of the request.

Each of DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to transition from using the services provided by the other under this Agreement on or prior to the termination of the original term for the provision of such services (as provided in Section 7 below).

1

2. Consideration for Services. Gaming & Entertainment shall pay DVD for the services provided hereunder and DVD shall pay Gaming & Entertainment for all the services provided hereunder at rates agreed to by the parties hereunder.

3. Terms of Payment. Within ten (10) business days after the end of each month during the term of this Agreement, DVD will submit a written invoice to Gaming & Entertainment and Gaming & Entertainment will submit a written invoice to DVD for service fees for the immediately preceding month together with an accounting of the charges for the immediately preceding month's services. Within thirty (30) business days after the receipt of such invoices, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, will remit payment of the full amount of such invoices to the other in the manner provided below. Interest shall accrue at the Prime Rate (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) on any amounts not received by the party providing the service hereunder within thirty (30) days after receipt by the other of the invoice. The amount of any monthly service fee shall be prorated to correspond with the portion of a given month for which services were actually rendered.

4. Method of Payment. All amounts payable by Gaming & Entertainment and DVD for the services rendered by the other pursuant to this Agreement shall be remitted to DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, in United States dollars in the form of a check or wire transfer.

5. WARRANTIES. THIS IS A SERVICE AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OR GUARANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

6. Liability; Indemnification; Dispute Resolution.

(a) In no event shall either DVD or Gaming & Entertainment have any liability, whether based on contract, tort (including, without limitation, negligence), warranty or any other legal or equitable grounds, for any punitive, consequential, special, indirect or incidental loss or damage suffered by the other arising from or related to this Agreement, including without limitation, loss of data, profits, interest or revenue, or interruption of business, even if the party providing the services hereunder is advised of the possibility of such losses or damages.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 6(a) above shall not apply to liabilities which may arise as the result of willful misconduct or gross negligence of the party providing the services hereunder.

(c) Effective as of the date of this Agreement, Gaming & Entertainment shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless DVD and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the "DVD Indemnitees") from and against any and all damage, loss, liability and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses in connection with any and all actions or threatened actions) ("Indemnifiable Losses") incurred or suffered by any of the DVD Indemnitees arising from, related to or associated with (i) DVD's furnishing or failure to furnish the services provided for in this Agreement, other than liabilities arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the DVD Indemnitees and (ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Gaming & Entertainment

2

in furnishing or failing to furnish the services to be provided by Gaming & Entertainment in this Agreement, provided however, in no event shall Gaming & Entertainment be obligated to indemnify the DVD Indemnitees (taken together) under this Section 6(c) for Indemnifiable Losses arising out of Gaming & Entertainment's gross negligence in an amount in excess of three times the service fee charged for the category of service related to the Indemnifiable Loss in the month in which the act or failure to act by Gaming & Entertainment that gave rise to such Indemnifiable Loss occurs.

(d) Effective as of the date of this Agreement, DVD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Gaming & Entertainment and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the "Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees") from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees arising from, related to or associated with (i) Gaming & Entertainment's furnishing or failure to furnish the services provided for in this Agreement, other than liabilities arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees, and (ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of DVD in furnishing or failing to furnish the services to be provided by DVD to Gaming & Entertainment in this Agreement, provided however, in no event shall DVD be obligated to indemnify the Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees (taken together) under this Section 6(d) for Indemnifiable Losses arising out of DVD's gross negligence in an amount in excess of three times the service fee charged for the category of service related to the Indemnifiable Loss in the month in which the act or failure to act by DVD that gave rise to such Indemnifiable Loss occurs.

(e) To the extent any advisory services provided by one party to the other shall be deemed to constitute legal advice, the parties may enter into a separate agreement to preserve attorney-client privilege, waive conflicts and limit the liability of the party providing such services.

(f) Any disputes arising under this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 13.10 (Disputes) of the Distribution Agreement.

7. Termination.

(a) After the first anniversary date of this Agreement, each category of service provided under this Agreement shall terminate ninety (90) days after the request of the party receiving the service.

(b) After the first anniversary date of this Agreement, each category of service provided under this Agreement shall terminate one hundred and eighty
(180) days after the request of the party providing the service.

(c) Notwithstanding Sections 7(a) and 7(b) above, this Agreement may be terminated in its entirety (or any particular category of service may be terminated) in accordance with the following:

(i) Upon written agreement of the parties;

(ii) By either party for material breach hereof by the other if the breach is not cured within thirty (30) calendar days after written notice of breach is delivered to the breaching party; or

3

(iii) By either party, upon written notice to the other if the other shall become insolvent or shall make an assignment of substantially all of its assets for the benefit of creditors, or shall be placed in receivership, reorganization, liquidation or bankruptcy.

(iv) By either party upon a "change-in-control" of the other party. For these purposes "change-in-control" shall be defined as the earliest of the following to occur: (a) the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of a party entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Outstanding Voting Securities"); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by a party or any corporation controlled by such party or (ii) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction described in clauses
(i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) below; or (b) the effective date of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of a party (a "Business Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns a party through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) no person (excluding any employee benefit plan or related trust of a party or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such party except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the incumbent board of a party at the time of the initial action taken by such party to provide for such Business Combination.

(d) Upon any termination pursuant to Sections 7(b) and 7(c) above, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall be compensated for all services performed to the date of termination in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and DVD and Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, will consider hiring certain employees of the other identified by the other prior to the termination to the extent that DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, does not contract with third parties to provide the services rendered by DVD or Gaming & Entertainment pursuant to this Agreement.

8. General.

(a) Force Majeure. Any delays in or failure of performance by DVD or Gaming & Entertainment shall not constitute a default hereunder if and to the extent such delay or failure of performance is caused by occurrences beyond the reasonable control of DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, including, but not limited to: acts of God or the public enemy; compliance with any order or request of any governmental authority; acts of war; riots or strikes or other concerted acts of personnel; or any other causes beyond the reasonable control of DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, whether or not of the same class or kind as those specifically named above.

4

(b) Confidentiality. Each party shall hold and cause its directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, all information concerning the other party (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (a) in the public domain through no fault of such disclosing party or (b) lawfully acquired after the Effective Time (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) on a non-confidential basis from other sources by the disclosing party), and neither party shall release or disclose such information to any other person, except its auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants and advisors who shall be advised of the provisions of this Section and be bound by them.

(c) Expenses. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement or in the Distribution Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred prior to the Effective Time in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and implementation of this Agreement and with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, all fees for counsel, accountants and financial and other advisors) shall be paid by DVD and all such costs incurred thereafter shall be paid by the party incurring such costs.

(d) Notices. All notices and communications under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given (a) when received, if such notice or communication is delivered by facsimile, hand delivery or overnight courier, and, (b) three (3) business days after mailing if such notice or communication is sent by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, first class postage prepaid. All notices and communications, to be effective, must be properly addressed to the party to whom the same is directed at its address as set forth in the Distribution Agreement. Either party may, by written notice delivered to the other party in accordance with this Section 8(d), change the address to which delivery of any notice shall thereafter be made.

(e) Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be altered or amended, nor may any rights hereunder be waived, except by an instrument in writing executed by the party or parties to be charged with such amendment or waiver. No waiver of any terms, provision or condition of or failure to exercise or delay in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, provision, condition, right or remedy or as a waiver of any other term, provision or condition of this Agreement.

(f) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Distribution Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all negotiations, prior discussions and prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. To the extent that the provisions of this Agreement are inconsistent with the provisions of any Distribution Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(g) Parties in Interest. Neither of the parties hereto may assign its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer any benefits, rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than

5

the DVD Indemnitees and Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees under Section 6 of this Agreement.

(h) Further Assurances and Consents. In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will use its reasonable efforts to (a) execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such other actions as any other party may reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to carry out the terms hereof and (b) take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, regulations and agreements or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to obtain any consents and approvals, make any filings and applications and remove any liens, claims, equity or other encumbrances on any asset of the other party necessary or desirable in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that no party hereto shall be obligated to pay any consideration therefor (except for filing fees and other similar charges) to any third party from whom such consents, approvals and amendments are requested or to take any action or omit to take any action if the taking of or the omission to take such action would be unreasonably burdensome to the party or its business.

(i) Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and should any provision hereof be void, voidable or unenforceable under any applicable law, such provision shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of this Agreement, which shall continue to govern the relative rights and duties of the parties as though such void, voidable or unenforceable provision were not a part hereof.

(j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

(k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.

By:   /s/ Denis McGlynn
      -------------------------------
Name: Denis McGlynn
Its:  President

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.

By:   /s/ Denis McGlynn
      -------------------------------
Name: Denis McGlynn
Its:  President

6

EXHIBIT 10.4

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

THIS TAX SHARING AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of the 15th day of January, 2002 by and between DOVER DOWNS ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Distributing Co."), and DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Controlled Co.") (Distributing Co. and Controlled Co. are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Companies"). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 1 below. Unless otherwise indicated, all "Section" references in this Agreement are to sections of this Agreement.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A. As of the date hereof, Distributing Co. is the common parent of an affiliated group of corporations, including Controlled Co., which has elected to file consolidated Federal income tax returns.

B. Incident to the distribution of Controlled Co. by Distributing Co., the Companies have entered into an Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization (the "Distribution Agreement").

C. The Distribution Agreement sets forth corporate transactions pursuant to which Distributing Co., subject to the satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, will distribute all of the capital stock of Controlled Co. held by Distributing Co. to Distributing Co.'s shareholders in a transaction intended to qualify as a tax-free distribution to Distributing Co. and its shareholders under Section 355 of the Code and pursuant to a Private Letter Ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service dated (the "Letter Ruling").

D. As a result of the Distribution, Controlled Co. and its subsidiaries will cease to be members of the affiliated group of which Distributing Co. is the common parent (the "Distribution Closing Date").

E. The Companies desire to provide for and agree upon the allocation between the parties of liabilities for Taxes arising prior to, as a result of, and subsequent to the transactions contemplated by the Distribution Agreement, and to provide for and agree upon other matters relating to Taxes.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITION OF TERMS. For purposes of this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the following terms have the following meanings:

1

"Accounting Cutoff Date" means, with respect to Controlled Co., any date as of the end of which there is a closing of the financial accounting records for such entity.

"Accounting Firm" shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.

"Adjustment Request" means any formal or informal claim or request filed with any Tax Authority, or with any administrative agency or court, for the adjustment, refund, or credit of Taxes, including (a) the filing of a Tax Return for a Tax Period showing a Tax overpayment for such Tax Period and requesting a refund or credit of that Tax overpayment, (b) any amended Tax Return claiming adjustment to the Taxes as reported on the Tax Return or, if applicable, as previously adjusted, or (c) any claim for refund or credit of Taxes previously paid.

"Affiliate" means any entity that directly or indirectly is "controlled" by the person or entity in question. "Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term Affiliate shall refer to Affiliates of a person as determined immediately after the Distribution, provided that Distributing Co. and controlled Co. shall not be deemed Affiliates of each other. The term "Affiliate" includes a Subsidiary, partnership or limited liability company of an entity.

"Agreement" shall mean this Tax Sharing Agreement.

"Carryback" means any net operating loss, net capital loss, excess tax credit, or other similar Tax Item which may or must be carried from one Tax Period to an earlier Tax Period under the Code or other applicable Tax Law.

"Code" means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any provisions of succeeding law.

"Companies" means Distributing Co. and Controlled Co., collectively, and "Company" means any one of Distributing Co. and Controlled Co.

"Consolidated or Combined Income Tax" means any Income Tax computed by reference to the assets or activities of members of more than one Group.

"Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax" means any State Income Tax computed by reference to the assets or activities of members of more than one Group.

"Consolidated Tax Liability" means, with respect to any Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return, the Tax liability of the group as determined under
Section 1502 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

2

"Controlled Adjustment" means any proposed adjustment by a Tax Authority or claim for refund asserted in a Tax Contest or Adjustment Request to the extent Controlled Co. would be exclusively liable for any resulting Tax under this Agreement or exclusively entitled under Section 4.7(d) to receive any resulting Tax Benefit under this Agreement.

"Controlled Group" means Controlled Co. and its Subsidiaries and partnerships, limited liability companies, or other entities that are Affiliates and in which Controlled Co. or its Subsidiaries own an interest as determined immediately after the Distribution Closing Date or entities that were previously Affiliates engaged in the Company Business.

"Controlled Group Consolidated Tax Liability" or "Controlled Group Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability" with respect to any Tax period means such Tax Liability allocated to the Controlled Group as if the relevant members of the Controlled Group were not and never were part of the Group which includes one or more members of the Distributing Group, but rather were a separate affiliated group of corporations filing a similar group return. This computation shall be made (a) by taking into account transactions with any member of the Distributing Group in the first Tax period such transactions are required to be taken into account for Tax purposes under applicable law; (b) without regard to the income, deductions (including net operating loss and capital loss deductions), credits or other Tax Items in any year of any member of the Distributing Group; (c) by not taking into account net operating loss or net capital loss carryovers and carrybacks, minimum Tax credits from earlier years or any other Tax Item of the Controlled Group from any Tax period other than the particular Tax period for which the Tax Liability is being computed;
(d) by applying the maximum applicable statutory Tax rate in effect under applicable law during the relevant year; (e) reflecting the positions, elections and accounting methods used by the Group in preparing the relevant Return for the Group; and (f) for State Income Tax, without regard to the sales, property or other apportionment factors of any member of the Distributing Group. The Controlled Group Consolidated Tax Liability or Controlled Group Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability may not exceed the actual Consolidated Tax Liability of the Group or actual Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability of the relevant Group.

"Distributing Adjustment" means any proposed adjustment by a Tax Authority or claim for refund asserted in a Tax Contest or Adjustment Request to the extent Distributing Co. would be exclusively liable for any resulting Tax under this Agreement and exclusively entitled to receive any resulting Tax Benefit under this Agreement.

"Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return" means any United States Federal Tax Return for the affiliated group (as that term is defined in Code
Section 1504) that includes Distributing Co. as the common parent and any member of the Controlled Group.

"Distributing Group" means Distributing Co. and its Subsidiaries and partnerships, limited liability companies, or other entities that currently are or previously have been Affiliates, excluding any entity that is a member of the Controlled Group.

3

"Distribution" means the distribution to Distributing Co. shareholders on the Distribution Closing Date of all of the outstanding capital stock of Controlled Co. owned by Distributing Co. or any other distribution of the capital stock of a Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions that is intended to be tax-free under Section 355 of the Code.

"Distribution Agreement" means the Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization dated as of the date of this Agreement between the Distributing Co. and the Controlled Co.

"Distribution Closing Date" means the Distribution Date as that term is defined in the Distribution Agreement.

"Federal Income Tax" means any Tax imposed by Subtitle A or F of the Code.

"Federal Tax Adjustment" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(b).

"Group" means the Distributing Co. Group, the Controlled Co. Group, or both of such Groups as the context requires.

"Income Tax" means any Federal Income Tax, State Income Tax, or Foreign Income Tax.

"Joint Adjustment" means any proposed adjustment resulting from a Tax Contest that is not a (i) Controlled Adjustment, (ii) a Distributing Adjustment, or (iii) any other type of adjustment that gives rise to an indemnification payment by one Company to the other Company pursuant to this Agreement.

"Post-Distribution Period" means any Tax Period beginning after the Distribution Closing Date, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period beginning the day after the Distribution Closing Date.

"Pre-Distribution Period" means any Tax Period ending on or before the Distribution Closing Date, and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Distribution Closing Date.

"Prime Rate" Shall have the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

"Prohibited Action" shall have the meaning provided in Section 11(a).

"Responsible Company" means, with respect to any Tax Return, the Company having responsibility for preparing and filing such Tax Return under this Agreement.

"Ruling Request" means the letter dated July 30, 2001 filed by Distributing Co. with the Internal Revenue Service requesting a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding certain tax consequences of the Distribution (including all attachments, exhibits, and other materials

4

submitted with such ruling request letter) and any amendment or supplement to such ruling request letter.

"Separate Company Tax" means any Tax computed by reference to the assets and activities of a member or members of a single Group.

"Straddle Period" means any Tax Period that begins on or before and ends after the Distribution Closing Date.

"State Income Tax" means any Tax imposed by any state of the United States or by any political subdivision of any such state which is imposed on or measured by net income, including state and local franchise or similar Taxes measured by net income.

"Subsidiary" shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations section 1.1502-1(c).

"Tax" or "Taxes" means any income, gross income, gross receipts, profits, capital stock, franchise, withholding, payroll, social security, workers compensation, unemployment, disability, property, ad valorem, stamp, excise, severance, occupation, service, sales, use, license, lease, transfer, import, export, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other similar tax (including any fee, assessment, or other charge in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) imposed by any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

"Tax Attribute" means any item of deduction or credit, any net operating loss, consolidated net operating loss, capital loss, consolidated net capital loss or other similar Tax Item attributable during a Tax period to the Distributing Group or the Controlled Group.

"Tax Authority" means, with respect to any Tax, the governmental entity or political subdivision thereof that imposes such Tax, and the agency (if any) charged with the collection of such Tax for such entity or subdivision.

"Tax Benefit" means the Tax effect of any refund, credit, or other reduction in otherwise required Tax payments (including any reduction in estimated tax payments) determined at the maximum applicable statutory Tax rate in effect under applicable law during the relevant year.

"Tax Contest" means an audit, review, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose or effect of redetermining Taxes of any of the Companies or their Affiliates (including any administrative or judicial review of any claim for refund) for any Tax Period ending on or before the Distribution Closing Date or any Straddle Period.

"Tax Detriment" means the Tax effect at the maximum applicable statutory Tax rate in effect under applicable law during the relevant year with respect to any increase in gain or income, reduction in deductions or loss or reduction of credit for Tax Items of the Controlled Group.

5

"Tax Item" means, with respect to any Income Tax, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit.

"Tax Law" means the law of any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof relating to any Tax.

"Tax Period" means, with respect to any Tax, the period for which the Tax is reported as provided under the Code or other applicable Tax Law.

"Tax Records" means Tax Returns, Tax Return workpapers, documentation relating to any Tax Contests, and any other books of account or records maintained or required to be maintained under the Code or other applicable Tax Laws or under any record retention agreement with any Tax Authority.

"Tax Return" or "Return" means any report of Taxes due, any claims for refund of Taxes paid, any information return with respect to Taxes, or any other similar report, statement, declaration, or document required to be filed under the Code or other Tax Law, including any attachments, exhibits, or other materials submitted with any of the foregoing, and including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.

"Transactions" means only those transactions described in the Letter Ruling.

"Treasury Regulations" means the regulations promulgated from time to time under the Code as in effect for the relevant Tax Period.

2. ALLOCATION OF TAX LIABILITIES. The provisions of this Section 2 are intended to determine each Company's liability for Taxes with respect to Pre- Distribution Periods. Once the liability has been determined under this Section 2, Section 5 determines the time when payment of the liability is to be made, and whether the payment is to be made to the Tax Authority directly or to the other Company.

2.1 General Rule.

(a) Distributing Co. Liability. Distributing Co. shall be liable for Taxes for Pre-Distribution Periods not specifically allocated to the Controlled Co. under this Section 2. Distributing Co. shall indemnify and hold harmless the Controlled Group from and against any liability for Taxes for which Distributing Co. is liable under this Section 2.1(a).

(b) Controlled Co. Liability. Controlled Co. shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the distributing Group from and against, any liability for Taxes which are allocated to Controlled Co. under this Agreement.

6

(c) Allocation of Tax Attributes. Tax Attributes shall be allocated to the appropriate entity which incurred such Tax Attributes, irrespective of the entity which may have reported them.

2.2 Allocation of United States Federal Income Tax. Except as provided in Section 2.5:

(a) Allocation of Tax Relating to Federal Consolidated Returns. With respect to the Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Tax returns to be filed for the Tax Period ended on December 31, 2000 and for the Tax Period ended in 2001, the Controlled Co. shall pay the Distributing Co. the amount set forth in Section 5.1(b).

(b) Allocation of Federal Consolidated Return Tax Adjustments. If there is any adjustment with respect to any Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return, or to such Return as previously adjusted, Controlled Co. shall be liable to Distributing Co. for the amounts set forth in this Section 2.2(b) attributable to the net amount of the adjustments in such year for Tax Items of the Controlled Group.

(i) The amount, if any, equal to the Controlled Group Consolidated Tax Liability computed with the net amount of the adjustments, minus the Controlled Group Consolidated Tax Liability as computed before such adjustments;

(ii) If any adjustment results in a reduction in the amount of a Tax Benefit realized by the Distributing Group from a Tax Attribute of the Controlled Group, the amount of such reduction whether or not the Controlled Group was previously paid in respect of such Tax Attribute; and

(iii) If not otherwise taken into account under subdivision
(i) of this Section 2.2(b), the amount of the Tax Detriment to the Distributing Group from the use in the year of the adjustment of a Tax Attribute of the Distributing Group against a Tax Item of the Controlled Group even though such Tax Attribute would otherwise be carried to a future Tax period.

Any amount due to Distributing Co. by Controlled Co. shall be computed initially by Distributing Co. and confirmed by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by Distributing Co.

2.3 Allocation of State Income Taxes. Except as provided in Section 2.5, State Income Taxes shall be allocated as follows:

(a) Separate Company Taxes. In the case of any State Income Tax which is a Separate Company Tax, Controlled Co. shall be liable for such Tax imposed on any members of the Controlled Group.

7

(b) Consolidated or Combined State Income Taxes. In the case of any Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax, the liability of Controlled Co. with respect to such Tax for any Tax Period shall be computed as follows:

(i) Allocation of Tax Reported on Tax Returns. In the case of any Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax reported on any Tax Return to be filed after the Distribution Closing Date, Controlled Co. shall be liable to Distributing Co. for the State Income Tax liability in accordance with Section 5.3(b).

(ii) Allocation of Combined or Consolidated State Income Tax Adjustments. If there is any adjustment with respect to a Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Return (or as previously adjusted), Controlled Co. shall be liable to Distributing Co. for the amounts set forth in this Section 2.3(b)(ii) attributable to the net amount of the adjustments in such year for Tax Items of the Controlled Group.

(A) The amount, if any, equal to the Controlled Group Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability computed with the net amount of the adjustments, minus the Controlled Group Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability as computed before such adjustments;

(B) If any adjustment results in a reduction in the amount of a Tax Benefit realized by the Distributing Group from a Tax Attribute of the Controlled Group, the amount of such reduction whether or not the Controlled Group was previously paid in respect of such Tax Attribute; and

(C) If not otherwise taken into account under subdivision
(ii)(A) of this Section 2.3(b), the amount of the Tax Detriment to the Distributing Group from the use in the year of the adjustment of a Tax Attribute of the Distributing Group against a Tax Item of the Controlled Group even though such Tax Attribute would otherwise be carried to a future Tax period.

Any amount due to Distributing Co. by Controlled Co. shall be computed initially by Distributing Co. and confirmed by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by Distributing Co. and take into account the effective state and local Income Tax rate of the applicable Group. The corporations identified in Schedule "A" hereto shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.3(b)(ii) as members of the Distributing Group even though they are members of the Controlled Group and the Tax Items of these corporations shall belong to the Distributing Group to the extent set forth in Schedule "A" hereto.

2.4 Allocation of Other Taxes. Except as provided in Section 2.5, all Taxes other than those specifically allocated pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 2.3 shall be allocated based on the legal entity on which the legal incidence of the Tax is imposed. As between the parties to this Agreement, Controlled Co. shall be liable for all Taxes imposed on any member of the Controlled Group including, for purposes of clarification, any Tax imposed by any foreign governmental authority or political subdivision thereof. The Companies believe that there is no

8

Tax not specifically allocated pursuant to Section 2.3 which is legally imposed on more than one legal entity (e.g., joint and several liability); however, if there is any such Tax, it shall be allocated in accordance with past practices as reasonably determined by the Distributing Co., or in the absence of such practices, in accordance with any reasonable allocation method determined by Distributing Co.

2.5 Transaction and Other Taxes.

(a) Distributing Co. Liability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.5, Distributing Co. shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Controlled Group from and against, any liability for the following:

(i) any sales and use, documentary, recording or stamp Tax imposed on the transfer of property to a member of the Distributing Group occurring solely pursuant to the Transactions;

(ii) any Federal Income Tax or State Income Tax resulting from any income or gain recognized by Distributing Co. or a Subsidiary (as determined or identified on or before the Distribution Closing Date) as a result of a Distribution failing to qualify for tax-free treatment pursuant to Section 355 of the Code and related provisions;

(iii) any Federal Income Tax or State Income Tax (other than a Tax described in subparagraph (ii) above) resulting from the Transactions; provided, however, that Distributing Co. shall not be liable for, and shall not be obligated to indemnify and hold harmless the Controlled Group from and against liability for any Tax described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above to the extent it arises as a result of Controlled Co.'s, or any member of the Controlled Group engaging in any Prohibited Action as defined in Section 11. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.5(a), any Tax resulting from, or arising by reason of, the Transactions shall be paid by the member of the Distributing Group or Controlled Group, as the case may be, on which the legal incidence of the Tax is imposed and which has the primary legal liability for such Tax. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.5 to the contrary, any Tax from item (vi) in the "Proposed Transaction" as contained in the Letter Ruling shall be paid by Distributing Co.

(b) Indemnity for Certain Acts. Controlled Co. shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Distributing Group from and against any liability for any Tax described in paragraph (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above to the extent arising as a result after the Distribution Closing Date of Controlled Co.'s or any member of the Controlled Group engaging in any Prohibited Action as defined in Section 11, or a breach by Controlled Co. of its representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Section 11. In such case, Distributing Co. shall not be liable for such amounts. If Controlled Co. is liable to the Distributing Group by reason of this Section 2.5(b), the Tax described in paragraph (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) shall be computed in accordance with Section 2.2(b), Section 2.3(b)(ii) and Section 2.4, as applicable.

(c) Shared Liability. Notwithstanding Section 2.5(a) to the contrary, the Distributing Group and the controlled Group shall share equally any Tax described in paragraph

9

(a)(ii) or (a)(iii) if such Tax did not arise as a result of a Prohibited Action or breach of any representation, warranty or covenant set forth in Section 11 by any member of the Distributing Group or the Controlled Group.

3. PRORATION OF TAXES FOR STRADDLE PERIODS. In the case of any Straddle Period, and in the case of a Tax Period of any member of the Controlled Group which ends on the Distribution Closing Date, Tax Items shall be apportioned between Pre-Distribution Periods and Post-Distribution Periods in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code.

10

4. PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS.

4.1 General. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed when due (including extensions) by the person obligated to file such Tax Returns under the Code or applicable Tax Law. The Companies shall provide, and shall cause their Affiliates to provide, assistance and cooperate with one another in accordance with Section 7 with respect to the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, including providing information required to be provided in Section 7.

4.2 Distributing Co.'s Responsibility. Distributing Co. has the exclusive obligation and right to prepare and file, or to cause to be prepared and filed the following:

(a) Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Returns for any Periods ending on, before or after the Distribution Closing Date, including the Pre-Distribution Period of any member of the Controlled Group.

(b) Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Returns for Tax Periods ending on or before the Distribution Closing Date or for any Straddle Period.

(c) Tax Returns for State Income Taxes (including Tax Returns with respect to State Income Taxes that are Separate Company Taxes) for members of the Distributing Group.

4.3 Controlled Co.'s Responsibility. Controlled Co. shall prepare and file, or shall cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Controlled Co. or members of the Controlled Group other than those Tax Returns which Distributing Co. is required to prepare and file under Section 4.2.

4.4 Tax Accounting Practices.

(a) General Rule. Except as otherwise provided in this
Section 4.4, any Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period, and any Tax Return for any Post-Distribution Period to the extent items reported on such Tax Return might reasonably affect items reported on any Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or any Straddle Period, shall be prepared in accordance with past Tax accounting practices used with respect to the Tax Returns in question (unless such past practices are no longer permissible under the Code or other applicable Tax Law); provided, however, the determination of depreciation, amortization, gain, and loss on vehicles for any Straddle Period shall be made by Distributing Co. and to the extent any items are not covered by past practices (or in the event such past practices are no longer permissible under the Code or other applicable Tax Law), in accordance with reasonable Tax accounting practices selected by the Responsible Company.

(b) Reporting of Transaction Tax Items. The tax treatment reported by Controlled Co. on any Tax Return, whether for a Pre-Distribution or Post-Distribution Period, of Tax Items relating to the Transactions shall be consistent with the

11

treatment of such item on the Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return that includes the Distribution.

4.5 Consolidated or Combined Returns. The Companies will elect and join, and will cause their respective Affiliates to elect and join, in filing consolidated, unitary, combined, or other similar joint Tax Returns for Pre-Distribution and Straddle Periods, to the extent each entity is eligible to join in such Tax Returns, if the Distributing Co. reasonably determines that the filing of such Tax Returns is consistent with past reporting practices, or in the absence of applicable past practices, will result in the minimization of the net present value of the aggregate Tax to the entities eligible to join in such Tax Returns. In addition, the Controlled Co. shall be required to file a consolidated return for Federal Income Tax purposes for its first Tax Period in the Post-Distribution Period ending after the Distribution Closing Date, and the Controlled Co. shall make all necessary elections, and cause each member of the Controlled Group to file all necessary consents, in accordance with Treasury Regulations section 1.1502-75 required to file that consolidated return.

4.6 Right to Review Tax Returns. The Responsible Company with respect to any Tax Return shall make such Tax Return and related workpapers available for review by the other Company, if requested, to the extent (a) such Tax Return relates to Taxes for which the requesting party may be liable, (b) such Tax Return relates to Taxes for which the requesting party may be liable in whole or in part or for any additional Taxes owing as a result of adjustments to the amount of Taxes reported on such Tax Return, (c) such Tax Return relates to Taxes for which the requesting party may have a claim for Tax Benefits under this Agreement, or (d) the requesting party reasonably determines that it must inspect such Tax Return to confirm compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

The Responsible Company shall make such Tax Return available for review as required under this paragraph at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Returns to provide the requesting party with a meaningful opportunity to analyze and comment on such Tax Returns and have such Tax Returns modified before filing. The Companies shall attempt in good faith to resolve any issues arising out of the review of such Tax Returns. Issues that cannot be resolved by the Companies shall be resolved in the manner set forth in Section 14; provided, however, that such Tax Return shall be timely filed in the manner prepared by the Responsible Company if the issues cannot be resolved prior to the time required by law (including extensions) for the filing of such Tax Return.

4.7 Claims for Refund, Carrybacks, and Self-Audit Adjustments ("Adjustment Requests").

(a) Consent Required for Adjustment Requests Related to Consolidated or Combined Income Taxes. Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, each of the Companies hereby agrees that (i) any decision to file an Adjustment Request with respect to any Consolidated or Combined Income Tax for a Pre-Distribution Period shall be made by Distributing Co., and (ii) any available elections to waive the right to claim in any Pre-Distribution Period with respect to any Consolidated or Combined Income Tax, any Carryback

12

arising in a Post-Distribution Period shall be made, and no affirmative election shall be made to claim any such Carryback. Any Adjustment Request shall be prepared and filed by the Responsible Company under Section 4.2 for the Tax Return to be adjusted. The Company requesting the Adjustment Request shall provide to the Responsible Company all information required for the preparation and filing of such Adjustment Request in such form and detail as reasonably requested by the Responsible Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (a), the consent of the Controlled Co. shall not be necessary for any Carryback by Distributing Co. or any member of the Distributing Group provided such Carryback constitutes a Distributing Adjustment in the year (or years) such Carryback is absorbed.

(b) Other Adjustment Requests Permitted. Nothing in this
Section 4.7 shall prevent either Company or its Affiliates from filing any Adjustment Request with respect to Income Taxes which are not Consolidated or Combined Income Taxes or with respect to any Taxes other than Income Taxes. Any refund or credit obtained as a result of any such Adjustment Request (or otherwise) shall be for the account of the person liable for the Tax under this Agreement.

(c) Payment of Refunds. Any refunds or other Tax Benefits received by the Controlled Group (or any of its Affiliates) as a result of any Adjustment Request which are for the account of a member of the Distributing Group shall be paid by the Controlled Co. to the Distributing Co. in accordance with Section 6.

(d) Payment of Refunds and Tax Benefits by Distributing Co. to Controlled Co. The Distributing Co. shall pay the Controlled Co. the following amounts, with respect to Consolidated or Combined Income Tax for any Pre-Distribution Periods:

(i) The amount of any refund of Consolidated or Combined Income Tax (including the amount of any interest received with respect to such Tax refund) attributable to an adjustment of the Tax Items of the Controlled Group received by the Distributing Co. as a result of an Adjustment Request, Tax Contest or other action of a Tax Authority. The amount of such Tax refund shall equal:

(A) the Consolidated Tax Liability, or Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability, after all adjustments for Tax Items of the Distributing Group but before any adjustment for Tax Items of the Controlled Group, minus

(B) the Consolidated Tax Liability, or Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability, after all adjustments for the Tax Items of both the Distributing Group and the Controlled Group;

(ii) The amount payable by the Distributing Co. to the Controlled Co. under Section 4.7(d)(i) shall be paid with interest at the Prime Rate from the date such amount is received by Distributing Co. to the date of payment which shall be made no later than ninety (90) days after the receipt of such Tax refund by Distributing Co., and shall be reduced by

13

the amounts Controlled Co. owes, at that time, to the Distributing Co. under this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement.

(iii) If, as a result of an adjustment in a particular Tax period, the Controlled Group makes a payment of Tax to the Distributing Group in accordance with Section 5.2(a) or Section 5.4(a), and such adjustment leads directly to a reduction of income or an increase in deductions relating to Tax Items of the Controlled Group in a later Tax period in the Pre-Distribution Period (a "Turnaround Adjustment"), the Distributing Co. shall pay the Controlled Group the Tax attributable to such Turnaround Adjustment. The amount of the Turnaround Adjustment shall be reduced by the net adjustments for other Tax Items of the Controlled Group arising in the Tax Period or in the Pre- Distribution Period in which the Turnaround Adjustment is allowed (the "Turnaround Tax Period"). The Tax attributable to the Turnaround Adjustment shall equal:

(A) the Consolidated Tax Liability, or Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability, after all adjustments for Tax Items of the Distributing Group and the net adjustments for Tax Items of the Controlled Group (other than the Turnaround Adjustment) which create Tax Attributes of the Controlled Group used by the Distributing Group, minus

(B) the Consolidated Tax Liability, or Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Liability, after all adjustments for Tax Items of the Distributing Group and the Controlled Group.

The amount of the Tax attributable to the Turnaround Adjustment shall be paid by Distributing Co. to Controlled Co. within ninety (90) days of the date following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for the Turnaround Tax Period plus interest as determined under Section 6621 of the Code (or the corresponding provisions of state law) as if the amount of Tax attributable to the Turnaround Adjustment was an overpayment of Income Tax for the Turnaround Tax Period. No payment is required under this Section 4.7(d)(iii) if the Tax attributable to a Turnaround Adjustment is refunded and paid to the Controlled Group in accordance with Section 4.7(d)(i) and (ii).

(iv) Notwithstanding Section 5.2(a) or Section 5.4(a) to the contrary, if the Controlled Group would otherwise be required to make a Tax payment for a Tax period ("Earlier Tax Period") with respect to a Tax Item giving rise to a Turnaround Adjustment in a Turnaround Tax Period, that Tax for the Earlier Tax Period will be netted with the Tax attributable to the Turnaround Adjustment (as determined under Section 4.7(d)(iii)) only if that Earlier Tax Period and the Turnaround Tax Period are in the same audit cycle and the statutes of limitation for such Tax Periods expire at the same time.

(v) Except as required in Section 4.7(d)(i) and (iii), the Distributing Group shall not be obligated to pay the Controlled Group for the Tax Benefit arising to the Distributing Group from an adjustment to the Tax Items of the Controlled Group. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence to the contrary, the amount of such Tax Benefit used by

14

the Distributing Co. as a result of the adjustment to the Tax Items of the Controlled Group in a Tax period shall constitute a set-off upon the expiration of the statute of limitations for the Tax period in which the adjustment is made against the amount the Controlled Group owes to the Distributing Group under this Agreement for another Tax period. This Section 4.7(d)(v) does not apply to the extent the amount of the Tax Benefit is refunded to the Controlled Group in accordance with Section 4.7(d)(i) or paid (or offset) to such Controlled Group in accordance with Section 4.7(d)(iii) or (iv).

5. TAX PAYMENTS AND INTERCOMPANY BILLINGS.

5.1 Payment of Taxes With Respect to Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Returns Filed After the Distribution Closing Date. In the case of any Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return filed after the Distribution Closing Date:

(a) Computation and Payment of Tax Due. On or prior to the filing of such Return, Distributing Co. shall compute the amount of Tax required to be paid to the Internal Revenue Service (taking into account the requirements of Section 4.4 relating to consistent accounting practices) with respect to such Tax Return and shall pay such amount to the Internal Revenue Service on or before the Payment Date.

(b) Amount Due for Prior Periods. Subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 2.2(b), no amounts are currently due and owing by the Controlled Co. with respect to any Consolidated Tax Liability for periods ending on or prior to the year ended on December 31, 2000 or for Tax periods ended in 2001.

5.2 Payment of Federal Income Tax Related to Adjustments.

(a) Adjustments Resulting in Underpayments. Distributing Co. shall pay to the Internal Revenue Service when due any additional Federal Income Tax required to be paid as a result of adjustment to the Tax liability with respect to any Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return. The Controlled Co. in accordance with Section 2.2(b) shall pay to Distributing Co. any amount due Distributing Co. under Section 2.2(b) within ninety (90) days from the date of receipt by Controlled Co. of a written notice and demand from Distributing Co. for payment of the amount due, accompanied by a statement describing in reasonable detail the particulars relating thereto. When the adjustments for a Tax period create additional Federal Income Tax with respect to a Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return, the Controlled Co. shall pay the Distributing Co. any amount due to the Distributing Co. under Section 2.2(b) no earlier than when such additional Federal Income Tax is due. In any other case where the Controlled Co. owes an amount to Distributing Co. under Section 2.2(b) (where, for example, the adjustments do not create any additional Federal Income Tax because the Controlled Group uses a Tax Attribute of the Distributing Group), the Controlled Co. shall pay the Distributing Co. any amount due to the Distributing Co. under Section 2.2(b) no earlier than after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for the Tax period in which the adjustments are made. Any payments required under this Section 5.2(a) shall include interest computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date any additional Tax was paid by Distributing Co. to

15

the date of the payment under this Section 5.2(a), or in the case the amount due Distributing Co. under Section 2.2(b) does not involve any additional Federal Income Tax (for example, the use by Controlled Group of a Tax Attribute of the Distributing Group), from the date any additional Tax would have been required to be paid by Distributing Co. to the date of payment under this Section 5.2(a).

(b) Adjustments Resulting in Overpayments. Except as provided in Section 4.7 (d), Distributing Co. shall retain any Tax refund or other Tax Benefit resulting from any adjustment to the Consolidated Tax Liability or to any Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return.

5.3 Payment of State Income Tax With Respect to Returns Filed After the Distribution Closing Date. In the case of any Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Return filed after the Distribution Closing Date:

(a) Computation and Payment of Tax Due. On or prior to any Payment Date for any Tax Return with respect to any State Income Tax, the Responsible Company shall compute the amount of Tax required to be paid to the applicable Tax Authority (taking into account the requirements of Section 4.4 relating to consistent accounting practices) with respect to such Tax Return on such Payment Date and the Responsible Company shall, if it is not the Company liable for the Tax reported on such Tax Return, notify the Company liable for such Tax in writing of the amount of Tax required to be paid on such Payment Date. The Company liable for such Tax will pay such amount to such Tax Authority on or before such Payment Date.

(b) Amount Due for Prior Periods. Subject to adjustments as set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii), no amounts are currently due and owing by the Controlled Co. with respect to any Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax for periods ending on or prior to the year ended on December 31, 2001 or for Tax periods ended in 2002.

5.4 Payment of State Income Taxes Related to Adjustments.

(a) Adjustments Resulting in Underpayments. Distributing Co. shall pay to the applicable Tax Authority when due any additional State Income Tax required to be paid as a result of any adjustment to the Tax liability with respect to any Tax Return for any Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax for any Pre-Distribution Period. Controlled Co. in accordance with Section 2.3(b)(ii) shall pay to Distributing Co. any amount due Distributing Co. under
Section 2.3(b)(ii) within ninety (90) days from the date of receipt by Controlled Co. of a written notice and demand from Distributing Co. for payment of the amount due, accompanied by a statement describing in reasonable detail the particulars relating thereto. When the adjustments for a Tax Period create additional State Income Tax with respect to a Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Return, the Controlled Co. shall pay the Distributing Co. any amount due to the Distributing Co. under Section 2.3(b)(ii) no earlier than when such additional State Income Tax is due. In any other case where the Controlled Co. owes an amount to Distributing Co. under Section 2.3(b)(ii) (where, for example, the adjustments do not create any

16

additional State Income Tax because the Controlled Group uses a Tax Attribute of the Distributing Group), the Controlled Co. shall pay the Distributing Co. any amount due to the Distributing Co. no earlier than after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations for the Tax period in which the adjustments are made. Controlled Co. shall also pay to Distributing Co. interest on its respective share of any additional Tax computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date the additional Tax was paid by Distributing Co. to the date of its payment to Distributing Co. under this Section 5.4(a), or in the case the amount due Distributing Co. under Section 2.3(b)(ii) does not involve any additional State Income Tax (because, for example, of the use by Controlled Group of a Tax Attribute of the Distributing Group), from the date any additional Tax would have been required to be paid by Distributing Co. to the date of payment under this Section 5.2(a).

(b) Adjustments Resulting in Overpayments. Except as provided in Section 4.7 (d), Distributing Co. shall retain any Tax refund or other Tax Benefit resulting from any adjustment to the Tax liability with respect to any Tax Return for any Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax for any Pre-Distribution Period.

5.5 Payment of Separate Company Taxes. Each Company shall pay, or shall cause to be paid, to the applicable Tax Authority when due all Separate Company Taxes owed by such Company or a member of such Company's Group.

5.6 Indemnification Payments. If any Company (the "payor") is required to pay to a Tax Authority a Tax that is properly allocated to another Company (the "responsible party") under this Agreement, the responsible party shall reimburse the payor within ninety (90) days of delivery by the payor to the responsible party of an invoice for the amount due, accompanied by evidence of payment and a statement detailing the Taxes paid and describing in reasonable detail the particulars relating thereto. The reimbursement shall include interest on the Tax payment computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date of the payment to the Tax Authority to the date of reimbursement under this Section 5.6.

6. TAX BENEFITS. If a member of the Controlled Group receives any Tax Benefit with respect to any Taxes for which a member of the Distributing Group is liable hereunder, the Controlled Co. shall make a payment to the Distributing Co. within ninety (90) days following receipt of the Tax Benefit in an amount equal to the Tax Benefit (including any Tax Benefit realized as a result of the payment) plus interest on such amount computed at the Prime Rate based on the number of days from the date of receipt of the Tax Benefit to the date of the payment of such amount under this Section 6.

7. ASSISTANCE AND COOPERATION.

7.1 General. After the Distribution Closing Date, each of the Companies shall cooperate (and cause their respective Affiliates to cooperate) with each other and with each other's agents, including accounting firms and legal counsel, in connection with Tax matters relating to the Companies and their Affiliates including (i) preparation and filing of Tax Returns, (ii) the liability for and amount of any Taxes due (including estimated Taxes) or the right to and

17

amount of any refund of Taxes, (iii) examinations of Tax Returns, and (iv) any administrative or judicial proceeding in respect of Taxes assessed or proposed to be assessed. Such cooperation shall include making all information and documents in their possession relating to the other Company and their Affiliates available to such other Company as provided in Section 8. Each of the Companies shall also make available to each other, as reasonably requested and available, personnel (including officers, directors, employees and agents of the Companies or their respective Affiliates) responsible for preparing, maintaining, and interpreting information and documents relevant to Taxes, and personnel reasonably required as witnesses or for purposes of providing information or documents in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes. For purposes of clarification, the Distributing Co. and its employees, agents or accountants shall be given direct access to employees and agents of the Controlled Group engaged in operations in order to prepare and file Tax Returns. Any information or documents provided under this Section 7 shall be kept confidential by the Company receiving the information or documents, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes.

7.2 Income Tax Return Information. Each Company will provide to the other Company information and documents relating to their respective Groups required by the other Company to prepare Tax Returns. The Responsible Company shall determine a reasonable compliance schedule for such purpose in accordance with Distributing Co.'s past practices. Any additional information or documents the Responsible Company requires to prepare such Tax Returns will be provided in accordance with past practices, if any, or as the Responsible Company reasonably requests and in sufficient time for the Responsible Company to file such Tax Returns on a timely basis.

8. TAX RECORDS.

8.1 Retention of Tax Records. Except as provided in Section 8.2, each Company shall preserve and keep all Tax Records exclusively relating to the assets and activities of its respective Group for Pre-Distribution Tax Periods, and Distributing Co. shall preserve and keep all other Tax Records relating to Taxes of the Groups for Pre-Distribution Tax Periods, for so long as the contents thereof may become material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law, but in any event until the later of (a) ninety (90) days after the expiration of any applicable statutes of limitation, and (b) seven (7) years after the Distribution Closing Date. If, prior to the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation and such seven-year period, a Company reasonably determines that any Tax Records which it is required to preserve and keep under this Section 8 are no longer material in the administration of any matter under the Code or other applicable Tax Law, such Company may dispose of such records upon ninety (90) days prior notice to the other Company. Such notice shall include a list of the records to be disposed of describing in reasonable detail each file, book, or other records being disposed. The notified Company shall have the opportunity, at its cost and expense, to copy or remove, within such 90-day period, all or any part of such Tax Records.

8.2 State Income Tax Returns. Tax Returns with respect to State Income Taxes

18

and workpapers prepared in connection with preparing such Tax Returns shall be preserved and kept, in accordance with the terms of Section 8.1, by the Company having liability for the Tax.

8.3 Access to Tax Records. The Companies and their respective Affiliates shall make available to each other for inspection and copying during normal business hours upon reasonable notice all Tax Records in their possession to the extent reasonably required by the other Company in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns, audits, litigation, or the resolution of items under this Agreement.

9. TAX CONTESTS.

9.1 Notice. Each of the Companies shall provide prompt notice to the other Company of any proposed assessment, actual assessment or proceeding or other Tax Contest on or before ninety (90) days after the date it becomes aware of such pending or threatened event related to Taxes for Tax Periods for which it is indemnified by the other Company hereunder. Such notice shall contain factual information (to the extent known) describing any asserted Tax liability in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by copies of any notice and other documents received from any Tax Authority in respect of any such matters. If an indemnified party has knowledge of an asserted Tax liability with respect to a matter for which it is to be indemnified hereunder and such party fails to give the indemnifying party prompt notice of such asserted Tax liability, then (i) if the indemnifying party is precluded from contesting the asserted Tax liability in any forum as a result of the failure to give prompt notice, the indemnifying party shall have no obligation to indemnify the indemnified party for any Taxes arising out of such asserted Tax liability, and (ii) if the indemnifying party is not precluded from contesting the asserted Tax liability in any forum, but such failure to give prompt notice results in a monetary detriment to the indemnifying party, then any amount which the indemnifying party is otherwise required to pay the indemnified party pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of such detriment.

9.2 Control of Tax Contests.

(a) Separate Company Taxes. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Separate Company Tax, the Company having liability for the Tax shall have exclusive control over the Tax Contest, including exclusive authority with respect to any settlement of such Tax liability.

(b) Consolidated or Combined Income Taxes. In the case of any Tax Contest with respect to any Consolidated or Combined Income Tax, (i) Distributing Co. shall control and decide on the defense or prosecution of the portion of the Tax Contest directly and exclusively related to any Distributing Adjustment, including settlement of any such Distributing Adjustment and (ii) Controlled Co. shall have the right and authority to direct Distributing Co. in the defense or prosecution of the portion of the Tax Contest directly and exclusively related to any Controlled Adjustment, including settlement of any such Controlled Adjustment, and (iii) Distributing Co. shall control the defense or prosecution of Joint Adjustments, including settlement of any such Joint Adjustment, and any and all administrative matters not directly and

19

exclusively related to any Distributing Adjustment or Controlled Adjustment. A Company shall not agree to any Tax liability for which another Company may be liable under this Agreement, or compromise any claim for any Tax Benefit which another Company may be entitled under this Agreement, without such other Company's written consent (which consent may be given or withheld at the sole discretion of the Company from which the consent would be required), except that this sentence shall not limit Distributing Co.'s authority and rights under clause (iii) of the preceding sentence. The Distributing Co., in the case of any examination or audit of a Distributing Co. Federal Consolidated Return, and the Responsible Company in the case of any examination or audit of a Consolidated or Combined State Income Tax Return, shall be the only parties representing the members of the Group before, or meeting with, any Federal or State Tax Authority in connection with the examination or audit. Notwithstanding the representation by the Distributing Co. or Responsible Company before such Tax Authority, the Distributing Co. or Responsible Company shall (A) provide the Controlled Co. with all information reasonably requested relating to any Controlled Adjustment or Joint Adjustment; (B) submit to such Tax Authority any facts, legal arguments or other matters deemed advisable by Controlled Co. and provided by it to Distributing Co. or the Responsible Company; and (C) not have the authority to settle or otherwise compromise a Controlled Adjustment.

10. EFFECTIVE DATE. This Agreement shall be effective on the Distribution Closing Date.

11. NO INCONSISTENT ACTIONS.

11.1 Prohibited Actions. Controlled Co. covenants and agrees that it will not take any Prohibited Action (as defined below), and it will cause its Affiliates to refrain from taking any Prohibited Action, unless it has obtained the prior written consent of Distributing Co. With respect to any Prohibited Action proposed by Controlled Co., Distributing Co. shall grant its consent to such Prohibited Action if, subject to Section 11.3, the Controlled Co. obtains a ruling with respect to the Prohibited Action from the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable Tax Authority that is reasonably satisfactory to the Distributing Co., or the Controlled Co. obtains a tax opinion addressed to Distributing Co. from one or more qualified firms designated by Distributing Co. and such tax opinion is satisfactory to the Distributing Co. in its absolute discretion. A Prohibited Action is any action which is inconsistent with the Tax treatment of the Transactions and Distribution as contemplated in the Ruling Request and Letter Ruling, and includes, but is not limited to, the following actions:

(a) any acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the shares of capital stock of the Controlled Co. which has the effect of disqualifying a Distribution, or any part thereof, from tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, including stock redemptions and stock issuances (whether in public offerings, private placements or otherwise) and whether or not any such acquisition is the result of direct actions, or within the control, of the Controlled Co.;

(b) a liquidation of the Controlled Co.;

(c) a merger or consolidation with, or acquisition of Controlled Co. by,

20

another company or person;

(d) the sale, distribution or other disposition of the assets of the Controlled Co. in a manner that would adversely affect the Income Tax consequences of the Transactions;

(e) the discontinuance of any material active businesses conducted by Controlled Co. as of the Distribution Closing Date;

(f) any event or fact relating to the Controlled Co. which is inconsistent with a representation made by the Controlled Co. or Distributing Co. in the Ruling Request, a representation, condition or factual assumption contained in the Letter Ruling or otherwise in connection with any distribution under Code Section 355;

(g) any issuance of stock of Controlled Co. by Controlled Co. (whether in public offerings, private placements or otherwise) or redemption or acquisition of stock of Controlled Co. by Controlled Co., after the Distribution (including stock of Controlled Co. issued to a person or group of persons which becomes a five percent (5%) or greater shareholder of Controlled Co. as defined in Section 355(e) of the Code and actively participates in the management or operations of Controlled Co. by reason of that acquisition or at any point thereafter and before the end of the two-year period beginning on the Distribution Closing Date) which, by itself or together with transactions with respect to Controlled Co. after the Distribution Closing Date and together with other transactions with respect to Distributing Co. or Controlled Co. stock within two years prior to the Distribution Closing Date, would cause the Distribution to be presumed under Section 355(e)(2)(B) of the Code or Treasury Regulations thereunder to be a distribution which is under Section 355(e)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code part of a plan or series of related transactions pursuant to which one or more persons acquire directly or indirectly stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of Controlled or stock possessing fifty (50%) percent or more of the total value of all classes of stock of Controlled. In applying this section (g) with respect to other transactions with respect to Distributing Co. or Controlled Co. stock within two years prior to the Distribution Closing Date, the Distribution, Distributing Co.'s stock repurchase plan, all outstanding Distributing Co. stock options and warrants, and stock issued on the exercise of options or as consideration in acquisitions shall be taken into account. Unless otherwise provided in proposed, final or temporary Treasury Regulations under
Section 355(e) of the Code or other clear authority within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.6662-4(d)(3)(iii) and (iv), the exercise of options shall be considered an issuance or acquisition of stock. For purposes of this Section 11.1, any reference to Controlled Co. includes a reference to any member of the Controlled Group, and any reference to Distributing Co. includes a reference to any member of the Distributing Group. Except for a longer period as may be required by Treasury Regulations under Section 355(e) of the Code, clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 11.1 cease to have effect three (3) years after the Distribution Closing Date; clause (g) shall cease to have effect one year thereafter; and clause (e) shall cease to have effect after December 31, 2002.

11.2 No Inconsistent Plan or Intent. Controlled Co. and Distributing Co. each represents and warrants that neither it nor any of its Affiliates has any plan or intent to take any

21

action which is inconsistent with any factual statements or representations in the Letter Ruling or Ruling Request. Regardless of any change in circumstances, Controlled Co. and Distributing Co. each covenant and agree that it will not take, and it will cause its Affiliates to refrain from taking, any such inconsistent action on or before the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation period for the assessment of Tax for the Tax period in which the Distribution Closing Date occurs other than as permitted in this Section 11.

11.3 Amended or Supplemental Rulings. No party other than Distributing Co. shall have the authority to file with the IRS a ruling request relating to the Transactions or Distribution. At the expense of Controlled Co., Controlled Co. may prepare, or cause to be prepared, an amended or supplemental ruling request to be filed by Distributing Co. and relating to the Transactions or Distribution and provide a copy of such request to Distributing Co. provided, however, that any decision whether to file any such request with the IRS, the form and content of such request and the precise rulings requested shall be made exclusively by Distributing Co .

11.4 Waiver. Notwithstanding Section 11.1(a) or (g) to the contrary, the limitations in Section 11.1(g) shall not apply if (i) there is no excess of the fair market value of all of the shares of Controlled Co. distributed in the Distribution on the Distribution Closing Date over the adjusted tax basis of those shares and (ii) the Controlled Co. obtains a tax opinion addressed to Distributing Co. from a qualified firm designated by Controlled Co. and such tax opinion is satisfactory to Distributing Co. in its reasonable discretion. The adjusted basis of the shares in this Section 11.4(a) shall be estimated by Distributing Co. within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Distribution Closing Date and that amount shall be provided in writing to Controlled Co. The initial estimate of the adjusted tax basis of the shares shall be adjusted based upon the Consolidated Tax Return as filed by the Distributing Group for the Tax period ended on December 31, 2001, or as later adjusted by a Tax Authority, but any such adjustment (whether by such Tax Return or a Tax Authority) shall not affect the application of clauses (i) and (ii), or stock issuances or other actions limited by Section 11.1(a) or (g), before the particular adjustment.

11.5 Effect of Waiver. The Distributing Co.'s granting of consent to a Prohibited Action, whether in accordance with Section 11.1, Section 11.4 or otherwise, does not make a Prohibited Action a non-Prohibited Action for purposes of this Agreement. Thus, the Controlled Co. may be liable to the Distributing Group for such Prohibited Action despite such consent in accordance with Section 2.5(b) or Section 11.6.

11.6 Additional Indemnification by Controlled Co. In addition to the Controlled Co. being responsible under Section 2.5(a)(ii), 2.5(a)(iii) and 2.5(b) for Taxes as a result of the Controlled Co. engaging in any Prohibited Action or breaching its representations, warranties or covenants in Section 11.2, the Controlled Co. and each member of the Controlled Group indemnifies, defends and holds harmless the Distributing Co. and each member of the Distributing Group, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, costs, expenses or fees relating to, arising out of or

22

resulting from the Controlled Co. or any member of the Controlled Group engaging in any Prohibited Action or breaching its representations, warranties or covenants in Section 11.2 including, but not limited to, any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, costs, expenses or fees relating to any lawsuit by the shareholders of Distributing Co. against the Distributing Co., which may be filed if the Distribution fails to qualify for tax-free treatment for such shareholders under Section 355 of the Code.

11.7 Additional Indemnification by Distributing Co. For purposes of this Section 11.7, a Prohibited Action of Distributing Co. has the meaning it has in Section 11.1 by substituting "Distributing Co." for "Controlled Co." The Distributing Co. and each member of the Distributing Group indemnifies, defends and holds harmless the Controlled Co. and each member of the Controlled Group, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, costs, expenses or fees relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Distributing Co. or any member of the Distributing Group engaging in any Prohibited Action or breaching its representations, warranties or covenants in Section 11.2 including, but not limited to, any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, costs, expenses or fees relating to any lawsuit by the shareholders of Distributing Co. against the Controlled Co. which may be filed if the Distribution fails to qualify for tax- free treatment for such shareholders under Section 355 of the Code.

11.8 Additional Taxes. Controlled Co. shall also be liable for any Income Taxes of the Distributing Group for its Tax Period ending on December 31, 2000 relating to income arising by reason of Treasury Regulations section 1.1502-19, if Controlled Co. does not contribute before the Distribution Closing Date funds to its subsidiaries as directed by Distributing Co. and, as a result of such failure, income arises in the Distributing Group by reason of Treasury Regulations section 1.1502-19.

11.9 Standard. Any opinion issued to Distributing Co. in accordance with Section 11(a) or 11(d)(i) shall be issued under a "should" standard rather than under a "more likely than not" or lesser standard of certainty.

12. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS. Unless otherwise stated to the contrary in this Agreement, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement shall be unconditional and absolute and shall remain in effect without limitation as to time.

13. TREATMENT OF PAYMENTS; TAX GROSS UP.

13.1 Treatment of Tax Indemnity and Tax Benefit Payments. n the absence of any change in tax treatment under the Code or other applicable Tax Law,

(a) any Tax indemnity payments made by a Company under
Section 5 shall be reported for Tax purposes by the payor and the recipient as distributions or capital contributions, as appropriate, occurring immediately before the Distribution Closing Date, but

23

only to the extent the payment does not relate to a Tax allocated to the payor in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-33(d) (or under corresponding principles of other applicable Tax Laws); and

(b) any Tax Benefit payments made by a Company under Section 6, shall be reported for Tax purposes by the payor and the recipient as distributions or capital contributions, as appropriate, occurring immediately before the Distribution Closing Date, but only to the extent the payment does not relate to a Tax allocated to the payor in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-33(d) (or under corresponding principles of other applicable Tax Laws).

13.2 Tax Gross Up. If notwithstanding the manner in which Tax indemnity payments and Tax Benefit payments were reported, there is an adjustment to the Tax liability of a Company as a result of its receipt of a payment pursuant to this Agreement, such payment shall be appropriately adjusted so that the amount of such payment, reduced by the amount of all Income Taxes payable with respect to the receipt thereof (but taking into account all correlative Tax Benefits resulting from the payment of such Income Taxes), shall equal the amount of the payment which the Company receiving such payment would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement.

13.3 Interest Under This Agreement. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent one Company ("indemnitor") makes a payment of interest to another Company ("indemnitee") under this Agreement with respect to the period from the date that the indemnitee made a payment of Tax to a Tax Authority to the date that the indemnitor reimbursed the indemnitee for such Tax payment, or with respect to the period from the date that the indemnitor received a Tax Benefit to the date indemnitor paid the Tax Benefit to the indemnitee, the interest payment shall be treated as interest expense to the indemnitor (deductible to the extent provided by law) and as interest income by the indemnitee (includible in income to the extent provided by law). The amount of the interest payment shall not be adjusted under Section 13.2 to take into account any associated Tax Benefit to the indemnitor or increase in Tax to the indemnitee.

14. DISAGREEMENTS. If after good faith negotiations the parties cannot agree on the application of this Agreement to any Tax matter, then the Tax matter will be referred to a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by Distributing Co. (the "Accounting Firm") provided, however, that the firm so selected may not be the firm regularly used by Distributing Co. or Controlled Co. The Accounting Firm shall furnish written notice to the parties of its resolution of any such disagreement as soon as practical, but in any event no later than forty-five (45) days after its acceptance of the matter for resolution. Any such resolution by the Accounting Firm will be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement. In accordance with Section 15, each party shall pay its own fees and expenses (including the fees and expenses of its representatives) incurred in connection with the referral of the matter to the Accounting Firm. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in connection with such referral shall be shared equally by the parties affected by the matter.

24

15. LATE PAYMENTS. Any amount owed by one party to another party under this Agreement which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the Prime Rate, compounded semiannually, from the due date of the payment to the date paid. To the extent interest required to be paid under this Section 15 duplicates interest required to be paid under any other provision of this Agreement, interest shall be computed at the higher of the interest rate provided under this Section 15 or the interest rate provided under such other provision.

16. EXPENSES.

16.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party and its Affiliates shall bear their own expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of Tax Returns, Tax Contests, and other matters related to Taxes under the provisions of this Agreement.

16.2 Fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Distributing Group to unaffiliated third parties ("Third-Party Costs") shall be paid by the Controlled Group to the extent set forth in this Section 16.2.

(a) Fifty percent (50%) of the Third-Party Costs relating to the following Costs:
(i) Costs to the Accounting Firm as provided in
Section 14;

(ii) Costs relating to a Tax Contest which involves a Joint Adjustment or shared liability under Section 2.5(c); and

(iii) relating to confirmation by an accounting firm of the Controlled Group's determinations under Sections 5.1(c)(ii) and 5.3(c)(ii).

(b) One hundred percent (100%) of the Third-Party Costs relating to the following Costs:

(i) Costs relating to the preparation and filing of Consolidated or Combined Income Tax Returns specified in Section 5.1(c) and
Section 5.3(c), which are allocated by the third party providing the services to members of the Controlled Group;

(ii) Costs relating to the preparation and filing of Tax Returns described in Section 4.2(d);

(iii) Costs relating to a Tax Contest which involves a Controlled Adjustment; and

(iv) Costs incurred by the Distributing Group in connection with an action, or proposed action, of a member of the Controlled Group which constitutes, or might constitute, a Prohibited Action under Section 11, including any Costs incurred by the Distributing Group in making a decision to waive the restriction on an action of a member of the

25

Controlled Group which constitutes, or might constitute, a Prohibited Action.

17. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

17.1 Addresses and Notices. Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to any party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in party or when sent by first class mail or by other commercially reasonable means of written communication (including delivery by an internationally recognized courier service or by facsimile transmission) to the party at the party's principal business address. A party may change the address for receiving notices under this Agreement by providing written notice of the change of address to the other parties.

17.2 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns.

17.3 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any obligation under this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute waiver of any such obligation, right, or remedy or any other obligation, rights, or remedies under this Agreement.

17.4 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

17.5 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement, including the execution and delivery to the other parties and their Affiliates and representatives of such powers of attorney or other authorizing documentation as is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with Tax Contests (or portions thereof) under the control of such other parties in accordance with Section 9.

17.6 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Distribution Agreement or any other agreements relating to the transactions contemplated by the Distribution Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

17.7 Construction. The language in all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed according to its fair meaning and shall not be strictly construed for or against any party.

17.8 No Double Recovery; Subrogation. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to provide an indemnity or other recovery for any costs, damages, or other amounts for which the damaged party has been fully compensated under any other provision of this Agreement

26

or under any other agreement or action at law or equity. Unless expressly required in this Agreement, a party shall not be required to exhaust all remedies available under other agreements or at law or equity before recovering under the remedies provided in this Agreement. Subject to any limitations provided in this Agreement (for example, the limitation on filing claims for refund in Section 4.7), the indemnifying party shall be subrogated to all rights of the indemnified party for recovery from any third party.

17.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

17.10 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that State.

17.11 Joint and Several Liability. Whenever the Distributing Co. is liable to the Controlled Co. under this Agreement (a "Distributing Co. Liability") or the Controlled Co. is liable to the Distributing Co. hereunder (a "Controlled Co. Liability"), each member of the Distributing Group shall be jointly and severally liable for a Distributing Co. Liability and each member of the Controlled Group shall be jointly and severally liable for a Controlled Co. Liability. This Section 17.11 shall be binding upon the successors, assigns or transferees of any member of the applicable Group, and upon any entity which becomes affiliated with the applicable Group after the date hereof and which would have been a member of the Distributing Group or Controlled Group if the affiliation existed immediately after the Distribution Closing Date (a "New Member"). Each of the Distributing Co. and the Controlled Co. shall cause each existing member and New Member of the Distributing Group and Controlled Group, as applicable, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement and agree to the provisions hereof including this Section 17.11.

17.12 General Provision. The Distributing Co. shall be responsible for preparing and mailing to the shareholders of Distributing Co. the statement required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-5(b).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers as of the date first written above.

Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.

By: ___________________________________
Name:___________________________________
Its: ___________________________________

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.

27

By: ___________________________________ Name:___________________________________ Its: ___________________________________

28

EXHIBIT 10.5

REAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is executed and made effective as of January 15, 2002, by and between DOVER DOWNS ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("DVD"), DOVER DOWN GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Gaming & Entertainment"), DOVER DOWNS, INC. ("Slots") and DOVER DOWNS INTERNATIONAL SPEEDWAY, INC. ("Speedway").

WHEREAS, DVD, through its ownership of all of the issued and outstanding common stock (the "Stock") of Slots, participates in the business of gaming operations; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of DVD has determined that it would be advisable and in the best interests of DVD and its shareholders for DVD to contribute all of the Stock and any other related assets and liabilities relating to gaming operations (the "Business") to Gaming & Entertainment in exchange for Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A Common Stock and thereafter to distribute all of the outstanding shares of Gaming & Entertainment common stock and Class A Common Stock on a pro rata basis to the holders of DVD's common stock and Class A Common Stock (the "Distribution") pursuant to an Agreement Regarding Distribution and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of the date hereof, between DVD and Gaming & Entertainment (the "Distribution Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the parties intend that the transactions described herein will be effective at the Effective Time (as defined in the Distribution Agreement); and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto deem it to be appropriate and in the best interests of the parties that they enter into certain agreements relative to the real property at DVD's Dover, Delaware facility on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Real Property Transfers.

At or prior to the Effective Time, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practical, the following real property transfers shall take place, in each case without the payment of any monetary consideration (the "Real Property Transfers"):

(a) DVD shall cause the transfer to Slots of a 9.3 plus or minus acre parcel of land with all improvements thereon owned by Dover Downs Properties, Inc. ("Properties") and previously acquired by Properties from Lowe's Home Centers (the "Lowe's Parcel");

(b) DVD shall cause the subdivision (the "Subdivision") of the lot upon which the casino, hotel and auto superspeedway facilities are located into two lots: the first lot shall consist of a 77 plus or minus acre parcel of land with all improvements thereon, including the casino, hotel, access roads, parking facilities and the Lowe's Parcel ("Lot 1"); and the second lot shall consist of a 142 plus or minus acre parcel of land with all improvements thereon, including the auto superspeedway ("Lot 2"), with the boundary line between Lot 1 and Lot 2 to be as set forth in that certain plan dated October 25, 2001 by Becker Morgan Group prepared in connection with a variance request relative to the waiver of all building line restrictions between Lot 1 and Lot 2 (the "Becker Morgan Plan"); and

-1-

(c) DVD shall, subsequent to the Subdivision, cause the transfer to Speedway, of Lot 2 and all other parcels of land, with any improvements thereon, owned by Slots or Properties within Kent County, in the State of Delaware, other than Lot 1.

2. Liabilities Associated with Real Property Transfers.

With respect to the Real Property Transfers:

(a) All real property shall be conveyed in fee simple by special warranty deed and the conveyances are made AS IS, WHERE IS, with no representation or warranty and as further disclaimed in Section 2.01(f) to the Distribution Agreement, except that the transferor shall discharge any mortgages, mechanics liens or other liens dischargeable by the payment of money prior to the transfer;

(b) All liabilities associated with claims arising after the Effective Time which relate to the condition of any real property at the time of transfer, including the environmental condition thereof, shall be borne by the transferee with indemnification afforded to the transferor by the transferee and the ultimate corporate parent of the transferee which is a party hereto for all Indemnifiable Loss as defined in and pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in Articles IV and V to the Distribution Agreement; and

(c) All liabilities associated with the use and occupancy of any real property prior to the Effective Time, other than as set forth in Section 2(b) above, shall constitute DVD Liabilities or Gaming & Entertainment Liabilities, as the case may be, in accordance with the Distribution Agreement.

3. Expenses and Prorations Associated with Real Property Transfers.

With respect to the Real Property Transfers:

(a) The transferee shall pay for recording the deed and for all searches, title insurance and other conveyancing and closing expenses;

(b) The parties anticipate an exemption from transfer taxes but agree that any transfer taxes or title company settlement charges will be divided equally among transferor and transferee; and

(c) Real estate taxes and utility charges previously paid or due and owing shall not be prorated as of the Effective Time.

4. Future Uses of Property.

(a) The deed or deeds required for the Real Property Transfers to Speedway shall contain certain use restrictions prohibiting Speedway from using the property for a casino, hotel, and certain other uses to be agreed upon, but shall not in any way restrict the continued operation of the auto superspeedway.

(b) Notwithstanding the approval of the variance request for a waiver of all building line restrictions referred to in Section 1(b) above, DVD and Gaming & Entertainment shall ensure that

-2-

the owner of Lot 1 or the owner of Lot 2, as the case may be, shall not construct any improvements, other than those depicted on the Becker Morgan Plan, within fifty (50) feet of the boundary line between Lot 1 and Lot 2 without obtaining the prior written approval of the other property owner, provided that either party shall be entitled to construct any improvements within fifty (50) feet of the boundary line which would not otherwise require regulatory approval without the prior written approval of the other party.

5. Real Property Easements.

At or prior to the Effective Time, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practical, the following real property easements shall be entered into, in each case without the payment of any monetary consideration (the "Real Property Easements"):

(a) Speedway shall enter into one or more easement agreements with Slots pursuant to which Speedway shall grant to Slots, at no charge to Slots, certain use and occupancy rights relative to the horse track on Lot 2 for horse racing purposes. The easement shall remain in effect as long as Slots shall maintain a license to conduct horse racing at the horse track, but shall be limited to exclusive use during the period beginning November 1 of each year and ending April 30 of the following year, together with setup and tear down rights for the two weeks before and after such period. During each exclusive use period, Slots shall also be permitted use and occupancy of (1) the western portion of the Winston Cup garage parking area located on the inside of the Superspeedway and (2) certain outdoor viewing areas, including the winner's circle. Slots shall be required to maintain the harness track in at least as good a condition as exists at the Effective Time and shall be responsible for maintaining the inside and outside fences, all exterior lighting, the toteboard, the winner's circle, and the horse racing camera tower and judging stands; and

(b) Slots shall enter into one or more easement or cross-easement agreements relative to access, electric lines, phone lines, water lines, and sewer discharge; and

(c) Slots and Speedway shall enter into a cross-easement relative to stormwater management for Lot 1 and Lot 2 substantially consistent with past practices.

6. Real Property Leases.

At or prior to the Effective Time, or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practical, the following real estate agreements shall be entered into (the "Real Property Leases"):

(a) Slots shall enter into a long-term lease with Speedway under which will be afforded to Speedway, at no charge to Speedway, certain use and occupancy rights relative to: (1) the enclosed grandstand on Lot 1, such use to be for the third floor seating area and dining room of the grandstand, with access substantially consistent with past practices; and (2) certain parking facilities on Lot 1, such use to include an area for Speedway to erect temporary credential facilities and to be substantially consistent with past practices, but subject to the parking and access needs of the casino, hotel and other facilities of Slots on Lot 1 and modification due to future development plans of Slots. The term of the lease shall be for the shorter of 99 years or as long as Speedway continues to operate the auto superspeedway on Lot 2, but shall be limited to exclusive use during two (2) extended motorsports event weekends each calendar year, on dates as are chosen by Speedway during the period from May 1 to October 30, each such extended weekend not to exceed four (4) days of motorsports and other

-3-

entertainment events, together with setup and tear down rights for the two weeks before and after such extended weekend;

(b) Slots and Speedway shall enter into a short-term lease with respect to certain office space to be used by Speedway employees.

7. Liabilities Associated Real Property Easements and Real Property Leases.

With respect to the Real Property Easements and Real Property Leases::

(a) Gaming & Entertainment shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless DVD and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the "DVD Indemnitees") from and against any and all damage, loss, liability and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses in connection with any and all actions or threatened actions) ("Indemnifiable Losses") incurred or suffered by any of the DVD Indemnitees arising from, related to or associated with (i) the condition of, the furnishing of, or the failure to furnish any real property or other rights to Gaming & Entertainment or its subsidiaries as provided for in such agreements, other than liabilities arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the DVD Indemnitees and (ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees (as defined below) relative to the furnishing of, or the failure to furnish any real property or other rights to DVD or its subsidiaries as provided for in such agreements; and

(b) DVD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Gaming & Entertainment and its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the "Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees") from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees arising from, related to or associated with (i) the condition of, the furnishing of, or the failure to furnish any real property or other rights to DVD or its subsidiaries as provided for in such agreements, other than liabilities arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees, and (ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the DVD Indemnities relative to the furnishing of, or the failure to furnish any real property or other rights to Gaming & entertainment or its subsidiaries as provided for in such agreements.

8. Limitation of Liability.

In no event shall either DVD, Gaming & Entertainment or any of their respective subsidiaries have any liability, whether based on contract, tort (including, without limitation, negligence), warranty or any other legal or equitable grounds, for any punitive, consequential, special, indirect or incidental loss or damage suffered by the other arising from or related to this Agreement, the Real Property Transfers, the Real Property Easements, or the Real Property Leases including without limitation, loss of data, profits, interest or revenue, or interruption of business, even if the other party is advised of the possibility of such losses or damages.

9. Insurance.

As long as any Real Property Easement or Real Property Lease is in effect, each party hereunder shall obtain and maintain the following insurance:

-4-

(a) Statutory workers compensation including employers liability insurance with a limit of liability of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and a waiver of subrogation to the other party, its affiliates, and their respective directors, agents, employees and officers.

(b) Commercial general liability and umbrella/excess liability insurance covering claims for injuries to members of the public or damage to property of others arising out of any negligent act or omission of such party or any of its employees or agents. The policy shall be an occurrence form and at least as broad as a standard ISO form with the following minimum limits:

$100,000,000  Each Occurrence
$100,000,000  Products and Completed Operations/Aggregate
$100,000,000  Personal and Advertising Injury
$100,000,000  General Aggregate

The policy shall include the following endorsements:

Severability of Interest Primary, not Contributing Coverage Blanket Contractual Broad form Proprty Damage Liquor Liability

(c) Commercial automobile liability insurance covering claims for injuries to members of the public and/or damages to property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles, with a minimum $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage liability together with not less than $50,000,000 in umbrella/excess coverage. Coverage must be at least as broad as a standard ISO form. Coverage must apply to any auto, including hired and non- owned autos.

(d) The insurance required by clauses (b) and (c) above shall be endorsed to name the other party, its affiliates, and their respective directors, agents, employees and officers as an additional insured.

(e) All risk property insurance, including business interruption insurance, covering such party's property, including a waiver of subrogation against the other party, its affiliates, and their respective directors, agents, employees and officers.

(f) All insurance shall be in a form and with insurers reasonably acceptable to counsel for the other party. Each party shall be required to give the other party at least thirty (30) days written notice of any modification, cancellation or exhaustion of limits.

(g) Each party may require that the limits set forth in this Section be increased if the amount being maintained is reasonably deemed inadequate by the requesting party or may require that additional coverages be obtained if reasonably deemed necessary by the requesting party, provided that (1) no such request may be made until the five (5) year anniversary of the Effective Time,
(2) no subsequent request shall be made within five (5) years of a prior request, (3) the insurance must be available at commercially reasonable rates, and (4) disputes under this Section shall be handled in accordance with Section 10 hereto.

(h) Notwithstanding the minimum limits set forth above, should a party carry higher limits, it shall afford the benefits of coverage required under this Section in all of its policies to the other party, its affiliates, and their respective directors, agents, employees and officers.

-5-

10. Dispute Resolution.

Any disputes arising under this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with Section 13.10 (Disputes) of the Distribution Agreement.

11. General.

(a) Force Majeure. Any delays in or failure of performance by DVD or Gaming & Entertainment under this Agreement or any Real Property Easements or Real Property Leases (the "Ancillary Agreements") shall not constitute a default hereunder or thereunder if and to the extent such delay or failure of performance is caused by occurrences beyond the reasonable control of DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, as the case may be, including, but not limited to: acts of God or the public enemy; compliance with any order or request of any governmental authority; acts of war; riots or strikes or other concerted acts of personnel; or any other causes beyond the reasonable control of DVD or Gaming & Entertainment, whether or not of the same class or kind as those specifically named above.

(b) Confidentiality. Each party shall hold and cause its directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, all information concerning the other party (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (a) in the public domain through no fault of such disclosing party or (b) lawfully acquired after the Effective Time on a non-confidential basis from other sources by the disclosing party), and neither party shall release or disclose such information to any other person, except its auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants and advisors who shall be advised of the provisions of this Section and be bound by them.

(c) Expenses. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement or in the Distribution Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred prior to the Effective Time in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and implementation of this Agreement and with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, all fees for counsel, accountants and financial and other advisors) shall be paid by DVD and all such costs incurred thereafter shall be paid by the party incurring such costs.

(d) Notices. All notices and communications under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given (a) when received, if such notice or communication is delivered by facsimile, hand delivery or overnight courier, and, (b) three (3) business days after mailing if such notice or communication is sent by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, first class postage prepaid. All notices and communications, to be effective, must be properly addressed to the party to whom the same is directed at its address as set forth in the Distribution Agreement. Either party may, by written notice delivered to the other party in accordance with this Section, change the address to which delivery of any notice shall thereafter be made.

(e) Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be altered or amended, nor may any rights hereunder be waived, except by an instrument in writing executed by the party or parties to be charged with such amendment or waiver. No waiver of any terms, provision or condition of or failure to exercise or delay in exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, provision, condition, right or remedy or as a waiver of any other term, provision or condition of this Agreement.

-6-

(f) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Ancillary Agreements shall constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all negotiations, prior discussions and prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. To the extent that the provisions of this Agreement are inconsistent with the provisions of the Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the provisions of the more specific agreement shall prevail in the following order: Distribution Agreement, this Agreement, Ancillary Agreement.

(g) Parties in Interest. Neither of the parties hereto may assign its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Should a party which owns any real property governed by this Agreement sell or otherwise transfer the real property to a third party, it shall be obligated to require that such party agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer any benefits, rights or remedies upon any person or entity other than the DVD Indemnitees and Gaming & Entertainment Indemnitees.

(h) Further Assurances and Consents. In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto will use its reasonable efforts to (a) execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such other actions as any other party may reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to carry out the terms hereof and (b) take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, regulations and agreements or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to obtain any consents and approvals, make any filings and applications and remove any liens, claims, equity or other encumbrances on any asset of the other party necessary or desirable in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that no party hereto shall be obligated to pay any consideration therefor (except for filing fees and other similar charges) to any third party from whom such consents, approvals and amendments are requested or to take any action or omit to take any action if the taking of or the omission to take such action would be unreasonably burdensome to the party or its business.

(i) Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and should any provision hereof be void, voidable or unenforceable under any applicable law, such provision shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of this Agreement, which shall continue to govern the relative rights and duties of the parties as though such void, voidable or unenforceable provision were not a part hereof.

(j) Survival. The indemnification and insurance provisions of this Agreement shall survive until five (5) years after the expiration of all Ancillary Agreements.

(k) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

(l) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.

By:    /s/ Denis McGlynn
       --------------------------------
Name:  Denis McGlynn
Its:   President

Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.

By:    /s/ Denis McGlynn
       --------------------------------
Name:  Denis McGlynn
Its:   President

Dover Downs, Inc.

By:    /s/ Denis McGlynn
       --------------------------------
Name:  Denis McGlynn
Its:   President

Dover Downs International Speedway, Inc.

By:    /s/ Denis McGlynn
       --------------------------------
Name:  Denis McGlynn
Its:   President

-8-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

and

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

DATED AS OF JANUARY__, 2002

$55,000,000



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                                   ----
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS...........................................................................................     1
         1.1      Defined Terms..................................................................................     1
         1.2      Other Definitional Provisions..................................................................    13

SECTION 2. THE CREDITS...........................................................................................    14
         2.1      Revolving Credit Loans.........................................................................    14
         2.2      Revolving Credit Loan Procedures...............................................................    14
         2.3      [Intentionally Left Blank].....................................................................    ..
         2.4      General Provisions Regarding Loans.............................................................    15
         2.5      Letters of Credit..............................................................................    15
         2.6      Fees...........................................................................................    18
         2.7      Note; Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans......................................................    18
         2.8      Interest on Revolving Credit Loans.............................................................    18
         2.9      Default Rate; Inability to Determine Interest Rate.............................................    19
         2.10     Termination, Reduction and Extension of Commitment.............................................    20
         2.11     Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans...................................    20
         2.12     Illegality.....................................................................................    21
         2.13     Requirements of Law............................................................................    21
         2.14     Taxes..........................................................................................    22
         2.15     Indemnity......................................................................................    23
         2.16     [Intentionally Left Blank].....................................................................    ..
         2.17     Payments.......................................................................................    23
         2.18     Conversion and Continuation Options............................................................    24
         2.19     Use of Proceeds................................................................................    24

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES........................................................................    24
         3.1      Financial Condition............................................................................    25
         3.2      No Adverse Change..............................................................................    25
         3.3      Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.......................................................    25
         3.4      Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations........................................    25
         3.5      No Legal Bar...................................................................................    26
         3.6      No Material Litigation.........................................................................    26
         3.7      No Default.....................................................................................    26
         3.8      Taxes..........................................................................................    26
         3.9      Federal Regulations............................................................................    26
         3.10     ERISA..........................................................................................    27
         3.11     Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act.....................................    28
         3.12     Purpose of Loans; Letters of Credit............................................................    28
         3.13     Environmental Matters..........................................................................    28
         3.14     No Burdensome Restrictions.....................................................................    29
         3.15     Ownership of Borrower and Subsidiaries.........................................................    29
         3.16     Patents, Trademarks, etc.......................................................................    29
         3.17     Ownership of Property..........................................................................    29


         3.18     Licenses, etc..................................................................................    29
         3.19     Labor Matters..................................................................................    29
         3.20     Material Contracts.............................................................................    29
         3.21     Insurance......................................................................................    30
         3.22     Senior Debt Status.............................................................................    30
         3.23     No Material Misstatements......................................................................    30

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..................................................................................    30
         4.1      Conditions to Effectiveness....................................................................    30
         4.2      Conditions to Each Extension of Credit.........................................................    32

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.................................................................................    33
         5.1      Financial Statements...........................................................................    33
         5.2      Certificates; Other Information................................................................    33
         5.3      Payment of Obligations.........................................................................    34
         5.4      Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence...............................................    34
         5.5      Maintenance of Property; Insurance.............................................................    34
         5.6      Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.........................................    35
         5.7      Notices........................................................................................    35
         5.8      Environmental Laws.............................................................................    36
         5.9      Management Changes.............................................................................    36

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS....................................................................................    36
         6.1      Financial Condition Covenants..................................................................    36
         6.2      Limitation on Debt.............................................................................    37
         6.3      Limitation on Liens............................................................................    37
         6.4      Limitations on Fundamental Changes.............................................................    37
         6.5      Limitation on Sale of Assets...................................................................    38
         6.6      Limitations on Acquisitions, Investments, Loans and Advances...................................    38
         6.7      Limitation on Distributions....................................................................    39
         6.8      Transactions with Affiliates...................................................................    39
         6.9      Fiscal Year....................................................................................    39
         6.10     Change in Business.............................................................................    39
         6.11     Sale and Leaseback.............................................................................    39
         6.12     Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses..........................................................    39
         6.13     Interest Hedge Agreements......................................................................    39

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.....................................................................................    40
         7.1      Events of Default..............................................................................    40

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................    42
         8.1      Amendments and Waivers.........................................................................    42
         8.2      Notices........................................................................................    43
         8.3      No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.................................................................    43
         8.4      Survival of Representations and Warranties.....................................................    44
         8.5      Payment of Expenses and Taxes..................................................................    44

ii

8.6      Successors and Assigns.........................................................................    44
8.7      Disclosure of Information......................................................................    45
8.8      Adjustments; Set-off...........................................................................    46
8.9      Counterparts...................................................................................    46
8.10     Severability...................................................................................    46
8.11     Integration....................................................................................    46
8.12     Governing Law..................................................................................    46
8.13     Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers............................................................    46
8.14     Acknowledgements...............................................................................    47
8.15     WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL..........................................................................    47

iii

SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE I    Bank and Commitment Information
SCHEDULE II   Letter of Credit Fees

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A     Form of Revolving Credit Borrowing Request
EXHIBIT B     Form of Note
EXHIBIT C     Form of Guaranty Agreement
EXHIBIT D     Form of Opinion of Counsel to Borrower and Guarantor
EXHIBIT E     Form of Compliance Certificate

iv

CREDIT AGREEMENT

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of January __, 2002, between DOVER DOWNS
GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC. (the "Borrower"), and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, a
Delaware banking corporation (the "Bank").

BACKGROUND

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein set forth and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Affiliate": as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and any member, director, officer or employee of any such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) direct or in effect cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

"Agreement": this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Application": an application in such form as the Bank may specify from time to time, requesting the Bank to issue a Letter of Credit.

"Base Rate": for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2%. If for any reason the Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the inability of the Bank to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms thereof, the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

"Base Rate Borrowing": a Borrowing comprised of a Base Rate Loan.

"Base Rate Loans": Revolving Credit Loans bearing interest at any time under the Base Rate Option.

-1-

"Base Rate Option": as defined in Section 2.8(a).

"Borrowing": a Loan made by the Bank on a particular date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

"Business Day": a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or required by law to close; provided, however, that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in the London interbank market.

"Capital Lease": at any time, a lease with respect to which the lessee is required to recognize the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of a liability in accordance with GAAP.

"Capital Lease Obligations": at any time, the amount of the obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under Capital Leases which would be shown at such time as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP.

"Capital Stock": any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

"Code": the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to

time.

"Commitment": the obligation of the Bank to make Loans to and to issue Letters of Credit on behalf of the Borrower hereunder in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth on Schedule I under the caption "Commitment", as the same may be permanently terminated, reduced and extended from time to time pursuant to the provisions of
Section 2.10.

"Commitment Fee": as defined in Section 2.6(a).

"Commitment Period": the period from and including the Effective Date to but not including the Termination Date, or such earlier date on which the Commitment shall terminate as provided herein.

"Commonly Controlled Entity": an entity, whether or not incorporated, which is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes the Borrower and which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

"Consolidated EBIT": for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the amount of income taxes (if any) and interest expense deducted from earnings in determining such Consolidated Net Income, in each case determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with

-2-

GAAP; provided, that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) any addition for non- operating gains (including, without limitation, extraordinary or unusual gains, gains from discontinuance of operations or gains arising from the sale of capital assets) and (b) any subtraction for non-operating losses during such period (including, without limitation, extraordinary or unusual losses, losses from the discontinuance of operations or losses arising from the sale of capital assets).

"Consolidated EBITDA": for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, Consolidated EBIT for such period, plus the amount of depreciation and amortization expense deducted from earnings in determining such Consolidated EBIT, in each case determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Funded Debt": at any time, without duplication, the aggregate of all indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for borrowed money, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of such date.

"Consolidated Interest Expense": for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, the amount of cash interest expense deducted from earnings of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Net Income": for any fiscal period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, net earnings (or loss) after income taxes (if any) for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Tangible Net Worth": as of any date of determination,
(a) the aggregate amount of all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such date as may be properly classified as such in accordance with GAAP, excluding such other assets as are properly classified as intangible assets under GAAP, minus (b) the aggregate amount of all liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Contingent Obligation": as to any Person, any guarantee of payment or performance by such Person of any Debt or other obligation of any other Person, or any agreement to provide financial assurance with respect to the financial condition, or the payment of the obligations of, such other Person (including, without limitation, purchase or repurchase agreements, reimbursement agreements with respect to letters of credit or acceptances, indemnity arrangements, grants of security interests to support the obligations of another Person, keepwell agreements and take-or-pay or through-put arrangements) which has the effect of assuring or holding harmless any third Person against loss with respect to one or more obligations of such third Person; provided, however, the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation of any Person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such contingently liable Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Contingent Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such contingently liable Person

-3-

may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Contingent Obligation shall be such contingently liable Person's maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.

"Contractual Obligation": as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

"Cross-Default Indebtedness": as defined in Section 7.1(f).

"Debt": of any Person at any date means (without duplication):

(a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices);

(b) any other indebtedness which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument;

(c) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

(d) all liabilities secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person whether or not such Person has assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof;

(e) all obligations of such Person with respect to Interest Hedge Agreements (calculated on a basis satisfactory to the Bank and in accordance with accepted practice);

(f) all Contingent Obligations of such Person, including all obligations of such Person in respect of outstanding letters of credit, acceptances and similar obligations created for the account of such Person;

(g) all obligations of such Person under "synthetic" or similar leases; and

(h) withdrawal liabilities of such Person or any Commonly Controlled Entity under a Plan.

The Debt of any Person shall include any Debt of any partnership in which such person is a general partner, unless such Debt is nonrecourse to such Person.

"Default": any of the events specified in Section 7, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition precedent therein set forth, has been satisfied.

-4-

"Distribution": in respect of any corporation, (a) dividends or other distributions on Capital Stock of the corporation (except distributions in common stock of such corporation); (b) the redemption or acquisition of Capital Stock of the corporation or of warrants, rights or other options to purchase such stock (except when solely in exchange for common stock of such corporation); and (c) any payment on account of, or the setting apart of any assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any share of any class of Capital Stock of such corporation or any warrants or options to purchase any such stock.

"Dollars" and "$": dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

"Effective Date": the date that all of the conditions of Section 4.1 have been met to the satisfaction of the Bank.

"Environmental Laws": any and all applicable foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees or binding requirements of any Governmental Authority, or binding Requirement of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

"ERISA": the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

"Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage": the maximum effective percentage in effect on such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including, without limitation, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities"). The Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted with respect to any Eurodollar Loan that is outstanding on the effective date of any change in the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. The Bank shall give prompt notice to the Borrower of the Eurodollar Rate as determined or adjusted in accordance herewith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

"Eurodollar Borrowing": a Borrowing comprised of a Eurodollar Loan.

"Eurodollar Loan": any Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at any time under a Eurodollar Rate Option.

"Eurodollar Rate": with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Bank by dividing (the resulting quotient rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1% per annum) (i) the rate of interest determined by the Bank in accordance with its usual procedures (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the average of the London interbank offered rates for U.S. Dollars quoted by the British Bankers' Association as set forth on Dow Jones Markets Service (formerly known as Telerate) (or appropriate successor or, if British Bankers' Association or its successor ceases to provide such quotes, a comparable replacement determined by the Bank) display page 3750 (or such other display page on the Dow Jones Markets Service system as may replace

-5-

display page 3750) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for an amount comparable to the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan and having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such Interest Period by
(ii) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage. The Eurodollar Rate may also be expressed by the following formula:

Average of London interbank offered rates quoted by BBA as shown Eurodollar Rate = on Dow Jones Markets Service display page 3750 or appropriate successor

1.00- Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage

"Eurodollar Rate Option": as defined in Section 2.8(b).

"Event of Default": any of the events specified in Section 7, provided, that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

"Exposure": at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans then outstanding, and (b) the L/C Obligations then outstanding.

"Extensions of Credit": the collective reference to Loans made and Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement.

"Federal Funds Effective Rate": for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Bank from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"GAAP": at any time with respect to the determination of the

character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense, or any consolidation or other accounting computation, generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of, or at the end of the period covered by, the financial statements from which such asset, liability, item of income, or item of expense, is derived, or, in the case of any such computation, as in effect on the date when such computation is required to be determined; provided, however, that in the event of any change in GAAP which would affect the calculation of the Borrower's compliance with any of the covenants contained in
Section 6.1, either favorably or unfavorably, the Bank and the Borrower will make appropriate adjustments to such covenants.

"Governmental Authority": any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

"Guarantor": Dover Downs, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

-6-

"Guaranty Agreement": the Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, executed by the Guarantor in favor of the Bank.

"Insolvency": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

"Insolvent": pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

"Interest Coverage Ratio": at any date of determination, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense.

"Interest Hedge Agreement": any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate insurance or any other agreement with all extensions, renewals, amendments, substitutions and replacements to and any of the foregoing, documentation of all of which shall conform to International Swap Dealers Association, Inc. standards.

"Interest Payment Date": (a) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, and (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day which is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period.

"Interest Period": with respect to any Eurodollar Loan:

(a) initially the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three, six or nine months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, given with respect thereto; and

(b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three, six, nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Bank not less than three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto;

provided that, the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, with respect to Eurodollar Loans only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) with respect to Eurodollar Loans, any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no

-7-

numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month;

(iii) an Interest Period that otherwise would extend beyond the Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date; and

(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.

"ISP98": the International Standby Practices 1998 (ISP98) published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc., as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"L/C Commitment": the lower of (a) $1,000,000 and (b) the Commitment at such time.

"L/C Coverage Requirement": with respect to each Letter of Credit at any time, 100% of the maximum amount available to be drawn thereunder at such time (determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could be met at such time).

"L/C Obligations": at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) 100% of the maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time (determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could be met at such time) and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit which have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.5(e).

"L/C Payment Date": the last day of each March, June, September and December.

"Letters of Credit": as defined in Section 2.5(a).

"Leverage Ratio": at any date of determination, the ratio of Consolidated Funded Debt on such date to Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended prior to such date.

"Lien": any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit

arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Capital Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

"Loans": the collective reference to the Revolving Credit Loans.

"Loan Documents": this Agreement, the Applications, the Note and the Guaranty Agreement.

-8-

"Material Adverse Effect": a material adverse effect on (a) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the rights or remedies of the Bank hereunder or thereunder, (b) the business, property, assets, financial condition, credit position, results of operations or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (c) the ability of the Borrower to duly and punctually pay its Debts and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

"Materials of Environmental Concern": any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, and ureaformaldehyde insulation.

"Moody's": Moody's Investors Services, Inc.

"Multiemployer Plan": a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

"Note": a promissory note of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit B,
as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Participant" as defined in Section 8.6(b).

"PBGC": the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant

to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA.

"Permitted Acquisition": an acquisition by the Borrower of the Capital Stock or assets of a Person (or of any segment or division of a Person)
(a) that is in the gaming industry, if the gross purchase price for such acquisition is less than $35,000,000, (b) that is in an industry other than gaming, if the gross purchase price for such acquisition is less than $10,000,000 or (c) which is otherwise approved by the Bank; provided, that at the time that any definitive agreement is entered into in respect of any such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or would exist if such acquisition were consummated on such date (assuming for purposes of the covenants contained in Section 6.1 that pro forma adjustments are made to the financial statements of the Borrower giving effect to such acquisition as if it had occurred on the last day of the Borrower's most recently completed fiscal quarter); provided further, that the prior approval of the Bank shall be required for any acquisition proposed to be made by the Borrower during a fiscal year in which (i) the aggregate gross purchase price of Permitted Acquisitions previously made by the Borrower during such fiscal year equals or exceeds $35,000,000 or (ii) the portion of the aggregate gross purchase price of Permitted Acquisition previously made by Borrower during such fiscal year financed with Loans exceeds $25,000,000.

"Permitted Investments":

(a) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, provided that such obligations mature within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;

-9-

(b) certificates of deposit, time deposits or banker's acceptances, maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition, with (i) the Bank or (ii) any other bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States, the unsecured long-term debt obligations of which are rated "A3" or higher by Moody's or "A-" or higher by S&P, and issued, or in the case of banker's acceptance, accepted, by a bank or trust company having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least Two Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($250,000,000);

(c) commercial paper given the highest rating by either S&P or Moody's maturing not more than two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of creation thereof;

(d) mutual funds registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that hold themselves out as "money market funds;"

(e) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings generally obtainable from either S&P or Moody's;

(f) commercial paper maturing no more than six months from the date of acquisition thereof and issued by the holding company of (i) the Bank or
(ii) any other bank that has (A) combined capital, surplus and undivided profits (less any undivided losses) of not less than $250 million, (B) a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of C or better and (C) commercial paper having a rating of A-2 (or the equivalent) or higher from S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent) or higher from Moody's; and

(g) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than ninety days for underlying securities of the type described in paragraphs (a) and (e) of this definition.

"Permitted Liens" shall mean:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges, incurred in the ordinary course of business and which are not yet due and payable;

(b) Pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of workmen's compensation, or to participate in any fund in connection with workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old-age pensions or other social security programs;

(c) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other like Liens, securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable and Liens of landlords securing obligations to pay lease payments that are not yet due and payable or in default;

-10-

(d) Good faith pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or leases, not in excess of the aggregate amount due thereunder, or to secure statutory obligations, or surety, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds required in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Encumbrances consisting of zoning restrictions, easements or other restrictions on the use of real property, none of which materially impairs the use of such property or the value thereof, and none of which is violated in any material respect by existing or proposed structures or land use;

(f) Purchase Money Security Interests or Liens created pursuant to Capital Leases; provided, that (x) such Liens shall be created simultaneously with the acquisition of the property which is subject to such Lien, (y) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than such property and (z) the Liens are not modified to secure any Debt other than that used to acquire such property;

(g) The following, if the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate and lawful proceedings diligently conducted so long as levy and execution thereon have been stayed and continue to be stayed:

(i) claims or Liens for taxes, assessments or charges due and payable and subject to interest or penalty, provided that the Borrower establishes and maintains such reserves or other appropriate provisions as shall be required by GAAP and pays all such taxes, assessments or charges forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any such Lien; and

(ii) claims or Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other statutory nonconsensual Liens; and

(h) Liens relating to judgments which do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.1(e).

"Person": an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

"Plan": at a particular time, any employee benefit plan which is covered by

ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

"Prime Rate": the rate of interest per annum announced from time to time by the Bank as its "National Commercial Rate" in effect at its principal office in Wilmington, Delaware, each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is announced as effective. The Bank's "National Commercial Rate" is used by the Bank as a reference rate with respect to different interest rates charged to borrowers. The Bank's determination and

-11-

designation from time to time of the reference rate shall not in any way preclude the Bank from making loans to other borrowers at a rate that is higher or lower than or different from the reference rate.

"Properties": the collective reference to the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

"Purchase Money Security Interest": shall mean Liens upon tangible personal property securing loans to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or deferred payments by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof for the purchase of such tangible personal property.

"Register": as defined in Section 8.6(d).

"Regulation U": Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"Regulation X": Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

"Reimbursement Obligation": in respect of each Letter of Credit, the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Bank for all drawings made thereunder in accordance with Section 2.5(e) and the Application related to such Letter of Credit for amounts drawn under such Letter of Credit.

"Reorganization": with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

"Reportable Event": any of the events set forth in Sections 4043(c)(1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (10) and (13) of ERISA.

"Requirement of Law": as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, operating agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

"Responsible Officer": the chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of the Borrower.

"Revolving Credit Borrowing": a Borrowing consisting of a Revolving Credit Loan from the Bank.

"Revolving Credit Borrowing Request": a request by the Borrower for the making of a Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to Section 2.2 in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

-12-

"Revolving Credit Loans": as defined in Section 2.1. Each Revolving Credit Loan shall be a Eurodollar Loan or a Base Rate Loan.

"S&P": Standard & Poor's Rating Group, a division of McGraw-Hill

Corporation.

"Single Employer Plan": any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

"Subsidiary": as to any Person, (i) any corporation, company or trust of which 50% or more (by number of shares or number of votes) of the outstanding Capital Stock, interests, shares or similar items of beneficial interest normally entitled to vote for the election of one or more directors, members or trustees (regardless of any contingency which does or may suspend or dilute the voting rights) is at such time owned directly or indirectly by such person or one or more of such Person's Subsidiaries, or any partnership of which such Person is a general partner or of which 50% or more of the partnership interests is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person or one or more of such Person's Subsidiaries, and (ii) any corporation, company, trust, partnership or other entity which is controlled or capable of being controlled by such Person or one or more of such Person's subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to a "Subsidiary" or to "Subsidiaries" in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

"Taxes": as defined in Section 2.14.

"Termination Date": the earlier of (a) December 31, 2004, or such later date to which the Termination Date shall have been extended pursuant to
Section 2.10(d) and (b) the date the Commitment is terminated as provided herein.

"Tranche": the collective reference to (a) Loans, other than Base Rate Loans, of the same type whose Interest Periods begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans originally were made on the same date) and (b) Base Rate Loans, which shall constitute one Tranche.

"Type": when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to

the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, "Rate" shall include the Eurodollar Rate and the Base Rate.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the Note or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto.

(b) The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

-13-

(c) As used herein and in the Note, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined in this Agreement shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

SECTION 2. THE CREDITS

2.1 Revolving Credit Loans

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Bank agrees to make revolving credit loans in Dollars (the "Revolving Credit Loans") to the Borrower from time to time during the Commitment Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding which, when added to the L/C Obligations then outstanding, does not exceed such the Commitment; provided, that at no time shall the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans made by the Bank then outstanding plus (y) the L/C Obligations then outstanding exceed the Commitment. The Commitment may be terminated or reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.10. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may during the Commitment Period borrow, repay and reborrow under the Commitment, subject to the terms, provisions and limitations set forth herein.

(b) The Revolving Credit Loans may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar Loans, (ii) Base Rate Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Bank in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.18; provided, that no Loan shall be made as a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior to the Termination Date.

(c) The Loan comprising any Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be (i) with respect to a Base Rate Borrowing, in a minimum aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof or (ii) with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing, in a minimum aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, in either case, an aggregate principal amount equal to the remaining balance of the available Commitment).

2.2 Revolving Credit Loan Procedures. In order to request a Revolving Credit Borrowing, the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or notify by telephone and promptly confirm by hand delivery or telecopy) to the Bank the information requested by the form of Revolving Credit Borrowing Request attached as Exhibit A hereto (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Wilmington time, three Business Days before a proposed Borrowing and
(b) in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, Wilmington time, on the day of a proposed Borrowing. Such notice shall be irrevocable and shall in each case specify (i) whether the Borrowing then being requested is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or a Base Rate Borrowing; (ii) the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing (which shall be a

-14-

Business Day); (iii) the principal amount of such Borrowing; and (iv) if such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no election as to the Type of Revolving Credit Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Borrower and Bank enter into a separate cash management loan sweep arrangements, Base Rate Borrowings may be made in accordance with such separate arrangements.

2.3 [Intentionally Left Blank.]

2.4 General Provisions Regarding Loans.

(a) Subject to Section 2.4(b), the Bank shall make each Revolving Credit Loan hereunder on the proposed date by credit of the amount so lent to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Bank.

(b) The Borrower may refinance all or any part of any Borrowing with any other Borrowing subject to the conditions and limitations set forth herein and elsewhere in this Agreement. Any Borrowing or part thereof so refinanced shall be deemed to be repaid in accordance with Section 2.7 with the proceeds of a new Borrowing hereunder and the proceeds of the new Borrowing, to the extent they do not exceed the principal amount of the Borrowing being refinanced, shall not be paid by the Bank to the Borrower.

(c) The Bank may at its option fulfill its Commitment hereunder with respect to any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of the Bank to make such Loan; provided, however, that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Note.

(d) All Borrowings, conversions and continuations of Revolving Credit Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections that, after giving effect thereto, (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans comprising each Tranche of Eurodollar Loans shall be equal to $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (B) the Borrower shall not have outstanding at any one time more than in the aggregate eight (8) separate Tranches of Loans (including the Base Rate Tranche).

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Termination Date.

2.5 Letters of Credit.

(a) L/C Commitment. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Bank agrees to issue letters of credit (collectively referred to as the "Letters of Credit") for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day during the Commitment Period in such form as

-15-

may be approved from time to time by the Bank; provided, that no Letter of Credit shall be issued if, after giving effect thereto (A) the amount of the Exposure would exceed the amount of the Commitment in effect at such time or (B) the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations at such time would exceed the L/C Commitment in effect at such time.

(i) Each Letter of Credit:

(A) shall be denominated in Dollars and shall be a standby letter of credit; and

(B) shall be for the account of the Borrower and for the benefit of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor;

(C) shall have an expiration date no later than the Termination Date; and

(D) may during the Commitment Period be extended at the sole discretion of the Bank for additional periods of up to one year each (but in no event to expire later than the Termination Date) upon written request from the Borrower to the Bank at least 20 days (or such other time period as agreed by the Borrower and the Bank) before the date upon which notice of extension is otherwise required by the terms thereof.

(ii) Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to ISP98 and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Procedure for Issuance of Letters of Credit. The Borrower may from time to time request that the Bank issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Bank at its office for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of the Bank, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Bank may reasonably request. Upon receipt by the Bank of any Application, the Bank will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures and shall, after determining that issuance of the Letter of Credit requested thereby will be within the limits imposed by Section 2.5(a)(i), issue such Letter of Credit not later than ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto (but in no event shall the Bank be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than five (5) Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed by the Bank and the Borrower. The shall promptly after issuing a Letter of Credit furnish copies thereof to the Borrower.

(c) L/C Fees, Commissions and Other Charges. (ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Bank a letter of credit fee with respect to the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding, computed at the rate of three quarters of one percent (.75%) (computed on the basis of the actual number of days each Letter of Credit is outstanding in a year of 360 days). The Borrower shall also pay to the Bank, in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by the Bank, a

-16-

fronting fee in an amount equal to exceed $300. The fees described in the preceding sentences shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Payment Date and on the Termination Date or such earlier date as the Commitment is terminated, and shall be nonrefundable.

(i) In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Bank for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Bank in issuing, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit, in accordance with the schedule of such costs attached hereto as Schedule II.

(d) [Intentionally Left Blank.]

(e) Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower. (iii) The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Bank in respect of a Letter of Credit on each date on which the Bank notifies the Borrower of the date and amount of a draft presented under such Letter of Credit and paid or to be paid by the Bank for the amount of (A) such draft so paid and (B) any taxes, fees, charges or other direct out of pocket costs or expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with such payment. Each such payment shall be made to the Bank at its office listed in Section 8.2 in Dollars and in immediately available funds.

(i) Interest shall be payable on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by the Borrower under this subsection from the date such amounts become payable (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) until payment in full at the per annum rate of the Base Rate Option plus 2.0% and shall be payable on demand by the Bank.

(f) Obligations Absolute. (iv) The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.5 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrower may have or have had against the Bank or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person.

(i) The Borrower agrees with the Bank that the Bank shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations under Section 2.5(e) shall not be affected by, among other things, (A) the validity or genuineness of any documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, provided, that reliance upon such documents by the Bank shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Bank or (B) any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other Person to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or (C) any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee.

(ii) The Bank shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions caused by the Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(iii) The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by the Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall be binding on the Borrower

-17-

and shall neither result in any liability of the Bank to the Borrower nor constitute a defense to the Borrower's obligation to reimburse the Bank.

(g) Letter of Credit Payments. If any draft shall be presented for payment to the Bank under any Letter of Credit, the Bank shall promptly notify the Borrower of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Bank to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

(h) Application. To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

2.6 Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank a commitment fee (a "Commitment Fee") for the period from and including the first day of the Commitment Period to the Termination Date, computed at a rate per annum equal to 1/4%, calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed, on the average daily amount of the difference between the Commitment of the Bank and the Exposure during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Termination Date or such earlier date as the Commitment shall be permanently reduced or terminated as provided herein, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the Effective Date.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Bank a closing fee in the amount of $137,500, payable on the Effective Date.

(c) All fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Bank. Once paid, none of the fees shall be refundable under any circumstances.

2.7 Note; Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans. The Revolving Credit Loans made by the Bank shall be evidenced by a single Note duly executed on behalf of the Borrower, dated the Effective Date, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B with the blanks appropriately filled, payable to the Bank in a principal amount equal to the Commitment. The Note shall bear interest from the date thereof on the outstanding principal balance thereof as set forth in
Section 2.8. The outstanding principal balance of each Revolving Credit Loan, as evidenced by the Note, shall be payable on the Termination Date. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to charge any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Bank for any payment when due hereunder or under the Note.

2.8 Interest on Revolving Credit Loans.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9, each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365

-18-

or 366 days, as the case may be) at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate minus 1% (the "Base Rate Option").

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.9, each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Loan plus 0.75% (the "Eurodollar Rate Option").

(c) Interest on each Revolving Credit Loan shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date applicable to such Loan; provided, that interest accruing on overdue amounts pursuant to Section 2.9 shall be payable on demand. The Bank's calculation of the Eurodollar Rate and the Base Rate shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

2.9 Default Rate; Inability to Determine Interest Rate.

(a) Upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(a) or (g), the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and, to the extent permitted by law, accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amount payable hereunder shall bear interest from the date of such occurrence until paid in full (after as well as before judgment) at a rate per annum which is equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the Base Rate Option. Upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default other than under Section 7.1(a) or (g), the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and, to the extent permitted by law, accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amount payable hereunder shall bear interest from the date that the Bank shall send notice to the Borrower of the application of the default rate until paid in full (after as well as before judgment) at a rate per annum which is equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the Base Rate Option. The Borrower acknowledges that such increased interest rate reflects, among other things, the fact that such loans or other amounts have become a substantially greater risk given its default status and that the Bank is entitled to additional compensation for such risk.

(b) In the event, and on each occasion, that prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan, the Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower) that dollar deposits in the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan are not generally available in the London interbank market, or that the rate at which such dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Bank of making or maintaining the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan during such Interest Period, or that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate, the Bank shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written, telegraphic or telephonic notice of such determination to the Borrower. After such notice shall have been given and until the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, each request for a Eurodollar Loan or for conversion to or maintenance of a Eurodollar Loan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Loan.

-19-

2.10 Termination, Reduction and Extension of Commitment.

(a) The Commitment shall be automatically terminated on the Termination Date.

(b) Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, upon at least five Business Days' prior irrevocable written or telecopy notice to the Bank, the Borrower may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time permanently reduce, the Commitment. Each partial reduction of the Commitment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 or in whole multiples thereof, and no such termination or reduction shall be made which would, after giving effect to any prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans on such date reduce the Commitment to an amount less than the amount of the Exposure.

(c) In connection with any reduction of the Commitment, the Borrower shall make any prepayment required under Section 2.11(b).

(d) During the period beginning ninety (90) days prior to the then effective Termination Date and ending sixty (60) days prior to such Termination Date, the Borrower may deliver to the Bank a notice requesting that the Commitment be extended for an additional nine months beyond the Termination Date then in effect. If the Bank agrees to extend the Commitment, the Bank shall so notify the Borrower, whereupon (i) the Commitment shall without further act by any party hereto, be extended to the date nine months after the Termination Date then in effect and (ii) the term "Termination Date" shall thereafter mean such date. Any such extension shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Bank and the Borrower, such agreement to be in form and substance acceptable to the Bank.

2.11 Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans.

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Revolving Credit Borrowing, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (but in any event subject to Section 2.15), upon prior written, telecopy or telephonic notice to the Bank given no later than 10:30
a.m., Wilmington time, one Business Day before any proposed prepayment; provided, however, that each such partial prepayment shall be in the principal amount of at least (x) with respect to Base Rate Loans, $100,000 or in whole multiples thereof and (y) with respect to Eurodollar Loans, $500,000 or in whole multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in either case, the entire amount outstanding, whether or not divisible by $100,000.

(b) On the date of any reduction of the Commitment pursuant to
Section 2.10, the Borrower shall pay or prepay so much of the Revolving Credit Borrowings as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to such reduction and any such payments, the Exposure at such time will not exceed the Commitment.

(c) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the Borrower to prepay such Borrowing (or portion thereof) by the amount stated therein. All prepayments on Eurodollar Loans under this Section shall be

-20-

accompanied by accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of prepayment.

2.12 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for the Bank to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of the Bank hereunder to make or refinance Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert or refinance Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be cancelled and (b) the Bank's Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.15.

2.13 Requirements of Law.

(a) In the event that any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation, or application thereof or compliance by the Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof:

(i) shall subject the Bank to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, the Note, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any Eurodollar Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank in respect thereof (except for taxes covered by Section 2.14 and changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income, gross receipts or revenue of the Bank);

(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of the Bank which is not otherwise included in the determination of the interest rate on such Eurodollar Loan hereunder; or

(iii) shall impose on the Bank any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Bank, by an amount which the Bank deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof then, in any such case, the Borrower shall as promptly as practicable pay the Bank, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate the Bank for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable; provided, that the Borrower shall not be liable for any such amounts incurred by the Bank more than 90 days prior to the date of the Bank's notification to the Borrower. If the Bank becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this subsection, it shall as promptly as practicable notify the Borrower of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable

-21-

pursuant to this subsection submitted by the Bank to the Borrower shall be reasonably detailed and include supporting documentation, and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Note and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) In the event that the Bank shall have determined that any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by the Bank or any corporation controlling the Bank with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date hereof does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank's or such corporation's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under any Letter of Credit to a level below that which the Bank or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration the Bank's or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then from time to time, after submission by the Bank to the Borrower of a written request therefor, which shall be reasonably detailed and include supporting documentation, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Bank for such reduction; provided, that the Borrower shall not be liable for any such amounts incurred by the Bank more than 90 days prior to the date of the Bank's notification to the Borrower.

(c) The Bank agrees that it will use reasonable efforts in order to avoid or to minimize, as the case may be, the payment by the Borrower of any additional amount under Section 2.13(b); provided, however, that the Bank shall be obligated to incur any expense, cost or other amount in connection with utilizing such reasonable efforts.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 2.13(a), (b) and (c), the Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amounts to the Bank that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States or a state thereof as a result of any change in any Requirement of Law or compliance by the Bank with any request or directive from any central bank or Governmental Authority to the extent that such additional amounts exceed the amounts that would have been payable by the Borrower under Section 2.13(a), (b) or (c) to the Bank.

2.14 Taxes. All payments made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the Note shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (excluding, net income taxes and franchise or gross receipts taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes imposed on the Bank as a result of a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxing authority imposing such tax and the Bank (excluding a connection arising solely from the Bank having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or the Note)) (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings being hereinafter called "Taxes"). If any Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the Bank hereunder or under the Note, the amounts so payable to the Bank shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Bank (after payment of all Taxes) interest or any

-22-

such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement and the Note. Whenever any Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Bank for its own account or for the account of the Bank, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay any Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to the Bank the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Bank for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Bank as a result of any such failure. The agreements in this subsection shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Note and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.15 Indemnity.

(a) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Bank and to hold the Bank harmless from any loss or expense which the Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) default by the Borrower in payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any Eurodollar Loan, (ii) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (iii) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (iv) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, except any such loss as may result from the partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to Section 4.1(k). This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Note and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b) For the purpose of calculation of all amounts payable to the Bank under this subsection, the Bank shall be deemed to have actually funded its relevant Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of a deposit bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of that Eurodollar Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that the Bank may fund each of its Eurodollar Loans in any manner it sees fit, and the foregoing assumption shall be utilized only for the calculation of amounts payable under this subsection. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Note and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.16 [Intentionally Left Blank.]

2.17 Payments.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Loan or any fees or other amounts) hereunder not later than 12:00 (noon), Wilmington time, on the date when due in Dollars to the Bank at its offices specified in Section 8.2 or at such other place as may be designated by the Bank, in immediately available funds.

(b) Whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Loan or any fees or other amounts) hereunder shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a

-23-

day that is not a Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, if applicable.

2.18 Conversion and Continuation Options. The Borrower shall have the right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Bank (i) not later than 12:00 noon, Wilmington time, on the Business Day of conversion, to convert any Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan, (ii) not later than 12:00 noon, Wilmington time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to (y) convert any Base Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Loan, or (z) to continue any Eurodollar Loan as a Eurodollar Loan for any additional Interest Period and
(iii) not later than 12:00 noon, Wilmington time, three Business Days prior to conversion, to convert the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan to another permissible Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:

(a) a Eurodollar Loan may not be converted at a time other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto;

(b) any portion of a Loan maturing or required to be repaid in less than one month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Loan;

(c) no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such and no Base Rate Loan may be converted to a Eurodollar Loan when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Bank has determined that such a continuation is not appropriate;

(d) any portion of a Eurodollar Loan that cannot be converted into or continued as a Eurodollar Loan by reason of Section 2.18(b) or
(c) automatically shall be converted at the end of the Interest Period in effect for such Loan to a Base Rate Loan; and

(e) on the last day of any Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans if the Borrower shall have failed to give notice of conversion or continuation as described in this subsection or if such conversion or continuation is not permitted pursuant to this Section 2.18, such Loans shall be converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period.

Accrued interest on a Loan (or portion thereof) being converted shall be paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion.

2.19 Use of Proceeds. The Letters of Credit and the proceeds of the Loans shall be used by the Borrower for working capital and general corporate purposes in the ordinary course of business (including, but not limited to, refinancing existing working capital-related indebtedness and, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, acquisition financing).

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Bank to enter into this Agreement, and to make the Loans and to issue the Letters of Credit, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

-24-

3.1 Financial Condition.

(a) Audited Financials. The consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2000 and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Bank, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for the fiscal year then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved. Neither the Borrower nor any of its consolidated Subsidiaries had, as of December 31, 2000, any material Contingent Obligation, liability for taxes, or any long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment, including, without limitation, any Interest Hedge Agreement, which is not reflected in the financial statements contained in the Borrower's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2000 or the notes thereto.

(b) No Sales. During the period from December 31, 2000, to and including the date of this Agreement there has been no sale, transfer or other disposition by the Borrower or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries of any material part of its business or property and no purchase or other acquisition of any business or property (including any Capital Stock of any other Person) material in relation to the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries at December 31, 2000.

3.2 No Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2000, there has been no development or event nor any prospective development or event which has had or could reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.3 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified and/or in good standing could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.4 Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. The Borrower has the corporate power, authority, and legal right, to make, deliver and perform this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and to borrow hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Note and to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. No consent or authorization of, filing with or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any

-25-

other Person (including stockholders and creditors of the Borrower) is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents. This Agreement has been, and the Note and other Loan Document will be, duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes, and the Note and other Loan Document when executed and delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

3.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents by the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or of any of its Subsidiaries and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its or their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation.

3.6 No Material Litigation. No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their respective properties or revenues
(a) with respect to this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) as to which there is a reasonable likelihood of an adverse determination and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.7 No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

3.8 Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns which, to its knowledge, are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be); no tax Lien has been filed against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charges.

3.9 Federal Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loans will be used for "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U or for any purpose which violates the provisions of Regulation U. If requested by the Bank, the Borrower will furnish to the Bank a statement to the

-26-

foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-l referred to in said Regulation U. No part of the proceeds of the loans hereunder will be used for any purpose which violates, or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation X.

3.10 ERISA.

(a) Neither a Reportable Event nor an "accumulated funding deficiency" (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and each Single Employer Plan has compiled in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred and no lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen during the five-year period prior to the date as of which this representation is made or deemed made. No other event or condition has occurred or exists with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan in which the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity is a participant (based on those assumptions used to fund the Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by an amount in excess of ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Net Worth as of the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, and neither the Borrower nor any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any liability under ERISA if the Borrower or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, in any such case which could reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) To the Borrower's knowledge, no such Multiemployer Plan is in "reorganization" or "insolvent," within the meaning of such terms as used in ERISA.

(e) The present value (determined using actuarial and other assumptions which are reasonable in respect of the benefits provided and the employees participating) of the liability of the Borrower and each Commonly Controlled Entity for post retirement benefits to be provided to their current and former employees under Plans which are welfare benefit plans (as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA) does not, in the aggregate, exceed the assets under all such Plans allocable to such benefits by an amount in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Borrower's consolidated net worth as of the end of the most recent fiscal year of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement.

-27-

3.11 Investment Company Act; Public Utility Holding Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an "investment company", or a company "controlled" by an "investment company", within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (b) a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company" or an "affiliate" of either a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or (c) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

3.12 Purpose of Loans; Letters of Credit. The proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit shall only be used by the Borrower for the purposes permitted under Section 2.19.

3.13 Environmental Matters. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, each of the representations and warranties set forth in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this subsection is true and correct with respect to each parcel of real property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (the "Properties"), except to the extent that the facts and circumstances giving rise to any such failure to be so true and correct could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) The Properties do not contain, and have not previously contained, in, on, or under, including, without limitation, the soil and groundwater thereunder, any Materials of Environmental Concern in concentrations which violate Environmental Laws.

(b) The Properties and all operations and facilities at the Properties are in compliance with Environmental Laws, and there is no Materials of Environmental Concern contamination or violation of any Environmental Law which would materially interfere with the continued operation of any of the Properties or materially impair the fair saleable value of any thereof.

(c) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received or is aware of any claim, notice of violation, alleged violation, non- compliance, investigation or advisory action or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance of Environmental Law with regard to the Properties which has not been satisfactorily resolved by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, nor is the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries aware or have reason to believe that any such action is being contemplated, considered or threatened.

(d) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been generated, treated, stored, disposed of, at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of Environmental Laws, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been transferred from the Properties to any other location except in either case in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and in material compliance with all Environmental Laws.

(e) There are no governmental, administrative actions or judicial proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, contemplated under any Environmental Laws to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or will be named as a

-28-

party with respect to the Properties, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to any of the Properties.

3.14 No Burdensome Restrictions. No Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.15 Ownership of Borrower and Subsidiaries. The beneficial ownership of the Capital Stock of the Borrower by its executive officers, directors and 5% shareholders has not changed materially from that set forth in the Borrower's most recent registration statement as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Borrower owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the Guarantor and, as of the date of this Agreement, the Borrower owns all of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each of its Subsidiaries.

3.16 Patents, Trademarks, etc. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has obtained and holds in full force and effect or is licensed to use all patents, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names, copyrights and other such rights, free from burdensome restrictions, which are necessary for the operation of its business as presently conducted. To the Borrower's best knowledge, no material product, process, method, substance, part or other material presently sold by or employed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with such business infringes any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, license or other right owned by any other Person. There is not pending or, to the Borrower's knowledge, overtly threatened any claim or litigation against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary contesting its right to sell or use any such product, process, method, substance, part or other material which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.17 Ownership of Property. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable fee simple title to or valid leasehold interests in all real property owned or leased by it, and good title to all of its personal property subject to no Lien of any kind except Permitted Liens.

3.18 Licenses, etc. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has obtained and holds in full force and effect, all franchises, licenses, permits, certificates, authorizations, qualifications, easements, rights of way and other rights, consents and approvals which are necessary for the operation of its business as presently conducted.

3.19 Labor Matters. As of the Effective Date, there are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and none of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years and to the best knowledge of the Borrower, there are none now threatened.

3.20 Material Contracts. All material contracts relating to the business operations of the Borrower are valid, binding and enforceable upon the Borrower and, to the Borrower's knowledge, each of the parties thereto in accordance with their respective terms, and

-29-

there is no material default thereunder, to the Borrower's knowledge, with respect to parties other than the Borrower.

3.21 Insurance. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries currently maintain insurance which meets or exceeds the requirements of Section 5.5 No notice has been given or claim made and no grounds exist to cancel or avoid any insurance policies or other bonds to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or to reduce the coverage provided thereby or any replacements thereof. Such policies and bonds or any replacements thereof provide adequate coverage from reputable and financially sound insurers in amounts sufficient to insure the assets and risks of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with prudent business practice in the industry of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

3.22 Senior Debt Status. The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Note do rank and will rank at least pari passu in priority of payment with all other indebtedness of the Borrower except indebtedness of the Borrower to the extent secured by Permitted Liens. There is no Lien upon or with respect to any of the properties or income of the Borrower which secures indebtedness or other obligations of any Person except for Permitted Liens.

3.23 No Material Misstatements. To the best of the Borrower's knowledge, no information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Bank in this Agreement or any Schedule or Exhibit attached hereto, or in the Borrower's financial projections delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(k) hereof, contains any misstatement of fact, or omitted or omits to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, where such misstatement or omission would be material to the interests of the Bank with respect to the Borrower's performance of its obligations hereunder. Any projections, forecasts or budgets provided by the Borrower to the Bank (other than the financial projections delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(b) hereof) are expressly excluded from this Section and the Borrower makes no representation or warranty as to their accuracy or reliability. With regard to the financial projections delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(b), the Borrower shall be entitled to a cross-reference therein to the forward-looking statements disclaimers contained in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the benefits of the safe harbor afforded under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Agreement and the agreement of the Bank to make the initial Extension of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent immediately prior to or concurrently with such Extension of Credit:

(a) Loan Documents. The Bank shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, with a counterpart for the Bank, (ii) for the account of the Bank, a Note conforming to the requirements hereof and executed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, and (iii) the Guaranty Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Guarantor.

-30-

(b) Corporate Proceedings of the Borrower and the Guarantor. The Bank shall have received a copy of the resolutions or other corporate proceedings or action, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, (i) taken on behalf of the Borrower authorizing (A) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (B) the borrowings contemplated hereunder, and (ii) taken on behalf of the Guarantor authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty Agreement, in each case certified by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower or the Guarantor as of the Effective Date, which certificates shall state that such resolutions, or other corporate proceedings or action thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

(c) Representations and Warranties True; No Default. The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Section 3 hereof shall be true and accurate on and as of the Effective Date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (except representations and warranties which relate solely to an earlier date or time, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct on and as of the specific dates or times referred to therein), and the Borrower shall have performed and complied with all covenants and conditions hereof; and no Event of Default or Default under this Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist; and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate to that effect signed by a Responsible Officer.

(d) Corporate Documents. The Bank shall have received true and complete copies of the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Borrower, certified as of the Effective Date as complete and correct copies thereof by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower, or a certificate from the secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower to the effect that there have been no changes in the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Borrower from the copies most recently delivered to the Bank, and a good standing certificate recently issued by the Secretary of State (or the equivalent thereof) of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower and the Guarantor and of each state in which the Borrower is required to be qualified to transact business.

(e) Incumbency. The Bank shall have received (i) a written certificate dated the Effective Date by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower as to the names and signatures of the officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) a written certificate dated the Effective Date by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Guarantor as to the names and signatures of the officers of the Guarantor authorized to sign the Guaranty Agreement. The Bank may conclusively rely on such certificates until it shall receive a further certificate by the secretary or assistant secretary of the Borrower or the Guarantor amending such prior certificate.

(f) Fees and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Bank the fees to be received on the Effective Date referred to herein and the reasonable costs and expenses for which the Bank is entitled to be reimbursed.

-31-

(g) Legal Opinion. The Bank shall have received the executed legal opinion of Klaus M. Belohoubek, Esquire, General Counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto. Such opinion shall be addressed to the Bank and cover such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Bank may reasonably require.

(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2000 there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (including, without limitation, with respect to assets, net worth and credit position), and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate to that effect signed by a Responsible Officer.

(i) UCC Filing and Other Searches. The Bank shall have received the results of such additional Uniform Commercial Code searches made with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, if any, as the Bank shall require, together with copies of financing statements disclosed by such searches, and the foregoing searches shall disclose no Liens, except for Permitted Liens or, if unpermitted Liens are disclosed, the Bank shall have received satisfactory evidence of the release of such Liens.

(j) Spin-Off. The spin-off of Dover Downs, Inc. as a wholly- owned subsidiary of the Borrower, as described in the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed by the Borrower and bearing SEC File No. 001-16791, shall have been consummated, and the Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank a certificate to that effect signed by a Responsible Officer.

4.2 Conditions to Each Extension of Credit. The agreement of the Bank to make any Extension of Credit requested to be made by it on any date (including, without limitation, the first such Extension of Credit hereunder) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties (i) made by the Borrower herein or (ii) which are contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date (except representations and warranties which expressly relate solely to an earlier date or time, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct on and as of the specific dates or times referred to therein and subject as to any representations or warranties referred to in subsection (ii) above to the exclusions and qualifications referred to in the last two sentences of
Section 3.23).

(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the Extensions of Credit requested to be made on such date.

(c) Additional Matters. All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be satisfactory in form and substance to

-32-

the Bank, and the Bank shall have received such other documents in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request.

Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder or request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such Loan or issuance of such Letter of Credit that the conditions contained in this Section 4.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitment remains in effect, the Note remains outstanding and unpaid, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any other amount is owing to the Bank hereunder, the Borrower shall and (except in the case of delivery of financial information, reports and notices) shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

5.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Bank:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including therein the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and related consolidated statement of income, retained earnings and cash flow of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistently maintained throughout the period involved and with the prior year with such changes therein as shall be approved by the Borrower's independent certified public accountants, such consolidated financial statements to be certified by independent certified public accountants selected by the Borrower from among the five largest accounting firms in the United States on the date of this Agreement or their successors, or otherwise acceptable to the Bank, without a "going concern" or like qualification or any exception or qualification arising out of the restricted or limited nature of the examination made by such accountants; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of its Report on Form 10-Q for such quarter filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

5.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Bank:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1(a) and (b), a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in the form of Exhibit E hereto, showing in detail the calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.1 and stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Borrower during such period has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant and condition contained in this Agreement and in the Note and the other Loan Documents applicable to it and that he or she obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specifically indicated;

-33-

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, (i) detailed capital expenditure budgets of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries by quarter and (ii) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash flows for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by quarter in each case for the following two fiscal years;

(c) promptly upon their becoming available, but in any event not later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, any reports including management letters submitted to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit;

(d) financial statements, reports, notices or proxy statements distributed by the Borrower to its stockholders on a date no later than three Business Days after the date supplied to such stockholders; and

(e) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

5.3 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations of whatever nature, except (a) when the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (b) where the failure so to pay such indebtedness could not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. Continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it and preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, trademarks, trade names, licenses, franchises and other authorizations necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business; comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance.

(a) Maintain in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) in accordance with the general practice of other businesses of similar character and size, all of those properties material or necessary to its business, and from time to time make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals or replacements thereof.

(b) Insure its properties and assets against loss or damage by fire and such other insurable hazards as such assets are commonly insured (including fire, extended coverage, property damage, worker's compensation, public liability and business interruption insurance) and against other risks (including errors and omissions) in such amounts as similar properties and assets are insured by prudent companies in similar circumstances carrying on similar businesses, and with reputable and financially sound insurers, including self-insurance to

-34-

the extent customary. The Borrower shall deliver at the request of the Bank from time to time a summary schedule indicating all insurance then in force with respect to the Borrower.

5.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions.

(a) Permit any of the officers or authorized employees or representatives of the Bank to visit and inspect during normal business hours any of its properties and to examine and make excerpts from its books and records and discuss its business affairs, finances and accounts (including those of its Affiliates) with its officers, all in such detail and at such times and as often as the Bank may reasonably request, provided, that the Bank shall provide the Borrower with reasonable notice prior to any visit or inspection.

(b) Maintain and keep proper books of record and account which enable the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to issue financial statements in accordance with GAAP and as otherwise required by applicable Requirements of Law, and in which full, true and correct entries shall be made in all material respects of all its dealings and business and financial affairs.

5.7 Notices. Promptly give notice to the Bank of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which may exist at any time between the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority, which in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) commencement of any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in which the amount involved is $1,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance or in which injunctive or similar relief is sought;

(d) the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, any Lien in favor of PBGC or any Plan, or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Single Employer Plan in a distress termination under Section 4041(c) of ERISA or Multiemployer Plan;

(e) an event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(f) any Permitted Acquisition, prior to the consummation thereof.

-35-

Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

5.8 Environmental Laws.

(a) Comply with, and require compliance by all tenants and to the extent possible, all subtenants, if any, with, all Environmental Laws and obtain and comply with and maintain, and require that all tenants and to the extent possible, all subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, registrations or permits required by Environmental Laws except to the extent that failure to so comply or obtain or maintain such documents could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Comply with all lawful and binding orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities respecting Environmental Laws except to the extent that failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Bank, and its respective employees, agents, officers, directors, successors and assigns from and against any claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to any violation of or noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Laws, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto which in each case relate to or arise in connection with the Borrower or any Subsidiary, any property or assets thereof or any activities relating to any other property or business of a Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof or the enforcement of any rights provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, attorneys' and consultants' fees, response costs, investigation and laboratory fees, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the foregoing enumerated parties. This indemnity shall continue in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Note.

5.9 Management Changes. Notify the Bank in writing within thirty
(30) days after any change of its executive officers.

SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitment remains in effect, the Note remains outstanding and unpaid, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any other amount is owing to the Bank hereunder, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Bank:

6.1 Financial Condition Covenants.

(a) Leverage Ratio. Permit as of the end of any fiscal quarter the Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.5 to 1.

-36-

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit as of the end of any fiscal quarter the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 5 to 1.

(c) Maintenance of Tangible Net Worth. Permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth on any day to be less than (i) $70,000,000 plus (ii) an amount equal to 25% of the consolidated net income (if positive) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter ending after March 31, 2002, calculated on a cumulative basis.

6.2 Limitation on Debt. At any time incur, create, assume, or suffer to exist any Debt except:

(a) amounts outstanding hereunder or under the other Loan Documents; and

(b) Debt under Capital Leases or secured by Purchase Money Security Interests (including those in existence on the date hereof), and other guarantees, loans or advances made in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $5,000,000 in any fiscal year.

6.3 Limitation on Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens.

6.4 Limitations on Fundamental Changes. Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of its property, business or assets except:

(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower, may be merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower (provided, that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with or into any one or more wholly- owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower (provided, that the wholly-owned Subsidiary or Subsidiaries shall be the continuing or surviving corporation);

(b) any wholly-owned Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

(c) the transactions described in the Registration Statement on Form 10, filed by the Borrower and bearing SEC File No. 001-16791;

provided, that immediately after each such transaction and after giving effect thereto, the Borrower is in compliance with this Agreement and no Default or Event of Default shall be in existence or result from such transaction.

-37-

6.5 Limitation on Sale of Assets. Convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without limitation, accounts receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) any sale, transfer or lease of assets in the ordinary course of business which are no longer necessary or required in the conduct of the Borrower's or any Subsidiary's business;

(b) transactions involving the sale, license or lease of assets in the ordinary course of business;

(c) the sale or discount without recourse of accounts receivable only in connection with the compromise thereof or the assignment of past-due accounts receivable for collection;

(d) as permitted by Section 6.4;

(e) transfers between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or between one Subsidiary and another Subsidiary; and

(f) in addition to the above Sections 6.5(a) through 6.5(e) inclusive, sales of assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for fair market value, provided, that the aggregate amount of such sales, determined in accordance with GAAP, in any fiscal year does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Borrower's consolidated assets as at the end of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

6.6 Limitations on Acquisitions, Investments, Loans and Advances.
Purchase, hold or acquire beneficially any stock, other securities or evidences of indebtedness of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, or make or permit to exist any investment or acquire any interest whatsoever in, any other Person, except:

(a) extensions of trade credit to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Permitted Investments;

(c) loans and advances to employees of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Capital Stock of any Subsidiary;

(e) loans and advances by the Borrower to its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and

(f) Permitted Acquisitions.

-38-

6.7 Limitation on Distributions. Declare or pay any Distribution (whether in cash or property or obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof) in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof except:

(a) Any wholly-owned Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or other distributions to the Borrower or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary; and

(b) So long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would be caused thereby, the Borrower (i) may declare and pay dividends on its Capital Stock in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (ii) may declare and pay dividends on its Capital Stock in excess of those paid historically; provided, that the amount of any such increase in dividends paid during any fiscal year does not exceed, in the aggregate, 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the previous fiscal year.

6.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as expressly permitted in this Agreement, directly or indirectly enter into any transaction or arrangement whatsoever or make any payment to or otherwise deal with any Affiliate, except, as to all of the foregoing in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Borrower's or its Subsidiary's business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower.

6.9 Fiscal Year. Permit its fiscal year to end on a day other than December 31 unless prior written notice thereof has been given to the Bank.

6.10 Change in Business. Engage in any business either directly or through any Subsidiary except for businesses in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is engaged in on the date of this Agreement and any businesses related to such existing businesses.

6.11 Sale and Leaseback. Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations thereof.

6.12 Limitation on Negative Pledge Clauses. Enter into any agreement with any Person other than the Bank which prohibits or limits the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; provided, that the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof may enter into such an agreement in connection with a Purchase Money Security Interest or Capital Lease permitted hereunder, provided that such prohibition or limitation is by its terms effective only against the assets subject to such Lien.

6.13 Interest Hedge Agreements. Enter into any interest hedge agreement other than an Interest Hedge Agreement, which in any event will be unsecured, and with respect to which the prior approval of the Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall have been obtained.

-39-

SECTION 7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

7.1 Events of Default. If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of the Note or any Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on the Note, or any other amount payable hereunder, within five (5) days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof; or

(b) Any representation or warranty (i) made or deemed made by the Borrower herein or (ii) which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made (subject as to any representation or warranty referred to in subsection (ii) above to the exclusions and qualifications contained in the last two sentences of Section 3.23); or

(c) The Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6; or

(d) The Borrower shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 7.1) or any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days; or

(e) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance, subject to any customary deductible, and under which the applicable insurance carrier has acknowledged such full coverage in writing) of $500,000 or more and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, settled, satisfied or paid, or stayed or bonded pending appeal, within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(f) A Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof shall (i) default in the payment of any principal of or interest on or any other amount payable on any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the Note), beyond the period of grace (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such indebtedness was created and the aggregate amount of such indebtedness in respect of which such default or defaults shall have occurred is at least $100,000 (the "Cross-Default Indebtedness"); or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Cross-Default Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Cross-Default Indebtedness to become due and payable prior to its stated maturity; or

(g) (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or

-40-

foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(h) (i) Any Person shall engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Single Employer Plan, (ii) any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in
Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity in favor of the PBGC or a Plan, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or institution of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist in regard to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(i) Any other event shall have occurred which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (g) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitment shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event

-41-

of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken: (i) the Bank may by notice to the Borrower declare the Commitment to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitment shall immediately terminate; and (ii) the Bank may by notice of default to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.

With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account opened by the Bank an amount equal to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. The Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a security interest in such cash collateral to secure all obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Bank to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Note and the other Loan Documents. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Note and the other Loan Documents shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower. The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Bank such further documents and instruments as the Bank may request to evidence the creation and perfection of the within security interest in such cash collateral account.

Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. With the written consent of the Bank and the Borrower may, from time to time, enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the Note and the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the Note or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Bank or of the Borrower hereunder or thereunder or waiving, on such terms and conditions as the Bank may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the Note or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall be binding upon the Borrower, the Bank and all future holders of the Note. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower and the Bank shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the outstanding Note, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

-42-

8.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or the next Business Day if sent by reputable overnight carrier for next day delivery, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when sent during normal business hours with electronic confirmation or otherwise when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Bank, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto and any future holders of the Note:

The Borrower:    Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc.
                 1131 N. duPont Highway
                 Dover, DE 19903
                 Attention: Mr. Timothy Horne
                 Telecopy:  (302) 734-3142

with a copy to:  Dover Downs Entertainment, Inc.
                 15/th/ Floor
                 2200 Concord Pike
                 Wilmington, DE 19803
                 Attention: Klaus M. Belohoubek, Esquire
                 Telecopy:  (302) 426-3555

The Bank:        Wilmington Trust Company
                 121 South State Street
                 Dover, DE 19901
                 Attention: Michael B. Gast,
                            Commercial Banking Department
                 Telecopy:  (302) 735-2089

with a copy to:  Wilmington Trust Company
                 Rodney Square North
                 1100 North Market Street
                 Wilmington, DE 19890
                 Attention:  Commercial Banking Department

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Bank pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.10, 2.11 or 2.18 shall not be effective until received.

8.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Bank, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

-43-

8.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.

8.5 Payment of Expenses and Taxes. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Bank for all of its out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Bank, (b) to pay or reimburse the Bank for all of their costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Letters of Credit and any such other documents, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Bank, and (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold the Bank harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar taxes, if any which may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents, and any such other documents, and
(d) to pay, indemnify, and hold the Bank harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, and the performance and administration, of this Agreement, the Note, the other Loan Documents, the Letters of Credit and any such other documents (all the foregoing, collectively, the "indemnified liabilities"), provided, that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to the Bank with respect to indemnified liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank. The agreements in this subsection shall survive repayment of the Note and all other amounts payable hereunder.

8.6 Successors and Assigns.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.8(b), whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party, and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Borrower or the Bank that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns. The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Bank.

(b) The Bank may without the consent of the Borrower sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each a "Participant") in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment, the Loans and the Note); provided, however, that (i) the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged,
(ii) the Bank shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Bank shall remain the holder of the Note for all

-44-

purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Bank in connection with the Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
(v) in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code the Bank shall be, to the extent permitted by law, the sole representative with respect to the obligations held in the name of the Bank, whether for its own account or for the account of any Participant and (vi) the Bank shall retain the sole right to approve, without the consent of any Participant, any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Note or any other Loan Document, other than any such amendment, modification or waiver with respect to any Loan or Commitment in which such Participant has an interest that forgives principal, interest or fees or reduces the interest rate or fees payable with respect to any such Loan or Commitment, or postpones any date fixed for any regularly scheduled payment of principal of, or interest or fees on, any such Loan, or releases any guarantor of such Loan or releases all or substantially all of the collateral, if any, securing any such Loan.

(c) The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 2.15, 2.18 and 8.5 with respect to its participation in the Commitment and the Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding from time to time; provided, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such Sections than the Bank would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by the Bank to such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

(d) If any Participant of the Bank is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any state thereof, the Bank, concurrently with the sale of a participating interest to such Participant, shall cause such Participant (i) to represent to the Bank (for the benefit of the Bank and the Borrower) that under applicable law and treaties no taxes will be required to be withheld by the Borrower or the Bank with respect to any payments to be made to such Participant in respect of its participation in the Loans and (ii) to agree (for the benefit of the Bank and the Borrower) that it will deliver (i) two duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN or successor applicable form, as the case may be, and (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 or successor applicable form, and comply from time to time with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations with respect to withholding tax exemptions.

(e) The Bank may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and the Note to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such assignment shall release the Bank from any of its obligations hereunder.

8.7 Disclosure of Information. Unless otherwise consented to by the Borrower in writing, the Bank agrees (on behalf of itself and each of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and representatives) to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information of the same nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any non-public information supplied to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided, that nothing herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information (a) to the extent required by statute, rule, regulation or judicial process, (b) to counsel for the Bank, (c) to bank examiners, auditors or accountants,

-45-

(d) to the Bank, (e) in connection with any litigation to which the Bank is a party involving the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its or their properties or in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Loans or Letters of Credit or other obligations of the Borrower to the Bank and (f) to any Participant (or prospective Participant) so long as such Participant (or prospective Participant) agrees to comply with the requirements of this Section. In the event of any disclosure pursuant to clauses (a) or (e) above, the Bank shall use its reasonable best efforts to notify the Borrower prior to making such disclosure, and shall cooperate with the Borrower, at the Borrower's expense, in obtaining a protective order if the Borrower so chooses.

8.8 Adjustments; Set-off. In addition to any rights and remedies of the Bank provided by law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder or under the Note (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set- off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. The Bank agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application made by the Bank, provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

8.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Bank.

8.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

8.11 Integration. This Agreement represents the agreement of the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Bank relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the Note or the other Loan Documents.

8.12 Governing Law. This Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware.

8.13 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

-46-

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non- exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of Delaware, the courts of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower at the address set forth in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Bank shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this subsection any special, exemplary or punitive or consequential damages.

8.14 Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents;

(b) the Bank has no fiduciary relationship to the Borrower, and the relationship between the Bank and the Borrower is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture exists between the Bank and the Borrower.

8.15 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

-47-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

DOVER DOWNS GAMING &
ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

By: _____________________________
Name:
Title:

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

By: _____________________________
Name:
Title:

-48-

SCHEDULE I

BANK AND COMMITMENT INFORMATION

     Bank and Address                   Commitment
     ----------------                   ----------

Wilmington Trust Company     $55,000,000 through
121 South State Street       December 31, 2002 and
Dover, DE 19901              $50,000,000 thereafter
Attn: Commercial Banking
      Department


SCHEDULE II

LETTER OF CREDIT FEES

(see attached)


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT BORROWING REQUEST

Wilmington Trust Company
121 South State Street
Dover, DE 19901
Attention: Commercial Banking Department

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. refers to the Credit Agreement dated as of January __, 2002 (the "Credit Agreement") (capitalized terms being used herein as therein defined), between the undersigned and Wilmington Trust Company, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests [a Revolving Credit Loan] [the renewal of a Eurodollar Rate Option] [the conversion of an interest rate option] as follows:

1. The proposed borrowing date is _______________, 200_.

2. The amount of the Revolving Credit Loan comprising the Borrowing is $______________.

3. The [Eurodollar Rate Option] [Base Rate Option] shall apply to the Revolving Credit Loan comprising the Borrowing.

4. The Interest Period for the Revolving Credit Loan comprising the Borrowing is _________ [months].

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the borrowing date:

(a) each of the representations and warranties made by the undersigned in the Credit Agreement or which are contained herein are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof (except representations and warranties which expressly relate solely to an earlier date or time); and

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof or will occur after giving effect to the Extensions of Credit requested hereby.

Very truly yours,

DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

By:____________________________________
Name: _________________________________
Title: ________________________________


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTE

$_______________ Dated as of ________, 2002 Dover, DE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY (the "Bank"), in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, as hereinafter defined, the lesser of the principal sum of $55,000,000.00 or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans as defined in the Credit Agreement made by the Bank to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, together with all unpaid interest accrued thereon and all other costs, fees and expenses as provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof from the date hereof until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the office of the Bank (as hereinafter defined) at 121 South State Street, Dover, Delaware 19901, in immediately available funds.

This Note is the Note referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement dated as of January __, 2002 (said Agreement, as it may hereafter be amended or otherwise modified from time to time, being the "Credit Agreement") between the Borrower and the Bank. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of Revolving Credit Loans by the Bank to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Revolving Credit Loan being evidenced by this Note, and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

The Borrower hereby waives presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind, other than as set forth in the Credit Agreement. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.


This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

DOVER DOWNS GAMING &
ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

By:__________________________________
Name:
Title:


EXHIBIT C

GUARANTY AND SURETYSHIP AGREEMENT

THIS GUARANTY AND SURETYSHIP AGREEMENT (this "Guaranty") is made and entered into as of this ____ day of January, 2002, by DOVER DOWNS, INC., a Delaware corporation, (the "Guarantor"), with an address at 1131 N. duPont Highway, Dover, DE 19903, in consideration of the extension of credit by Wilmington Trust Company (together with its successors and assigns, the "Bank"), with an address of 121 South State Street, Dover, DE 19803, pursuant to the Credit Agreement of even date herewith between the Bank and DOVER DOWNS GAMING & ENTERTAINMENT, INC. (the "Borrower"), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged.

BACKGROUND

In connection with the Credit Agreement, it is a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement and to the making of loans and the issuance of letters of credit by the Bank from time to time that the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guaranty.

In consideration of the foregoing and in order to induce the Bank to make loans and issue letters of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement from time to time and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. Guaranty of Obligations. The Guarantor hereby guarantees, and becomes surety for, the prompt payment and performance of all loans, advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by the Borrower to the Bank of any kind or nature, present or future (including, without limitation, any interest accruing thereon after maturity, or after the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Guarantor or the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, arising under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document (as defined in the Credit Agreement), whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment or participation), absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and any amendments, extensions, renewals or increases and all costs and expenses of the Bank incurred in the modification, enforcement or collection of any of the foregoing, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses (collectively the "Obligations"). If the Borrower defaults under any such Obligations, the Guarantor will pay the amount due to the Bank.

2. Nature of Guaranty; Waivers. This is a guaranty of payment and not of collection and the Bank shall not be required, as a condition of the Guarantor's liability, to make any demand upon or to pursue any of its rights against the Borrower, or to pursue any rights which may be available to them with respect to any other person who may be liable for the payment of the Obligations.

This is an absolute, unconditional, irrevocable and continuing guaranty and will remain in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, and the Bank has terminated this Guaranty. This Guaranty will not be affected by any surrender, exchange, acceptance, compromise or release by the Bank of any other party, or any other guaranty or any security held by it for any of the Obligations, by any failure of the Bank to take any steps to perfect or maintain its lien or security interest in or to preserve its rights to any security or other collateral for any of the Obligations or any guaranty, or by any irregularity, unenforceability or invalidity of any of the Obligations or any part thereof or any security or other guaranty thereof. The Guarantor's obligations hereunder shall not be affected, modified or impaired by any counterclaim, set-off, deduction or defense based upon any claim the Guarantor may have against the Borrower or the Bank, except payment or performance of the Obligations.

Notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, notice of extensions of credit to the Borrower from time to time, notice of default, diligence, presentment, notice of dishonor, protest, demand for payment, are hereby waived.

The Bank at any time and from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the Guarantor, and without impairing or releasing, discharging or modifying the Guarantor's liabilities hereunder, may (a) change the manner, place, time or terms of payment or performance of or interest rates on, or other terms relating to, any of the Obligations; (b) renew, substitute, modify, amend or alter, or grant consents or waivers relating to any of the Obligations, any other guaranties, or any security for any Obligations or guaranties; (c) apply any and all payments by whomever paid or however realized including any proceeds of any collateral, to any Obligations of the Borrower in such order, manner and amount as the Bank may determine in its sole discretion; (d) deal with any other persons with respect to any Obligations in such manner as the Bank deems appropriate in its sole discretion; (e) substitute, exchange or release any security or guaranty; or (f) take such actions and exercise such remedies hereunder as provided herein.

3. Repayments or Recovery from Bank. If any demand is made at any time upon the Bank for the repayment or recovery of any amount received by it in payment or on account of any of the Obligations and if the Bank repays all or any part of such amount by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body or by reason of any settlement or compromise of any such demand, the Guarantor will be and remain liable hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never been received originally by the Bank. The provisions of this section will be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by the Guarantor in reliance upon such payment, and any such contrary action so taken will be without prejudice to the Bank's rights hereunder and will be deemed to have been conditioned upon such payment having become final and irrevocable.

4. Enforceability of Obligations. No modification, limitation or discharge of the Obligations arising out of or by virtue of any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding for relief of debtors under federal or state law will affect, modify, limit or discharge the Guarantor's liability in any manner whatsoever and this Guaranty will remain and continue in full force and effect and will be enforceable against the Guarantor to the same extent and with

the same force and effect as if any such proceeding had not been instituted. The Guarantor waives all rights and benefits which might accrue to it by reason of any such proceeding and will be liable to the full extent hereunder, irrespective of any modification, limitation or discharge of the liability of the Borrower that may result from any such proceeding.

5. Events of Default. If any of the following occur (each an "Event of Default"): (i) any Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
(ii) the failure by the Guarantor to perform any of its obligations hereunder;
(iii) the falsity, inaccuracy or material breach by the Guarantor of any written warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to the Bank by or on behalf of the Guarantor; or (iv) the termination or attempted termination of this Guaranty, then the Guarantor will, on the demand of the Bank, immediately deposit with the Bank in U.S. dollars all amounts due or to become due under the Obligations and the Bank will use such funds to repay the Obligations. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Bank in its discretion may exercise with respect to any collateral any one or more of the rights and remedies provided a secured party under the applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code.

6. Right of Setoff. In addition to all liens upon and rights of setoff against the money, securities or other property of the Guarantor given to the Bank by law, the Bank shall have, with respect to the Guarantor's obligations to the Bank under the Guaranty and to the extent permitted by law, a contractual possessory security interest in a contractual right of setoff against, and the Guarantor hereby assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges and transfers to the Bank all of the Guarantor's right, title and interest in and to, all deposits, moneys, securities and other property of the Guarantor now or hereafter in the possession of or on deposit with, or in transit to the Bank, whether held in a general or special account or deposit, whether held jointly with someone else, or whether held for safekeeping or otherwise, excluding, however, all IRA, Keogh, and trust accounts. Every such security interest and right of setoff may be exercised without demand upon or notice to the Guarantor. Every such right of setoff shall be deemed to have occurred immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder without any action of any of the Bank, although the Bank may enter such setoff on its respective books and records at a later time.

7. Costs. The Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Bank for all of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Guaranty, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Bank.

8. Postponement of Subrogation. Until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full, the Guarantor postpones and subordinates in favor of the Bank any and all rights which the Guarantor may have to (a) assert any claim against the Borrower based on subrogation rights with respect to payments made hereunder, and (b) any realization on any property of the Borrower, including participation in any marshalling of the Borrower's assets.

9. Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals and other communications required or permitted hereunder must be in writing and will be effective upon receipt if delivered personally, or if sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of delivery,

or by nationally recognized overnight courier service, to the addresses for the Bank and the Guarantor set forth above or to such other address as one may give to the other in writing for such purpose.

10. Preservation of Rights. No delay or omission on the Bank's part to exercise any right or power arising hereunder will impair any such right or power or be considered a waiver of any such right or power, nor will the Bank's action or inaction impair any such right or power. The Bank's rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedies which the Bank may have under other agreements, at law or in equity. The Bank may proceed in any order against the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other obligor of, or collateral securing, the Obligations.

11. Illegality. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Changes in Writing. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom will be effective unless made in a writing signed by the Bank, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Guarantor in any case will entitle the Guarantor to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstance.

13. Entire Agreement. This Guaranty (including the documents and instruments referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the Guarantor and the Bank with respect to the subject matter hereof.

14. Successors and Assigns. This Guaranty will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Guarantor and the Bank and, other than with respect to Section 6, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns; provided, however, that the Guarantor may not assign this Guaranty in whole or in part without the Bank's prior written consent and the Bank at any time may assign this Guaranty in whole or in part.

15. Interpretation. In this Guaranty, unless the Bank and the Guarantor otherwise agree in writing, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; references to statutes are to be construed as including all statutory provisions consolidating, amending or replacing the statute referred to; the work "or" shall be deemed to include "and/or", the words "including", "includes" and "include" shall be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation"; and references to sections or exhibits are to those of this Guaranty unless otherwise indicated. Section headings in this Guaranty are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Guaranty for any other purpose. If this Guaranty is executed by more than one party as Guarantor, the obligations of such persons or entities will be joint and several.

16. Indemnity. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify each of the Bank and its respective directors, officers and employees and each legal entity, if any, who controls the Bank (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") and to hold each Indemnified Party harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement and performance of this Guaranty (all of the foregoing, collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"); provided, however, that the Guarantor shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Party with respect to Indemnified Liabilities arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Indemnified Party. The indemnity agreement contained in this
Section shall survive the termination of this Guaranty.

17. Governing Law and Jurisdiction.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

(b) The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(i) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of Delaware, the courts of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(ii) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(iii) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Guarantor at the address set forth above or at such other address of which the Bank shall have been notified pursuant to Section 10 hereof;

(iv) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(v) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this subsection any special, exemplary or punitive or consequential damages.

18. Waiver of Jury Trail. THE GUARNATOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WIAVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

The Guarantor acknowledges that it has read and understood all the provisions of this Guaranty, including the waiver of jury trial, and has been advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.


WITNESS the due execution hereof as a document under seal, as of the date first written above, with the intent to be legally bound hereby.

DOVER DOWNS, INC.

Attest:_____________________________     By: _________________________________
       Name:                                 Name:
       Title:                                Title:


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO BORROWER AND GUARANTOR

January __, 2002

Wilmington Trust Company
121 South State Street
Dover, DE 19901

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and Dover Downs, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), in connection with the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement dated as of January __, 2002 (the "Credit Agreement"), between the Borrower and the Bank, and the transactions contemplated thereby. This opinion is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.1(g) of the Credit Agreement. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

In so acting, we have examined executed originals or counterparts of the following documents, each dated the date hereof (the "Loan Documents"):

(a) the Credit Agreement;

(b) the Note; and

(c) the Guaranty Agreement.

We have also examined the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each as amended to date, of the Borrower and the Guarantor and such other documents and instruments and have made such further inquiries as we have deemed appropriate for purposes of this opinion. As to certain issues of fact, we have, where such facts were not independently known to us, relied with your consent and without independent investigation upon the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Credit Agreement and upon certificates of representatives of the Borrower dated January __, 2002.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1. The Borrower is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the business conducted by it requires such qualification.

2. The Borrower has the corporate or other power and authority to own or lease and operate its properties and assets, to conduct the business in which it is now engaged, and to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a


party by the Borrower have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Borrower.

3. The Guarantor is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to own or lease and operate its properties and assets, to conduct the business in which it is now engaged, and to execute the Guaranty Agreement.

4. The Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party delivered on the Closing Date have each been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower and are valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

5. The Guaranty Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor and is the valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws or equitable principles affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

6. No authorization, approval or consent of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or regulatory body of the United States of America or the State of Delaware is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower or the Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or for any borrowings by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

7. Neither the execution and delivery by the Borrower or the Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party nor the performance and observance by the Borrower or the Guarantor of their respective obligations thereunder, will conflict with, or result in any violation or breach by the Borrower or the Guarantor of or constitute a default under (or an event which, with or without due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default under), or accelerate the performance required by, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Borrower or the Guarantor under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of or require any filing or consent under (i) the Borrower's or the Guarantor's articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any existing law, statute or governmental regulation applicable to the Borrower or the Guarantor, or (iii) to our knowledge, any judgment, order, decree, writ or injunction of any court, arbitrator or governmental department, commission, agency or instrumentality or any indenture, contract, guaranty or other agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected.

8. To our knowledge, there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation at law or in equity, before any court, public board or body, pending or threatened against or affecting the Borrower wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would, individually or


collectively, have a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower.

9. The borrowing on the date hereof under the Credit Agreement and the Note and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not violate any of the provisions of Regulation U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

This Compliance Certificate is executed and delivered by Dover Downs Gaming & Entertainment, Inc. (the "Borrower") in connection with the Credit Agreement dated as of January __, 2002 (together with all exhibits, schedules, extensions, renewals, amendments, substitutions and replacements thereof and thereto, the "Credit Agreement") entered into by and between the Borrower and Wilmington Trust Company (the "Bank"). All capitalized terms used in this Compliance Certificate as defined terms shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, [insert name], [insert title] of the Borrower, hereby attests on behalf of the Borrower to the Bank, with respect to the fiscal
[quarter] [year] ended ____________, ____ (the "Fiscal Period"), as follows:

1. As of the date of this Compliance Certificate, and since the date of the most recent Compliance Certificate submitted to the Bank by the Borrower,
(i) to the best of the undersigned's knowledge, the Borrower has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant and condition contained in the Credit Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents applicable to it and
(ii) the undersigned has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default.

2. The Leverage Ratio as of the end of the Fiscal Period, for the four fiscal quarters then ended, is ________, as detailed below:

(a) Consolidated Funded Debt $__________

(b) Consolidated EBITDA $__________

(c) Leverage Ratio (a/b) __________

3. The Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of the Fiscal Period, for the four fiscal quarters then ended, is __________, as detailed below:

(a) Consolidated EBITDA $__________

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense $__________

(c) Interest Coverage Ratio (a/b) __________

4. The Borrower's Consolidated Tangible Net Worth Fixed as of the end of the Fiscal Period is $________. Required Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of the end of the Fiscal Period ($70,000,000 plus 25% of quarterly

consolidated net income (if positive) since March 31, 2002 is $__________.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate as of the ____ day of __________, ____.

DOVER DOWNS GAMING &
ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

By _____________________________
Name:
Title: